EP3298601A2

EP3298601A2 - Signaling equipment for temporarily controlled intersection and crosswalk

Info

Publication number: EP3298601A2
Application number: EP16770347.9A
Authority: EP
Inventors: Vladimir Kranz
Original assignee: Individual
Current assignee: Individual
Priority date: 2015-04-17
Filing date: 2016-05-20
Publication date: 2018-03-28
Also published as: WO2017021767A2; WO2017021767A3

Abstract

Traffic route comprising signalling device in combination with lightning and camera monitoring ensuring safety crossing of a road for pedestrians and registering of vehicles, drivers of which committed an ofences.

Description

Signaling equipment for temporarily controlled intersection and

crosswalk

Field of the invention

The invention relates to the smart interactive traffic control equipment in the traffic area by the place intended for crossing by the pedestrians. The equipment contains signaling pedestrian-controlled equipment, as well as traffic signs, sensors and cameras. The signaling equipment warns the vehicles that the pedestrian intends to use the place for crossing - crosswalk and then that the pedestrian is present on the place for crossing.

Background of the invention

In order to solve the traffic signaling according to the existing state of the art, the pedestrian crossed the marked place for crossing in a way that he/she was supposed to inform the approaching vehicles about his/her intention to cross yet before he/she actually did so. It often happens that the pedestrian enters the roadway on the place for crossing without properly signalizing the approaching vehicles to stop, or the pedestrian does not wait until the vehicles stop, which causes the accidents. It also contributes to accidents that the pedestrians are not familiarized with rules of place for crossing. Part of them assumes incorrectly that there is a rule of pedestrian absolute priority, and therefore without looking around they enter the place for crossing. Furthermore, according to the existing state of the art, the existing stripes on the roadway and crossing traffic signs are not very well proven because of the fact that the they make feel pedestrians safe, so they enter the crossing not considering the approaching vehicle, which leads to accidents.

The existing state of the art does not allow to register the offense of not stopping the vehicle on the crosswalk, when the pedestrian is waiting by the crosswalk and signaling the vehicle the intention to pass. Furthermore, the existing state of the art does not motivates the pedestrian to press the button of the signaling equipment until the vehicles stop, which would prevent the accidents, since when the pedestrian keeps the button pressed, ,he cannot be present at the roadway at the same time, thus preventing the accidents. The existing state of the art also does not enable to set the camera to register vehicles exceeding the permitted speed at the variable limit changed automatically or manually, particularly in cooperation with alternating traffic sign. The existing state of the art does not provide the radar unit with camera and speed display, which would register the exceeded speed of vehicle and which would allow the vehicles to change the speed before the photograph is taken.

The existing state of the art does not provide equipment, which would urge the pedestrian to wait, until the vehicles stop, before entering the roadway.

The existing state of the art does not provide crossing route, which would ensure the maximum safety of the crossing with the selectable elements.

Summary of the invention

The equipment defined by the invention eliminates the disadvantages of the existing state of the art. The invention is characterized in that the drivers' information equipment advantageously works in cooperation with pedestrian by activating the activation member consisting advantageously by the electric element, for example push button switch, that if not activated e.g. by pressing, the information equipment is not started.

The increased participation of the pedestrian is advantageously reached by instruction for the pedestrian to activate the activation member, e.g. holding the button pressed until the vehicles stop, which prevents the pedestrian to enter the roadway still when the vehicles are moving thus being jeopardized by possible accident. The information equipment works advantageously in three states, the first state is sleep state, the second state is after button is pressed - i.e. after the activation member is activated and the information equipment signals the information that the pedestrian is by the place for crossing, which means this is the first active state, and then the third state is after deactivation, when the button is released, and the vehicles receive the information for preset time that the pedestrian is on the place for crossing, which is the second idle state. This means one sleep state and two active states. If the pedestrian presses the button but does not keep it pressed, it is presumed that no vehicle is incoming, there is no hazard and the pedestrian entered the place for crossing. The information is given about the third state meaning that the pedestrian is on the place for crossing. By activation or deactivation of button respectively, the sensors are advantageously activated, which detect the pedestrian on the place for crossing. In such case, the equipment can be advantageously only dual-state, one sleep and one active state, which also signals the information that the pedestrian is by the place for crossing and that the pedestrian is on the place for crossing. Instead the activation of the information equipment by pressing, it is possible to activate it by sensors, which detect the pedestrian standing at the active zone, which triggers the second state (the first active state), which is the pedestrian by the place for crossing. At the same time, the sensor system is activated advantageously, which detect the pedestrians on the place for crossing. This has the advantage in that if the pedestrian is not on the place for crossing or by the place for crossing, the sensors are not activated and therefore they cannot detect the passing vehicles. Alternatively, the sensors located on the place for crossing are activated continuously using the sensors, which can distinguish vehicles from pedestrians.

When the pedestrian leaves the active zone and is detected by the sensor system on the place for crossing, the information equipment signals the information about the third state (the second active state), which is the pedestrian on the place for crossing, until the pedestrian leaves the place for crossing. In case the pedestrian is not detected by the sensor system on the place for crossing until specific adjustable time from the time, when he/she was detected by sensors by the place for crossing, the sensors on the place for crossing are deactivated because it is presumed that the pedestrian left the active zone not towards the place for crossing, but in reverse direction. In case the pedestrian does not stay in active zone and only passes by, advantageously the second state is activated, which is the pedestrian on the place for crossing, because it is presume that no vehicle was oncoming and therefore the pedestrian entered directly on the place for crossing and was not jeopardized.

The pedestrian detection sensors can be advantageously movement thermal sensors and/or radar sensors, or they can be created by the electronic gates or cameras, or any other suitable systems.

The interactive sign for pedestrians can advantageously consist of alternating messages displayed by LED or back illumination. This advantageously indicates the pedestrian his/her action with button or entering the active zone.

The increased participation of the pedestrian is advantageously reached by displaying the information by signaling equipment also to other side of the information equipment, to vehicles in opposite direction, or by displaying the information on equipment also to vehicles, since there the pedestrian can see, what type of information displayed to the drivers is activated by pressing the button or by entering the active zone. This psychologically confirms the pedestrian in decision to actively participate on activity of the information equipment and to use this equipment and no only to enter on the place for crossing. This increases his/her safety, since according to the instructions, the pedestrian is allowed to enter on the place for crossing only when the vehicles are stopped.

There is an instruction label on the interactive sign, for example "stand into the marked active zone and wait until the vehicles stop", to instruct the pedestrians that it is possible to activate the information equipment with button or sensors. When the pedestrian enters the active zone, the message, advantageously illuminated, can change to the following text: "stay in active zone until the vehicles stop, then enter on the place for crossing and cross".

Advantageously, after the information equipment is activated by the pedestrian, by pressing the button or entering the active zone, the information is displayed concurrently not only by the signaling equipment for vehicles, but also for pedestrians in order to keep them informed about the status of the activated information equipment. The information is advantageously displayed to approaching vehicles and to vehicles in opposite direction, so it is also visible to pedestrians; or, instead displaying for opposite direction, the information is displayed concurrently at separate information sign intended for pedestrians, advantageously being placed above the sign for pedestrians. For example when pressing the button or entering the zone, the message for vehicles at information sign for the first active state, for example "Pedestrian by the place for crossing", or when static dual-color message is displayed: "Attention, pedestrian" in orange color. When the button is released or active zone abandoned, the information about the second active state is given by changing the message to "Pedestrian on the place for crossing", or when static message is displayed "Attention, pedestrian" in red color. The displaying of information is advantageously done by LED or backlighted sign, which can alter the messages and/or their color. The signaling equipments are illuminating.

The illuminating signaling equipments have the activation member advantageously consisting of pushbutton switch, lever switch or detector of the pedestrian and/or vehicles, and the information member advantageously triggered by activation member, advantageously consisting of lights to give the information about various statues of information equipment by alternation, colors, different illumination modes, LED fields, discharge lamps, alternating backlighted inscriptions and other suitable source of lighting. The illuminating signaling equipment of the information equipment consists of LED sign, which does not signal movement, and contain one or more messages being switched progressively, or it advantageously alters the color to display the status of information equipment and/or display the movement by variously placed LED or by computer controlled LED field, which can for example display movement of the pedestrian when he/she is on the place for crossing, or the pedestrian at rest. The display of movement can be done by means of LED sign, consisting of more LED fields to display for example pedestrian body giving the illusion of body movement.

Advantageously, the information equipment is completed by the sound, whereas the individual states of the information equipment or instructions to the pedestrian are announced by pre-recorded messages, which are triggered in given instant by the control unit according to state of information equipment. The activation member consists advantageously by combination of button for pedestrian to activate the information equipment, with sensors, which detect the pedestrian on the place for crossing and enable to terminate display of the information for drivers, when the pedestrian leaves the crossing. This is more precise than the alternative solution, where the deactivation of the switch triggers the display of information about the pedestrian presence on the place for crossing, whereas the adjustable timeout terminates the display. In such combination or independently are advantageously detected pedestrians at the place for crossing in parallel, so in case that pedestrian activate the switch shortly, he is still detected.

The activation of the information equipment is advantageously done only when the pedestrian activates the switch or enters the active zone. The detection of the pedestrian by the place for crossing and activation of the signaling equipment is advantageously done only by sensors, whereas the information equipment is activated by pedestrian entering the active zone, which advantageously activates the sensors detecting the pedestrians on the place for crossing, which then take over the detection, after the pedestrians enters the place for crossing. The sensors are advantageously consisting of thermal movement and/or radar sensors or their combination with electronic gates or cameras or other suitable sensors.

For electric information equipment, it is possible to complement it by the camera, source of lighting for place for crossing, and light intensity sensor located at place for crossing, advantageously at the pole or pillar, to which the equipment is usually mounted. These structural elements can extend the operation of the information equipment as follows. The camera directed towards the approaching vehicles can be operated in detector/sensor mode of vehicles approaching towards the place for crossing and can initiate the pedestrian aural and/or visual warning or symbol, but can also serve for usual monitoring of the area in front of place for crossing. The mode is determined by the control unit connected to the camera. It is also connected to the source of lighting for illumination of the place for crossing, but also of place by the activation member. Also the light intensity sensor is connected, on the place for crossing. The control unit is also connected to activation members of the activation members, for example sensor, probes, camera for detection of pedestrian by or on the place for crossing, both independently or in interconnected combination in parallel or in series. Using the light intensity sensor at place for crossing, it is possible to set the intensity of illumination by source of lighting either permanently or in preset combination (night/day, various degrees of twilight etc.). Together with camera operating mode adjustment (detection of view/sensor of approaching vehicle), even without using the output from activation member, the place for crossing can be illuminated in determined state either permanently, or only when vehicle approaches (determined by the camera working in sensor mode). Advantageously the flash or sudden illumination of place for crossing, is good information for approaching driver about the place for crossing and warning to became cautious. But also the permanent illumination of place for crossing at lower light intensity at the area of information equipment by the place for crossing can be highly beneficial. It is possible to combine such combination - camera, source of lighting, light intensity sensor - with output from the activation member. The described combination of illumination can be then triggered in operation by means of control unit, for example only if the activation member gives the command. This is for example the situation, when the pedestrian is by the place for crossing or on the place for crossing, and he/she is detected advantageously by the sensor in given area, or when the pedestrian wants to use the place for crossing and issues conscious signals by means of activation member (combination -switch, various sensors etc.), i.e. when the pedestrian is by or on the place for crossing. This saves energy compared the existing state of the art, when the illumination of place for crossing is permanent or dependent only on daylight.

Advantageous is the illumination not only of the area of place for crossing, but also of area by the activation member, where the pedestrian is located before entering the place for crossing. When approaching the place for crossing, the driver then sees the pedestrian prepared to cross, but also when the driver is waiting to continue driving and therefore has the information provided to him by the equipment and also the actually existing pedestrian. In another advantageous embodiment of the invention, the electric information equipment can be complemented by the audio information unit, also further complemented by camera, source of lighting, and light intensity sensor located at place for crossing, advantageously mounted at the pole or pillar, to which the equipment is usually mounted. Such audio information unit is again, as other part of entire information equipment, connected to control unit and its activity adapted to issue sound - aural information, messages.

If the information equipment is without the installed sensor of pedestrian presence by the place designated for crossing, then if such activation member, e.g. switch, is not switched by the pedestrian, the audio information unit issues one of repetitive message (HI ) for nonactivated state.

If the switch is pressed by the pedestrian, the control unit issues a command and audio information unit issues one or repetitive message (H2) for the first activated state of the information equipment, in case of information equipment with one activated status, advantageously lasting for the maximum duration of activation member activation time, prolonged by the adjustable delay, or in case of information equipment with two activated statuses, the message is advantageously changed to message (H3) for the second activated status, after deactivation of the activation member.

In case the pedestrian presence sensor is installed together with pushbutton switch, then after the detection of the pedestrian by the sensor, the audio information unit issues a message (H I ) for non-activated state of the information equipment, once or repetitively.

After the pushbutton switch is pressed by the pedestrian, the control unit analyses the information from sensor, that the pedestrian is by the place for crossing and the information from switch that the pedestrian intends to use the place for crossing and issues the command for audio information unit to issue message (H2) for the first activated status, and if two statues are activated, to issue message (H3) for the second activated status, after button is released.

Such messages, i.e. aural information issued by the information equipment, can be combined by means of the control unit with mentioned connected system of camera, sensors, light source and light intensity sensor at place for crossing. The illumination of place for pedestrian crossing, permanent or upon various intensities of external light, or in combination with analysis of possibly approaching vehicle, can be then advantageously combined with respective aural information - message for pedestrians by the place for crossing.

The audio information unit can have advantageously its own integrated par, so called emergency phone and button to place emergency calls. The emergency phone, as well as connection of button to place emergency calls, are again connected over the control unit to the control room, either by radio or phone wireless connection, using the line, data or voice connection, advantageously via the mobile phone and network.

The electric information equipment with information sign and audio information unit, possibly complemented by the camera, light source and light intensity sensor on the place for crossing, advantageously mounted at the pole or pillar, to which the equipment is usually mounted, whereas the assembly can- be adjusted so that the instruction messages on pedestrian information sign are made as backlighted. Then it is achievable to have combination of assembly for provision of information to pedestrian both in aural form - messages, and visually by backlighting of respective instruction on information sign, as coordinated by the control unit. The pedestrian then receives not only the aural information by voice, but also visual information by distinctive backlighting of inscription, whereas both information are in cooperative compliance, or the pedestrian receives only one option.

If the information equipment is without the installed sensor of pedestrian presence by the place designated for crossing, then if such activation member, e.g. switch, is not switched by the pedestrian, message (PI ) is activated for pedestrian on information sign, corresponding to the message (H I ), and information for non-activated status of information equipment is backlighted.

If the pedestrian pushes the button, the control unit issues a command and message (P2) is activated on pedestrian information sign, corresponding to message (H2) and information for the first active state is backlighted, which holds for duration of sensor activation and adjustable delay, or if the information equipment is adapted for two active states, then advantageously after deactivating of activation sensors for the time of adjustable delay, the message (P3) is advantageously changed to backlighted inscription for the second active state, corresponding to message (H3).

In case the pedestrian presence sensor is installed together with pushbutton switch, then after the detection of the pedestrian by the sensor, the pedestrian information sign activates the message corresponding to message (H I ) and information (PI ) for non-activated state of information equipment is backlighted. After pushbutton switch is pressed by pedestrian, then the control unit determines that the pedestrian intends to use the place for crossing and the control unit issues a command and activates a message (P2) on the pedestrian information sign, which corresponds to message (H2) and the information for the first active state, and advantageously for the second active state, is backlighted as described above.

Such messages, i.e. aural information issued by the information equipment, can be combined by means of the control unit with mentioned connected system of camera, light source and light intensity sensor at place for crossing. At the same time with intensive backlighting of the inscription with instruction how to behave and procedure for the pedestrian. The illumination of place for pedestrian crossing, permanent or upon various intensities of external light, or in combination with analysis of possibly approaching vehicle, is then combined with respective aural information - message for pedestrians, as well as with visual information. Thus this is the complex arrangement for the pedestrian behavior by means of all possible information inputs so as to prevent the accidents at places designated for the crossing by the pedestrians. This is all made with conscious behavior of the pedestrian and while respecting the rules for place for crossing by the pedestrians.

The information equipment, as submitted for patent protection, is primarily designed so that the activation member, in electrical form it is a switch advantageously controlled by button or lever, thus such button or lever have to be kept pressed by the pedestrian, until the pedestrian is not sure that he/she can safely enter on the place for crossing, i.e. until the approaching vehicles stop in front of the place for crossing, so for such period of time, the information equipment is activated. To behave accordingly, the pedestrian is instructed to do so by the instructive inscription with displayed at the pedestrian information sign, by the control indicators, aural messages, or by backlighted instructive inscriptions. Only when the pedestrian is sure about being safe to enter on the place for crossing, as instructed by the inscription with instruction how to use the information equipment on the sign, then the pedestrian releases the button and crosses the roadway. If the pedestrian observes the instruction, no accident may happen, as he/she is activating the activation member until the vehicles stop. The information equipment is operated as described previously in details.

It is however possible, as given herein, to modify the usage of activation member to have two variants as described hereinafter. Double-push on one button of switch of activation member. The first phase of activity of so modified information equipment is the same as for the basic version, i.e. the pedestrian intending to use the place for crossing presses the pushbutton switch of activation member once, but he/she is not instructed to keep it pushed until the vehicles stop. The pedestrian may release the button. Then the instructive inscriptions, signals, or other instructions prompt the pedestrian to press this single button once again, after the vehicles stopped. Thus the pedestrian confirms that he/she is sure the traffic stopped and his/her intention to enter the roadway is conscious. The information equipment gives the information to vehicles about the situation on the place for crossing, for the time the pedestrian crosses.

The progressive pressing of two individual buttons of the switch of activation member, as in case a) is the implementable embodiment with two buttons of the dual switch of activation member. The pedestrian shows his/her intention to cross by pressing the button of the first switch, which is demonstrated by the first instructive inscription of the pedestrian information sign, or possibly by respective aural message. After the vehicles stop, the pedestrian, after having checked that entering on the place for crossing is safe, presses the second button, i.e. the button of the second switch, which modifies the instructive inscriptions, messages or backlighting at the pedestrian information sign. The operation is fully controlled by the information equipment.

The equipment uses its own control unit with delayer to analyse the logical states of possible situations on the place for crossing. This is because in both cases a) and b) it can happen that the pedestrian changes his/her intention to enter on the place for crossing and does not press the button of the switch for the second time, or does not press the second button of switch of activation member. Then after the adjustable delay, the equipment deactivates and returns to the initial state.

The information equipment submitted for patent protection enables by its cameras, i.e. by the camera directed to approaching vehicles and camera directed to pedestrians approaching the place for crossing (except for basic camera functions, as described above) and to pedestrians on the place for crossing, to ensure the video transmission of the actual conditions in area of the place for crossing. Such setup can be used to monitor the traffic from the control room, or possibly to record the traffic. When recording the video from cameras on the recorder, the record can be used to analyse the accidents on the place for crossing. This information equipment, having described its activation by intentional intervention of the pedestrian, can be advantageously operated in automatic mode, in which the pedestrian by the place for crossing and advantageously also on the place for crossing is detected by the respective sensors or cameras and these automatically pass the respective state to drivers, together with respective information displayed on sign for pedestrians, using the information element. These sensors and cameras use the control unit respective to area, where the pedestrian is located, to inform the pedestrian using the inscriptions and/or symbols and/or messages, about the method and furthers steps of safe crossing, and/or warn him against approaching vehicles and/or against crossing on the place for crossing without waiting until the vehicles stop. This all makes the automatic mode of information equipment safer than the existing state of the art without such information and warnings, however the manual mode, when the pedestrian intentionally activates the activation member until the vehicles stop, is safer than method of passing the information equipment to the drivers and pedestrians via the information on the information equipment. The safety is increased by the concurrent information for drivers, displayed on the information element, and by its copy displayed on the pedestrian information sign, therefore the pedestrian has available the verified effect of activation member activated by him, and also the backlighting of individual inscriptions on sign makes further step of crossing more transparent, when compared to state, when all non-backlighted inscriptions are visible all at once.

The advantage for safety is the warning inscription and message about danger of accident, activated upon the pedestrian approaching the place for crossing.

The traffic safety is advantageously increased by optimal switching of the warning light for the drivers during the time, when the information equipment is activated by the pedestrians, located whereon.

To prolong the time for displaying of information about the pedestrian presence on the place for crossing for disable people, another button is advantageously used, activated by the pedestrian in case of need after the activation of activation member by single or dual button activation. Advantageously, the information about the pedestrian presence on the place for crossing is alternatively controlled by the sensors on the place for crossing, activated concurrently by the information equipment, which lasts during the time of pedestrian crossing. In case the pedestrian does not enter the place for crossing, after the activation of the information equipment, which is advantageously embodied with sensors by the place for crossing, the pedestrian detection sensors in front the place for crossing are deactivated, after adjustable time. In case the sensors on the place for crossing are used, it is not necessary to use the button for handicapped persons.

The known designs of the art have some disadvantages eliminated completely by the new design of the signaling equipment for the vehicle drivers according to this invention, characterized by that it is advantageously consisting of electric signaling equipment, which is together with signaling member activated by means of activation member by the pedestrian and which informs the driver about the pedestrian by the roadway in place of signaling equipment, which was activated by pedestrian to show his/her intention to cross the roadway at place of signaling equipment situated by the roadway close to pedestrian crossing, where the pedestrian activating the signaling equipment will be located in time of crossing, or the signaling equipment provides the instructions for drivers by means of the information element about the method of driving in the area of the signaling equipment. The pedestrian approaching the signaling equipment is advantageously notified about the possibility to use the signaling equipment and is prompted to activate it by a warning element, either continuously or in adjustable intervals, or upon activation by the pedestrian detection sensor by the signaling equipment. The pedestrian crossing is advantageously consisting of marked crossing or place for crossing, advantageously provided with marking of the place for crossing and/or is marked by the signs for drivers with designation of the place for crossing.

The pedestrian close to information equipment is advantageously informed about the method of usage of the information equipment and about the hazards related to crossing, using the information element of instructions and warning, advantageously stressed by the emphasizing member, either continuously or in adjustable intervals, or upon detection of the pedestrian by the crosswalk by means of the sensor.

The pedestrian information element advantageously prompts the pedestrian to activate the information equipment, either by continuous excitation of the activation member, and to wait until the vehicles stop, before the activation is ended and he/she enters the roadway. Before the activation of the information equipment, the pedestrian is advantageously informed by the information element about the state of the information equipment, particularly in case that the pedestrian does not see the information element from the place of activation member, which indicates that the information equipment is not activated, whereas after activation of activation member by excitation by the pedestrian, the information equipment is activated by the information element and goes from non-activated state to activated state, and particularly in case that the pedestrian does not see the information element, advantageously informs the pedestrian for the duration of activation about the activation of the activation member, advantageously with the same method as the information element informs the driver, so the pedestrian is informed about the results of activation by the activation member.

Concurrently with activation of activation member, the information element advantageously changes the message from initial message to activate the activation member and advantageously prompts the pedestrian to continue with activation by exciting the activation member, until the approaching vehicles come to the complete stop, and to discontinue the excitation and to enter the roadway.

Activation methods:

After the excitation of activation member by the pedestrian is ended, the information element is deactivated and particularly in case that it is not visible for the pedestrian from the place of activation member, the information element informs advantageously the pedestrian about the ended activation of the information element. Therefore the pedestrian is informed that the information element is activated only for the duration of excitation of the activation member to receive the information that it is not enough to press the activation member (e.g. switch) momentarily, as for the information equipment with prolonged activation time, which tempt the pedestrian to enter the roadway immediately after pressing of button, which might not provide the drivers with enough time to stop the vehicle in front of information equipment since the time the short activation of the activation member was started. The advantage of the directly responding information equipment is in that during the longer excitation of the activation member by pedestrian, up until the vehicle stops, such pedestrian cannot be at the same time present in the roadway (not having so long hand), so if the pedestrian observes the instructions of the pedestrian information element and keeps exciting the activation member before the vehicles stop, there can be no accident on the roadway caused by the approaching vehicle. The sign for driver informs the driver about the type of crossing, advantageously consisting of crossing traffic sign or place of crossing traffic sign, which only informs about the pedestrians on crossing, or gives the recommendation or instructions to drivers about the method of driving in area of crossing, advantageously only when it is highlighted. Alternatively, particularly in such case, where the place for crossing is marked by the sign for driver, it is not advantageously marked on the roadway. The subject matter of the embodiment of driver information element is such that, after activation by the activation member, it displays the notification for approaching drivers that the pedestrian intents to cross the roadway and that they had to give him a safe way for crossing. Furthermore, there are variants of warning texts and warning symbols described.

Variant of inscription 1 advantageously with text "ATTENTION PEDESTRIANS" and variant of inscription 2 advantageously with text "GIVE WAY TO PEDESTRIANS" advantageously use the above mentioned methods to display the inscriptions, advantageously via additional texts with dual-color shifted indication inscriptions "ATTENTION PEDESTRIANS" using red, orange, yellow, and/or green LEDs, or via additional text with LED showing standing figures, or via additional text with LED showing moving figures, or via additional text with LED showing inscriptions or symbols and additional text with LED in matrix structure with static and/or dynamic displaying of text, as programmed with PC, furthermore advantageously the inscriptions are emphasized with illuminating neon tubes, light beacons and/or reflectors, advantageously rotary or stroboscopic. The variants with static symbols, advantageously in color, advantageously flashing at various frequencies. The static information element can be advantageously located in roadway. The embodiment variant of the driver information element with symbols in movement. By progressively repeating the illumination of individual figures, the impression of moving figure is created. The figures are advantageously created by spot LED light elements, advantageously in dual colors. Another embodiment of the invention is the activation member with level controlling the mechanical switch, advantageously it is possible to use variants controlled by button or paddle, or variants with contactless switching, advantageously with capacitive, optic or ultrasonic detector sensing the placed hand.

The advantageous embodiment of the invention alerts the pedestrian with a warning element continuously or in adjustable intervals, or after the pedestrian approaches and activates the pedestrian sensors, advantageously optically or acoustically by means of speaker, about the hazard of accident during crossing of roadway and about necessity to use the information equipment before entering the roadway. The pedestrian detection sensor in front of the place for crossing is advantageously microwave movement sensor or possible infra sensor (PIR). Implementable are the information equipments with sensors for detection of pedestrian in front of the crossing sensor and with sensors for detection of pedestrians on the crosswalk, as well as the automatic activation by the pedestrian in detection zone of sensor or on a pole. Implementable are also the information equipments directly responding for the drivers of and/or detection of the pedestrian presence in detection zone with camera, or information equipment with pedestrian detection sensors in front of the place for crossing and the pedestrian detection, or the automatic activation of sensors by the presence of pedestrian in detection zone with camera, and/or by optical gates, or the information equipment with pedestrian detection sensors in front of the place for crossing and detection of pedestrian, automatic activation by the pedestrian approaching the detection zone by optical gate.

The warning member is advantageously made in form of information panel, advantageously placed in plastic of aluminum frame, whose display parts are made of high-intensity LEDs with possibility of brightness controlled in several steps, depending on illumination.

The variant embodiment of the information panel is used by panel with displayed information placed on transparent substrate, which when backlighted emphasizes the displayed information. Another option for emphasizing is the addition of signaling member advantageously with usage of LED, which are located around the circumference of information panel or by emphasizing the information panel by illumination with small spot light.

In exemplary embodiment of the information element of the instruction and warning, it is advantageously emphasized by the emphasize member, which is activated continuously, or in adjustable intervals, or upon detection of the pedestrian by the crosswalk with sensor. The example of displayed warning is the text "No absolute priority of way for crossing! Do not enter the roadway without using the information equipment!"

The instruction for use contain the procedure for activation of activation member, advantageously with level controlling the switch: "Press and hold the lever until all vehicles are stopped. When all vehicles are stopped, release the lever, look round and cross cautiously". Advantageously the following text is used: "Before entering further lane or the opposite direction, signal with hand and wait, until all vehicles are stopped, then continue crossing". The emphasize member advantageously emphasizes the text of information element by frame created of planar or dot information elements, which illuminate continuously or intermittently, advantageously in periodically adjustable intervals, or upon detection of the pedestrian by the crosswalk with sensor.

In exemplary embodiment of the pedestrian information element, the pedestrian is prompted to activate the information equipment acting on the activation member for the duration of the time of waiting until the vehicles stop, before discontinuing the activation of the activation member and entering the roadway. The information element advantageously uses the sign with instructions for pedestrians with all texts backlighted. The displayed information is advantageously emphasized by the flashing or continuous backlighting.

The example of warning is the text displayed before the activation by the activation member, advantageously "Press and hold the lever until all vehicles are stopped. When all vehicles are stopped, release the lever, and cross". The warning is advantageously emphasized by continuous or flashing backlighting of the text.

Upon activation, the displayed text is advantageously changed to "Hold the lever until all vehicles are stopped. When all vehicles are stopped, release the lever, and cross" and advantageously, the emphasizing of the text changes the colors of backlighting, and advantageously the pedestrian is at the same time warned acoustically via speaker. Advantageously, the backlighting of text is replaced with illuminating information using the illumination element on informative sign, advantageously in the form of multicolor indicators, which are illuminated always by the active inscription. In the example of the information element about the status of information equipment, which informs the pedestrians continuously about the information being displayed to the drivers by the information element. If the information equipment responding directly to the drivers is activated, the information element created advantageously by informative sign displays advantageously the text "Information for drivers: NOT ACTIVATED"

During the activation of information equipment by the activation member by the pedestrians, the displayed txt changes to text "Information for drivers: ACTIVATED. ATTENTION - PEDESTRIANS".

In the example of the sign for drivers with designation of the place for crossing, which informs the driver that he/she is approaching the place for crossing, the designation displayed on sign can be advantageously a pictogram, designating the place for crossing, advantageously consisting of crossing traffic sign, or of graphics, or text or any other designation.

In flow chart embodiment, it is possible to visualize the information equipment for drivers in the form of electric flow chart with all necessary elements. All active operation is controlled by the control unit. The equipments stay in sleep mode up until the sensor advantageously consisting of thermal sensor, radar sensor or movement sensor detects the pedestrians in its immediate vicinity. In that instant the program starts, which engages the pedestrian attention by activating the warning member, advantageously consisting of light, sound, illumination or flashing text, and which alerts the pedestrian about the possibility to use the information equipment and prompts him to use the information equipment before entering the roadway. Concurrently with activation of activation member by pedestrian, the information element advantageously changes the message from initial prompt to activate the activation member and prompts the pedestrian to continue with activation of the activation member, until the approaching vehicles come to the complete stop, and only then to discontinue the activation and enter the roadway. At the same time, the information sign is illuminated for pedestrian, with text prompting the pedestrian to use the information equipment, and with instruction how to proceed. According such instructions, the pedestrian activates the activation member consisting advantageously of the button or other switching element, for example of capacitive or other type, and activates it until the time, when the approaching vehicles stops. At the same time, the information element is activated, which informs the pedestrian about the possibility to use the information equipment and about the hazards of crossing, and whose text is optically emphasized by the backlighting or other quite distinctive way. After activation of the activation member by exciting by the pedestrian, the information equipment is activated together with information element, which goes from non-active state to active state, when it passes the information on the drivers about the pedestrian being by the information equipment and intending to cross the roadway on the place of information equipment. Concurrently with activation of activation member, the information element advantageously changes the message from initial prompt to activate the activation member and prompts the pedestrian to continue with activation of the activation member by excitation, until the approaching vehicles come to the complete stop, and only then to discontinue the excitation and enter the roadway. When the excitation of the activation member is terminated, the information element is deactivated, and advantageously, the information element informs the pedestrians about the terminated activation of the information element.

The operation of the electric information equipment is ensured by the accumulator, which is recharged by the solar panel. The accumulator powers the power supply block, which rectifies the accumulator voltage using the voltage converters to reach the voltages necessary for the circuitry of the control unit or other circuits. The power supply block is further modified also for external power supply from the 230 V network. In advantageous embodiment of the invention, the equipment is implementable, whose subject matter is such that the information equipment and information equipment at the other side of the roadway are advantageously consisting of information equipment of mechanical or electrical embodiment, and the place for crossing is advantageously consisting of marking of the place for crossing. The pedestrian by the information equipment informs the drivers by exciting the activation member, that he/she intends to cross the roadway at place for crossing and after the vehicle is stopped, crosses the roadway in front of it and is protected by it against other approaching vehicles. Before entering the opposite direction lane, according to the instruction on information element of alert instructions located advantageously on information equipment for the crossing of lane, the pedestrian signals with hand to the vehicle approaching in opposite direction about his/her intention to cross the roadway in opposite direction lane and after the vehicle is stopped, continues with crossing. After the vehicles are stopped, the pedestrian advantageously waits in front of the vehicles stopped in front of the information equipment, which thus protects him against other approaching vehicles.

The important advantages compared to existing state of the art, are reached in embodiment of the information equipment and information equipment at the other side of the roadway

Place for crossing is advantageously consisting of marking of the place for crossing, furthermore it is advantageously consisting of refuge for pedestrians in the middle of the roadway, advantageously consisting of sidewalk elevated on the refuge, advantageously with protective barriers, advantageously consisting of protective pole. The pedestrian by the information equipment informs the drivers of the approaching vehicles by exciting the activation member, that he/she intends to cross the roadway at place for crossing and after the approaching vehicle is stopped, crosses the roadway in front of it and is protected by it against other possibly approaching vehicles. After the pedestrian enters the refuge, according to instructions on the instructional sign located advantageously on the information equipment and also advantageously on the protective pole on the refuge for crossing the opposite direction lane, he/she advantageously signals with hand the vehicle approaching in opposite direction about his/her intention to cross the roadway in opposite direction lane and continues in crossing, after the vehicle stopped. Alternatively, the information equipment is individually located in the middle of the place designated for crossing. In another advantageous embodiment of the inventions, the information equipment and the information equipment at the other side of the roadway, advantageously consisting of electrical information equipment at place for crossing with refuge, where the ends of refuge are advantageously consisting of elevated sidewalks advantageously made of blocks advantageously concrete and movable blocks, and the middle part is advantageously marked by visual marking of the refuge, without the elevated part for borderless traffic, where the elevated sidewalks have advantageously protective pole and in the middle of the refuge, there is a pole with activation member on the pole and with activation member for the other side of the roadway, whereas both activation members are mounted advantageously on the reverse side of the information equipments, to which they are connected with wireless connection and wireless connection at the other side of the roadway for its control, in order for the pedestrians, which approach it from the side of the information equipments, which they activate before they enter the roadway from the refuge, to have the easy access to it. The pedestrian activates the information equipment using the activation member, and after the approaching vehicles are stopped, he/she crosses the roadway towards the refuge, where the activation member activates the information equipment using the wireless connection, which then informs the drivers about the presence of the pedestrian at the refuge. At the same time, the protective pole advantageously produces the visual information, advantageously by means of flashing light, signaling that the pedestrian at the refuge intends to cross the roadway. After another approaching vehicle is stopped, the pedestrian terminates to excite the activation member, thus deactivating the information equipment and then crosses the roadway to the other half. Similarly, the pedestrian crosses the road by activating the information equipment with the activation member and the information equipment with the activation member from the other side of roadway.

Advantageously the elevated sidewalks are consisting of the prefabricated concrete blocks installed on the place for crossing on the roadway with anchoring, or they are held in place by their own weight, while the protective barrier is placed on them advantageously consisting of inserted protective poles protecting the pedestrians against the approaching vehicles, on which the activation member on an refuge and the activation member on an refuge for the other side of the road are placed, such blocks create the dismountable and easily installable kit for the sidewalks. Similarly, the pedestals for information equipments are advantageously consisting of concrete blocks, into which the information equipment are inserted, similarly creating dismountable kit. When creating the place for crossing, the sidewalks are advantageously placed made of blocks and pedestal, into which the respective equipments and components are installed, and advantageously, the visual marking of the place for crossing is done by marking the refuge, advantageously by spraying, thus erecting the place for crossing in short time, without demanding constructional or excavation works.

According to the subject matter of an invention, it is advantageous, if the place for crossing is provided with the refuge advantageously consisting of visual marking of the refuge without elevation, with protective barriers at the end of refuge, advantageously consisting of protection structure mounted in a removable blocks, being advantageously of concrete or anchored to the roadway. The pedestrian firstly activates the signaling equipment located in the middle of the place for crossing using the activation member, and after vehicles are stopped, he/she crosses to the refuge, where using the activation member, he/she activates the signaling equipment in opposite direction, which has wireless connection to it.

The arrows designate the direction of pedestrian movement and direction of pedestrian movement from other side, who similarly activates the signaling equipment by the activation member, as the signaling equipment with activation member. The dividing line divides the movement of pedestrians from one and the other side, according to direction of arrows, which are marked on the roadway and/or sidewalk, advantageously by means of sprayed paint. The pedestrians are walking on the right side.

Also other advantageous embodiments are implementable, where the information equipments are located at the beginning of the place for crossing in direction of the approaching vehicles and are controlled from the activation member located on the separate pole in the middle of place for crossing, wirelessly connected with the information equipment, or where the information equipment is located by the place for crossing with division line and arrows, according to which the pedestrian crosses along the left side. This enables to locate the activation members directly on the pole on the information equipments and to save on their installation in the middle of place for crossing, since the pedestrians are close to this activation member when using this direction of crossing.

Truly quite advantageous and simply implementable is the advantageous embodiment of the equipment for crossing to the right, where the activation members are located on the other side of the place for crossing than the information equipments are, and they are connected together with low voltage cable advantageously buried in shallow depth under the sidewalk, or with the activation members in the roadway serving bot for signal and voltage transmission, which saves on solar power sources for these activation members, which are powered from the information equipment.

Another advantageous variant is the embodiment with radar unit located by the crosswalk, which is advantageously part of the information equipment and advantageously mounted on the pole of the driver information equipment. The radar unit measures the speed of the approaching vehicles and displays it visibly for the drivers on the display unit. Advantageously, in case the vehicle exceeds the adjustable speed limit measured by the radar unit, the numeric display of speed on the display starts flashing and at the same time, advantageously the display color changes for example from red to green, to provide information about the exceeded speed. At the same time, advantageously, the warning starts flashing, advantageously consisting of exclamation marks, which emphasize the fact the speed has been exceeded. Advantageously, in case the speed limit was exceeded, the display of radar unit shows the instruction requiring to slow down, while in case the speed limit is observed, this fact is advantageously displayed by inscription "OK^". In case the activation member is excited by the pedestrian, the adjustable speed, at which the numerical speed value, and advantageously warning signs advantageously in form of exclamation marks, start flashing, such adjustable speed is decreased to advantageously zero value, which means that if the driver does not stop, the radar unit will inform the driver about exceeded speed with flashing. This prompts the driver to stop the vehicle when the pedestrian as by the crosswalk, but also notifies the driver about the pedestrian. Advantageously, upon activation of the activation member by pedestrians, the information element is activated, which informs the driver about the pedestrian by the crosswalk, intending to use it. Advantageously the camera recording approaching vehicles and the record is saved in the control unit. In case the vehicle does not stop when the activation member is activated and passes through the place for crossing, this means, advantageously the sensor of passing vehicle, advantageously consisting of camera and control unit, advantageously determines from the record, whether the vehicle was, at the beginning of excitation of activation member by pedestrians, sufficiently far from the place for crossing in order for the vehicle to safely stop. If the vehicle had the sufficient distance for stopping, but nevertheless it did not stop, such driving can be advantageously analyzed as an offence and the light source will be activated in order to inform the driver about his/her offence, advantageously by flashing. Advantageously this part of the recording will be marked in the control unit, in order to give a notice about it when the recording is viewed. The recording will be advantageously transferred to computer from recording media, advantageously SD card, or will be transferred via wireless transmission module, advantageously consisting of GSM gateway, to the alarm receiving centre, advantageously at police station or office of the local authority. The license plate of the vehicle, which is recorded by the camera, is analyzed by the computer and inserted into the list of vehicles which violated the regulations, with marking of the speed of passing the crossing and braking distance available from the beginning of the excitation of the activation member by the pedestrian from the place, where vehicles were at that time, up to the place for crossing. The activation member is excited by the pedestrian and is advantageously consisting of switch or sensor, which records the presence of the pedestrian by the crosswalk, advantageously only when he/she is present in the marked zone. Such zone is advantageously marked on the ground by the roadway, advantageously on the sidewalk, it can be for example marked in color, advantageously orange or red color amended advantageously with respective inscription, for example: "Wait here for radar activation, continue only when vehicles are stopped"

This accomplishes that the random pedestrians outside of the marked zone do not excite the activation member. In case the activation member is not excited, the radar unit displays the measured speed, whereas the warning flashing occurs at adjustable maximum permitted for the given roadway section. The time, for which the decreasing of the warning flashing to zero continues after the termination of excitation of the activation member, is adjustable by the control unit, beginning from zero time, and/or is controlled by the sensors detecting the pedestrians present at the roadway over the entire or part time, for which the pedestrian is present there. It is advantageously controlled by the above mentioned principles to persist over the activation of the information element. Its activation is in this case advantageously adjusted in control unit, according to the previously set principles of the activation. The marked zone for pedestrian intending to use the place designated for crossing is advantageously used also for above mentioned information equipments. Advantageously the radar unit is located by both side of the roadway. To detect the pedestrian by the crosswalk, alternatively the cameras or electronic gates are used instead of the pedestrian sensor. The radar unit is advantageously marked by the emphasizing element, advantageously consisting of the LED frame, which is illumining or flashing upon the adjustable maximum permitted speed is exceeded. In case the pedestrian excites the activation member by the place designated for crossing, advantageously the maximum permitted speed is zero, and the radar unit notifies the driver about exceeding such speed, advantageously by flashing. The maximum permitted speed is adjustable manually or automatically within the control unit, advantageously preselected in dependence on the time, when it is changed to preselected value for specific time interval. This is advantageously applied for example during night hours, when it is advantageously increased, or for example by the schools, when it is advantageously decreased during the school hours, whereas during the remaining time, it is automatically changed to preset value. The malfunctions are advantageously announced via the wireless transmission module, the condition of the equipment and wireless transmission module are adapted to voice communication with the control centre initiated by it or the pedestrian using the panic button.

The information equipment is advantageously arranged in the assembly so as it creates the monitored route, which advantageously begins with the sign notifying about the route beginning, for example with inscription "Attention - beginning of speed measurement and "offence" section monitoring". The route can be assembled of any units for monitoring, informing and measurement. For example the radar unit with camera detecting exceeded speed follows the sign, or the radar unit by the crosswalk with dummy camera, or the camera by the light control of intersection detecting the offence of red light, or the dummy camera by the stop sign, or the camera by the decreased speed traffic sign, for example by the school, checking its observance, or again the radar unit by the crosswalk with camera, checking if vehicles stop in case the activation member is excited by the pedestrian by the crosswalk, and finally advantageously the sign announcing the end of route. Advantageously, the information display follows, which in case of an offence displays the vehicle license plate on the display of vehicle license number, together with number of offences. The units are connected together and with the control unit of the route via the wireless or cable connection, and the information is advantageously transmitted here from to the alarm receiving centre, advantageously at police station or office of the local authority, with the respective data necessary to issue a penalty. This has advantage in that in the monitored section, in respect the cameras, the traffic regulations will be observed more than without camera monitoring, and in case of violation, the offence is documented, also for the possible easy evidence proceeding upon accident. This advantageously ensures the non-accident thoroughfare for example via entire village or important section or section of the frequent accidents. The dummy cameras make the implementation of the route cheaper, since they are much more cheaper than the real cameras. The drivers will observe the regulations also by them, since they do not recognize the dummy camera from a real one, moreover, the real cameras can be transferred to the places of dummy cameras and vice versa, therefore the driver is not sure, where each of camera type is located. Advantageously, the place of collecting fines is established by the offence display equipment, for the offences committed en route, where the computer can be connected for the recording of the offences. Alternatively, there is an automatic machine for collection of fines, displaying the vehicle license plate and amount of fine, which issues a receipt based on inserted amount. Even without interconnection of the units via the link and equipment for display of offences, such route will increase the safety, since the drivers are not sure, if the cameras and radar units information are transmitted to the alarm receiving centre, advantageously by the police, to execute the disciplinary action in case of offence. The cheapest alternative is when all cameras are the dummy cameras. The effect is advantageously increased when the dummy cameras are advantageously provided with the detector of the passing vehicles and light source of flash, which is activated by the vehicle passing along the camera and as such it exude an impression that the camera is an active one.

According to the advantageous embodiment, the information equipment can be implemented, which is accommodated also for signaling of the approaching tram, in which the tram is provided with the tram driver button, which activates the tram sound source using the tram control unit, advantageously consisting of source of beeping and/or sound source of voice, which can be switched off. Furthermore, the signaling on a tram for pedestrians can be activated, advantageously consisting of inscription on a tram and/or warning lights, advantageously consisting of flashing reflectors or orange or red discharge lamps. The tram driver activates the button advantageously when the tram approaches the crossing to notify the pedestrians by or on the crosswalk, that the tram is approaching and that it has a priority on the crosswalk. Advantageously by button, remotely using the transceiver, he/she activates at the same time the signaling units and other below mentioned on information equipments, advantageously by increased power output of the transceiver, already before the connection is automatically established for automatic signaling of the tram approaching the place designated for crossing with standard transceiver power output, which is located on the tram. It is connected to the transceiver located on information equipment and the information equipment at the other side of the roadway, which received the signal about the approaching tram using the wireless connection, which feeds the signal to the control unit of information equipment, which, if the tram is approaching, activates the signaling on a tram for pedestrians on information equipment, advantageously consisting of warning signaling light, signaling light on the information equipment indicating the approaching tram, particularly to the pedestrian at the other side of the roadway to which it is advantageously directed. The warning lights are advantageously consisting of the reflectors or beacons or discharge lamps, advantageously or orange or red color, which inform the pedestrians not to cross in time the tram is approaching and warn them or forbid them to enter the roadway. In case of activation, they illuminate continuously, or flash, or transit from flashing to continuous illumination in the instant, when the tram approaches to short distance to the crossing.

The signaling for pedestrians can be located on the tram, as well as the sound source.

The signaling of tram for pedestrians on the information equipment, which is activated advantageously by the control unit, such information equipment being advantageously consisting of control lamp, advantageously in red color, illuminates continuously or flashes, and from sign of trams right of way, carrying for example the inscription "Tram has the right of way, not pedestrian", which is advantageously backlighted using LED over the time, when the signaling is activated.

The block of sound signaling can be implemented, located inside the control unit, which is activated when the tram is approaching, and which is advantageously consisting of source of beeping and/or sound source of voice, which warns the pedestrians against entering the place designated for crossing, if the tram is approaching.

The flow chart of the signaling unit on the tram, signaling unit on information equipment and signaling unit on the information equipment on the other side, furthermore shows the sound source of voice and sound source of beeping on the tram, and sound source of voice on information equipment and sound source of beeping on information equipment, and mentioned signaling units, and which advantageously consist of transceiver, which signals, advantageously by means of coded signal transmitted via the wireless connection, and the transceiver signals the approaching tram on the information equipment. The distance of tram, which the signal is received from, is advantageously set by the transceiver power output on the tram, or by the radar or by the light link. During the connection between the transceiver, located on tram, and transceiver on the information equipment, the tram signaling for pedestrians on the information equipment is activated by means of control unit, and/or block of sound signaling on the information equipment, and/or signaling for pedestrians on the information equipment. The information equipment is advantageously accommodated for signaling by pedestrians by/on the place for crossing to the vehicles and for signaling of approaching tram for pedestrians.

Furthermore, the information element contains the signaling member for pedestrians, which signals in direction of signaling for pedestrians, i.e. in direction to opposite sidewalk. The information element for vehicles provides the information in direction of information for vehicles in direction of roadway, perpendicularly to direction of signaling for pedestrians.

The tram driver activates the signaling member for pedestrians using the button and mobile communication connection with tram, advantageously wireless connection, when he/she approaches the place for crossing in case the activation is not executed automatically, when the tram is approaching. This is advantageous particularly in case that there is a station for tram to stop, in front of the place for crossing, because upon automatic signaling by establishing the connection of approaching tram using the communication connection, particularly if the connection is wireless one, it triggers the signalization by the signaling member for pedestrians already when the tram is standing in the station, i.e. when tram is not approaching the crossing yet.

Alternatively the situation of the stations close to crossing can be solved by means of software of the tram control unit, and/or control unit of the information equipment, which is programmed so that the tram starts to signal to pedestrian only when the tram leaves the station towards the crossing. The software is advantageously programmed to activate the signaling of signaling member for pedestrian, so that it is activated always before the tram is approaching the place designated for crossing only after the tram leaves the station.

The signaling members for pedestrians, advantageously consisting of reflector and/or backlighted symbol, advantageously representing the pedestrian, or symbol consisting of LED, or inscription implemented by LED or backlighting, advantageously with text "Tram approaching, do not cross! , , . The signaling members for pedestrians are advantageously mandatory, i.e. when activated, the pedestrians must not cross. Advantageously, this is implemented in red color of the reflector, or by the backlighting, or by the LED symbols or inscription, or flashing or continuous light. Alternatively, the signaling members for pedestrians are commendatory, for example in orange color. The information element for the vehicles consists of backlighted symbol, advantageously as an alternative in the form of walking pedestrian.

Another advantageous embodiment of the information equipment is one adapted for signaling on the crosswalk for blind persons, where the sensor for detecting of pedestrians in the area by the crosswalk detects the pedestrian and using the control unit, it activates the block of sound signaling, advantageously the sound source of voice, which informs the blind persons they are by the signaling equipment for blind and that it is necessary to activate the switch for the blind, advantageously consisting of toggle switch, in order to distinguish it from switch for pedestrians, which advantageously uses the button. Alternatively, it is possible for blind persons to use walking stick to knock on the pole to activate the information equipment, based on information provided by the sound source of voice, where the sound sensor analyses such sound and activates the information equipment using the control unit. Blind persons use advantageously the sound generated by the sound source for the blind persons, advantageously in a method usual for three-color light signalization on crossings, i.e. slower sounds similar to clacking in time the crossing is not allowed and information equipment is deactivated, and faster sound in time the crossing for blind persons is allowed.

When the signaling by blind person, using walking stick or switch for blind, is detected, the control unit activates the information element, advantageously in form of orange light or red flashing light, which signals the drivers to slow down followed by a stop, advantageously at continuous red light indicating the command to stop the vehicle. This is activated by adjustable time from the end of orange light signaling or flashing red light signaling, which lasts over the adjustable time, necessary for blind persons to cross the roadway. Alternatively, it lasts over the time, when the blind person is detected by the sensors in the roadway. When the adjustable time elapses from activation of continuous red light, sufficiently long for vehicles to stop, the fast sound is indicated from the sound source for the blind persons, notifying the blind persons it is the time for safe crossing, because the red light stopped the vehicles. At the same time, advantageously, the sound source of voice gives announcement to blind person that it is allowed to cross. After the mentioned adjustable time elapses, or after the detection of pedestrian with sensors on the crosswalk is terminated, the red light turns off and the information equipment is deactivated state 1 of the signaling, and again, slow sound is activated for the blind persons, generated by the sound source for the blind persons. The information equipment is implementable, having information element, activation member and coded activation member, placed on the information equipment. The pocket activation member, carried by the blind person, is advantageously consisting of remote control or key tag or chip or mobile phone with software for coding, which controls the mobile phone to generate the sounds coded for reception by the activation member, or the mobile phone connects using the Bluetooth. The activation member communicates with these activation members, tests the code and only if correct, it activates the information element.

The mentioned drawbacks of the existing state of the art are eliminated and the pronounced benefits compared to known state of the art are brought by the route of crossing with advanced signaling members for pedestrians, equipped with the signaling equipment, which upon activation by the pedestrian, transmit such information to the radar unit.

In case that during the adjustable time from the beginning of activation of signalization, which still counts down, the vehicles passes over the crossing, meaning it did not give a way to the pedestrian by stopping and thus made an offence against traffic regulations, the camera connected to radar unit recording the speed of passing vehicle, takes a snapshot of the vehicle, advantageously also the snapshot of the pedestrian by the crosswalk, provided with necessary information to document the offence, this includes advantageously the vehicle license plate, time, and duration of the signaling equipment activation. The snapshot with the respective information is sent by the camera in the form of data to the alarm receiving centre, or it is save in memory for the later transmission. The camera advantageously takes the snapshots also of vehicles, which exceed the permitted speed regardless of the crossing.

Another benefit is in signaling equipment with signaling member to the opposite direction, advantageously consisting of orange signaling light and/or warning light, both advantageously visible to the pedestrian, which upon activation of the activation member by pedestrian, advantageously consisting of button or sensor detecting the pedestrian by the crosswalk, are activated together with the signaling member for approaching vehicle.

When the activation of the activation member the signaling member to the opposite direction and/or warning light is deactivated, but the activation of the signaling member for approaching vehicles stays on for signaling for pedestrians on the crosswalk, however the signaling member is not visible to the pedestrian. But because the pedestrian sees the activation of the signaling member to the opposite direction and/or warning light, which are deactivated at the end of activation of the activation member, the pedestrian is motivated to activate the activation member and thus to signal the approaching vehicles up to their complete stopping, as he/she is proposed to do so by the signaling sign. The pedestrian therefore cannot stay in roadway when the vehicles are driving by, because he/she keeps the button pressed and cannot be present in the roadway.

Another benefit is the camera with radar unit, which is adapted to set the change of the permitted speed, whereas upon its exceeding, it takes the snapshot of the vehicle violating the traffic regulation by exceeding the permitted speed, which is advantageously displayed to drivers at advance traffic sign, which is also adapted for change of permitted speed and which is advantageously in data communication with camera about the set speed.

The permitted speed is advantageously adjusted automatically at pre-programmed control unit of the traffic sign, or automatically or manually at monitoring centre to which it is connected by means of wireless connection.

Another advantageous embodiment is the camera recording the vehicle exceeding the permitted speed displayed on the traffic sign, equipment advanced of the camera with display of speed of approaching vehicle, and radar unit, which is located in front of the camera. Alternatively, the camera is placed on this equipment. The data communication about the vehicle speed and/or adjustment of permitted speed on the traffic sign is executed over the local connection between the traffic sign, advantageously with variably adjustable speed, furthermore with equipment with display, radar unit and camera, and furthermore with wireless connection with alarm receiving centre.

The invention significantly enriches the existing state of the art with the route of the safe crossing, which may by assembled of optionally selected units and equipments to reach the maximum safety of the crossing. Advantageously, the route begins in direction of the approaching vehicle with traffic sign, either permanent or with automatically or manually changed permitted speed. Optionally, the equipment follows with display of the vehicle speed and radar unit, and furthermore the signaling equipment by the crosswalk and finally a camera, onto which the radar unit can be alternatively placed. Upon activation of the signaling equipment by the pedestrian, advantageously with button or sensor detecting the pedestrian by the crosswalk, it signals to driver that the pedestrian is present on the crosswalk and advantageously also with auxiliary signaling member located on the equipment or traffic sign, to provide early warning to the driver that there is a pedestrian on the crosswalk. At the same time, the lighting of the crossing turns on and optionally, the selected camera receives the information about the beginning of the activation of the signaling equipment. In case the vehicle, after the adjustable time of activation of the signaling equipment, stopped in front of the crossing by the signaling equipment, or exceeded the permitted speed, the camera optionally takes the snapshot of the vehicle which committed the offence. The lighting of the crossing is deactivated advantageously together with the signaling equipment, after the adjustable time elapses from termination of the activation of the activation member by the pedestrians. Alternatively, in place of adjustable time, the deactivation by the sensor for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk is used, as soon as the pedestrian leaves the crossing.

The lighting of the crossing, advantageously consisting of lighting fixture of the crossing, illuminates the crossing so that each lighting fixture has limited cone of light projected on the illuminated part of sidewalk and lighted part of the roadway determined by one light, so that the lighting fixture of the crossing is placed advantageously lower than the standard lighting fixtures, advantageously on the pole of the crossing.

, In order to make pedestrian visible on the place for crossing, advantageously consisting of marked crossing with activation member, advantageously consisting of button or sensor detecting the pedestrian by the lighting fixtures for pedestrian by the crosswalk are activated, advantageously at the same time with the lighting fixture of the crossing, and advantageously with signaling member to the opposite direction and to the drivers, and with warning light. After deactivation of the activation member, the lighting fixture of the crossing and signaling member for drivers advantageously remain activated for adjustable or detectable crossing time, while the lighting fixture for the pedestrians, warning light and signaling member to the opposite direction are advantageously deactivated.

The lighting fixture of the crossing is advantageously provided with the shading plate, either adjustable or fixed, and/or lens to limit the light cone of the illumination of place for crossing, advantageously consisting of the crossing. Another variant of the crossing route advantageously uses the radar sign with dual section display of the information for the vehicle drivers, where one section displays the actual vehicle speed, advantageously in different color when the permitted speed is exceeded, analyzed by the camera system, and the other section displays the information inscription or graphics, optimally depending on the traffic circumstances, and at the same time, the adjustable value is set by the system en route on the following variable traffic sign determining the maximum permitted speed, so that if the driver does not decelerates according to instructions and value on the variable traffic sign, he/she would commit a serious offence. The situation is recorded by the camera system with detection of the license plates of the passing vehicles, optionally also the snapshots of the drivers are taken and since the traffic signs are variable, also the values of the variable traffic signs are registered in the instant the vehicle passes by, which is done by the camera oriented in the direction of the travel.

The route is optionally terminated by the fixed traffic sign, which defines the maximum permitted speed in the following route section, also with the meaning of cancellation of the previous limitations. Alternatively the module, consisting of three elements: 1.) camera in direction of travel and radar sign with dual section display, 2.) variable traffic sign of the maximum permitted speed, 3.) camera with radar sensors, is used repeatedly for more thorough inspection at the longer section of the roadway.

The variable traffic sign displays optionally the maximum permitted speed or it is deactivated and does not display anything.

Alternatively also the traffic lights powered by 24 V are used to signal the road traffic participants. This voltage is provided by the electronic circuits from 230 V alternating current used for street lights, because advantageously establishing such electrical connection is cheaper and moreover it optionally enables installation of accumulators, which power any of the route elements, advantageously the signaling equipments, signaling members, traffic signs, signaling panels, and traffic lights during the time, when the street lights are not activated, and contrary, when it is activated, the accumulators are being recharged.

Alternatively, the route uses the dummy camera to increase the respect of the drivers, which is provided with motion sensor and when the vehicle is passing by, it signals this fact with the signaling light. It is powered similarly as above mentioned traffic lights. The advantageous embodiment of the invention provides the illumination of the place for crossing, i.e. crossing in its section of the roadway, which is in the form of the lighting fixture -lighting fixture of the crossing, designed so as it is placed as low above the roadway as possible, whereas it illuminates only the required area and does not dazzles the pedestrians or drivers, which is achieved by the shading and/or optical LED elements, which influence the light radiation only to the required area.

Another advantageous embodiment of the invention also on such lighting fixture installs the signaling panel with graphic symbols and/or inscriptions for the vehicle drivers. The screens of the lighting fixture are advantageously consisting of fixed shading plates.

The screens of the lighting fixture can be advantageously consisting of two fixed shading plates and two adjustable shading plates with joint. The screens of the lighting fixture can be advantageously consisting of adjustable shading plates with covering corners, mounted in the corners of the adjustable shading plate. The lighting fixture for pedestrian by the crosswalk is advantageously provided with the permanent light, advantageously of white color. The lighting fixture for pedestrian by the crosswalk is advantageously turned on for the duration of the activation by the activation member, it is advantageously flashing or it advantageously switches in adjustable intervals to different colors, advantageously from white to red, or it is in color.

The lighting fixture for pedestrian by the crosswalk is advantageously powered from the solar power source and therefore has relatively small power input, lower than the lighting fixture of the crossing, and it is advantageously consisting of high-performance LED light source. It is located close to the pedestrian, substantially lower than the lighting fixture of the crossing. The lighting fixture for pedestrian by the crosswalk illuminates with narrow light cone, focused by the lens and/or fixed shading plates to the pedestrian by the crosswalk, who is in front of the activation member.

The control unit of solar power source controlling the charging module detects, whether the included accumulator is discharged under the adjustable value. If yes, the control unit of solar power source disconnects the lighting fixture for pedestrian by the crosswalk in order to prevent complete discharge of the accumulator and to ensure power for the signaling equipment, also in case that the lighting fixture for pedestrian by the crosswalk does not have its own independent power source. The control unit of solar power source may switch over the mode of lighting fixture of the pedestrian by the crosswalk to flashing, which will have longer intervals as the accumulator is progressively discharged, up until it is completely turned off, or the unit decreases the power output advantageously using the dimmer.

The sound module advantageously notifies the pedestrian, in case he/she prematurely releases the button before the adjustable interval elapses, for example until three seconds, that he/she has to keep the button pressed, which is advantageously announced by the instruction sign, advantageously backlighted or flashing and/or by button premature release warning light. The pedestrian is encouraged with instruction sign to activate the activation member, advantageously by keeping the button pressed until the vehicles stop. This ensures safe crossing, because if for example the pedestrian keeps the button pressed, he/she cannot be at the same time present on the crosswalk. To motivate the pedestrian to press the button, minimum one of the following units visible to the pedestrian is turned on upon its activation, namely lighting fixture for pedestrian by the crosswalk, signaling member to the opposite direction, additional signaling member for driver, and lighting fixture of the crossing. To motivate the pedestrian to keep the button pressed, these units are turned off by deactivating the activation member, advantageously consisting of button. Such motivation of the pedestrian to keep the button pressed until the vehicles come to a complete stop, is based on the fact the pedestrian sees the activation of these units as a consequence of him activating the activation member. Independently on deactivation of the activation member, the lighting fixture of the crossing advantageously stays turned on and the activation member stays activated during the adjustable time of presumed presence of the pedestrian in the marked crossing, or during the time of detection of the pedestrian on the marked crossing by the sensor for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk. The activation of this lighting fixture and activation member is also advantageously initiated by the activation of the activation member.

The signaling equipment can be adapted for activation by the detection of the pedestrian by the crosswalk, where the sensor of direction of crossing only detects the pedestrians heading to the crossing. Advantageously, it consists of camera sensor or combination of the sensors detecting the presence of pedestrian by the place for crossing and sensor of gate, whereas the signaling equipment is activated only in case there is a pedestrian approaching the crossing. The detection zone of gate is limited to the narrow strip, or it consists of the gate tracks, and in it are detected pedestrians approaching the crossing and advantageously activate the sensor for detection of pedestrian at the crosswalk with the crosswalk for the adjustable time interval. In case that during this time interval the pedestrian enters the detection zone by the crosswalk, the sensor for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk is further activated for the during of pedestrian detection in this detection zone by the crosswalk, prolonged by the adjustable interval of time presumably necessary to cross the crossing.

Instead of this adjustable time interval to cross the crossing, the sensor for detection of pedestrian in the area for crossing can be used, which detects the pedestrians on the crosswalk, namely in detection zone on the crosswalk. Such sensor is activated by pedestrian leaving the activated detection zone by the crosswalk, which is detected by the sensor for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, which this instant activates the sensor for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk. For the adjustable time interval necessary to move from detection zone by the crosswalk to detection zone on the crosswalk, the sensor for detection of pedestrian by the place for crossing advantageously stays activated and for the duration of such activation, it further keeps the signaling equipment activated. After this time interval for crossing elapses, the sensor is deactivated and the activation function of signaling equipment is taken over by the sensor of pedestrian on the crosswalk, if activated, and this is for the time of pedestrian detection on the crosswalk, for which this sensor is kept activated. If the sensors for the detection zone by the crosswalk and detection zone on the crosswalk are not activated as described above, they do not detect the presence of the pedestrian in these zones. This means the pedestrian passing from the roadway to detection zone by the crosswalk is not detected by non-activated sensor, since he/she did not pass through the detection zone of the gate and the signaling equipment is not activated. Upon detection of the pedestrian in the detection zone by the crosswalk, the activated sensor activates the signaling equipment, advantageously to signal the drivers the information "Pedestrians by the crosswalk", and when the pedestrian leaves this zone, such signaling equipment signals the state "Pedestrians on the crosswalk", advantageously for the adjustable time.

The signaling equipment to signal the state "Pedestrians on the crosswalk", can be also activated by the sensor for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk, for the duration of pedestrian presence detected on the crosswalk, if it is activated by the sensor. Another alternative uses, instead of the sensor of gate, the activation member activated by the pedestrian, advantageously in the form of button, which activates the sensor for detection of pedestrian by the place for crossing. Furthermore, the process is the same as when the sensor of gate is used. The sensor of gate is advantageously consisting of motion sensor of gate with lens, and advantageously with limitation by the screens to ensure narrow strip of the detection zone, or by the laths of gate. The sensor for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk is advantageously the ultrasonic sensor, advantageously consisting of several ultrasonic sensors with 1-4 zones, i.e. the first detection zone, the second detection zone, the third detection zone and the fourth detection zone, whereas these zones are adjusted with various range to achieve the required shape of the detection zone by the crosswalk, or the sensors are motion or combined sensors. Advantageously, the sensor for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk is completed with the motion sensors, advantageously with dual combined radar sensor detecting the moving pedestrian, while the ultrasonic sensors detect the pedestrian standing by the crosswalk. Another alternative uses advantageously the motion sensor for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk.

The sensor for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk is advantageously a motion sensor with broad detection angle to cover the detection zone on the crosswalk, whereas the zone is advantageously detected by the sensors from both sides of the roadway. The mentioned example of the sensors or buttons combination minimizes the false activation of the signaling equipment, which may happen particularly when the pedestrian approaching from the other side of the crossing passes through the activation zone. The false activation can be caused also by the pedestrians passing along the crossing, or by the passing vehicles.

Advantageously, the sensor and button are connected in parallel for activation, whereas the pedestrian is advantageously encouraged by the instruction sign to use the button, which increases the safety, since he/she is advantageously encourage to keep it pressed, until the vehicles come to a stop. In case the pedestrian does not use the button, he/she is secured by the signaling equipment activated by the sensor, advantageously by the sensor combined with sensor of gate, to eliminate the false signaling. The sensor also secures the signaling in case that the pedestrian pressed the button, but did not keep it pressed, and such securing is maintained during the time the pedestrian is detected in detection zone by the crosswalk, prolonged by the adjustable interval of time or by the sensor detection. Alternatively, the sensor for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk and/or the sensor for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk are completed or replaced with cameras adapted to detect the pedestrian by or on the crosswalk. The signaling equipment can be adapted for signaling for pedestrians so that the vehicles approaching the crossing are detected by the radar unit and/or sensors detecting vehicles in motion. If these vehicles are in motion, the signaling equipment signals using the instruction sign with inscription for example "Moving vehicles, do not cross!", advantageously backlighted or emphasized by the warning light of highlighting and/or signaling light for pedestrians.

Above the instruction sign and/or signaling member for the pedestrians, advantageously consisting of signaling for pedestrians in the form of inscription for example "Moving vehicles, do not cross!" or symbols, for example of red pedestrian, advantageously crossed, or in the form of warning signaling light for pedestrians, which is advantageously orange or red and forbids the crossing.

When the activation member is activated by the button, the pedestrian keeps this button pressed according to the instructions, until the vehicles come to a stop. In case the pedestrian releases this button prematurely, while the vehicles are still moving, the instruction sign advantageously shows the inscription calling to hold button pressed until the vehicles come to a stop. As soon as the moving vehicles are not detected any more, all mentioned signaling related to moving vehicles is terminated. In another alternative the display detecting camera takes the snapshot in case the button was pressed by the pedestrian, or the pedestrian detection sensor by the place for crossing detected the pedestrian by the place for crossing for the time longer than is the adjustable time enabling the vehicles to stop, which means the signaling equipment was activated for such period of time and at the same time, the radar unit adapted to display the speed or the sensor detecting the vehicles detected the vehicle in area of crossing either in movement or travelling above the adjustable speed limit. The camera advantageously detects the display of radar unit adapted to display the vehicle speed, at the crosswalk, where the vehicle speed is measured by the external or internal radar unit, furthermore it detects the activated signaling member of the signaling equipment and register the time of its activation, this is transmitted as data to this camera, advantageously together with vehicle speed, and furthermore it records the vehicle with license plate. The camera takes advantageously the snapshot with mentioned data also when the permitted vehicle speed is exceeded, even if the signaling equipment was not activated. The data and information are advantageously processed in camera and/or in the control unit of signaling equipment, to gather the documentation data necessary to issue a penalty to the driver, in the form of digital data, or the partially visually based on snapshot taken by the camera, and/or as data transmitted to and save in the camera and/or control unit of The radar unit can be adapted to display the vehicle speed and connected to the external or internal radar unit, so the vehicle speed measured by it is advantageously displayed on this radar unit adapted to display the speed. Advantageously external or internal camera, integrated in the radar unit adapted to display the speed, records the vehicles exceeding the permitted speed. The control unit of display equipment processes the data about the vehicle exceeding the permitted speed, which is the vehicle speed in the time the snapshot was taken, vehicle license plate on the snapshot, time of snapshot and other, and send such data wirelessly to the monitoring centre or saves them advantageously on the removable memory media. The data is then processed in the alarm receiving centre, advantageously to have the documentation enabling to issue a penalty to the driver. In order to make it cheaper, the vehicle license plate is alternatively not processed in the form of data in the control unit, but visually at the alarm receiving centre.

The signaling member for the driver may contain the inscription and symbols adaptable for the independent activation. While the inscription is comprehensible only to the driver speaking the respective language, the symbols are international. The symbols are advantageously adapted to display the pedestrians by the crosswalk, when they are displayed in statically, for example as the pedestrians standing on the crosswalk, or dynamically, for example as simulation of walk. The combination of symbols and inscription emphasizes for the drivers the information about the pedestrians intending to use the crossing, or pedestrians, which are already crossing, thus increasing the safety of the crossing. Making the symbols comprehensible internationally, the inscriptions are adaptable for alternating display in various languages, whereas the symbols display the actual condition of the crossing.

The inscriptions are adaptable for the dual-state signaling, advantageously the first state can be displayed for example with the inscription: "BE CAREFUL - CROSSING", and the second state of the occupied crossing with the inscription: "ATTENTION -

PEDESTRIANS". For the three state display, the first state is the same, the second state can be display for example by the inscription "PEDESTRIANS BY THE CROSSWALK" and the third state by "PEDESTRIANS ON THE CROSSWALK".

The signaling equipment with the signaling for pedestrians can be powered by the network voltage, advantageously by 230 V, and can consists advantageously of the signaling member for pedestrians, which in deactivated state of the signaling equipment signals to pedestrians that it is forbidden to cross or recommended not to cross. When the activation member is not excited anymore by the pedestrian button or after beginning of its excitation by the sensor, the signaling member for pedestrians, after the time necessary for the vehicles to stop, advantageously goes to the second state, which signals the command or recommendation to wait until the vehicles are stopped before the crossing, which advantageously lasts until the deactivation of the signaling equipment. Such deactivation advantageously occurs after adjustable time from the beginning or the end of activation of the activation member, or after the detection by the sensor for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk is terminated. Then the signaling member goes back to the first state.

The signaling equipment with signaling for pedestrians can be powered from the solar power source or from the power intended for street lights. In order to save the power, the signaling for pedestrians is also deactivated upon deactivation of the signaling equipment, and advantageously it does not signal. It is activated advantageously upon detection of the pedestrians by the sensor or pedestrian detection sensor with wider zone coverage, and signals the first state commanding or recommending not to cross. Advantageously, the sensor of gate is placed in front of the pedestrian detection sensor by place for the crossing and the activation of the signaling for pedestrians is executed both after the pedestrian passes the detection zone of sensor of gate, which activates the sensor, and after the pedestrian enters the detection zone of sensor by the crosswalk during the adjustable time. Such structure ensures the elimination of the sensor activation by the pedestrians coming from the other side of the crossing. After the signaling equipment is activated by the activation member by the pedestrians, or after its excitation by the button is terminated, after the adjustable waiting time elapses necessary for vehicles to stop, the first state of the signaling changes to the second state commanding or recommending to wait until the vehicles stop in front of the crossing, which lasts until the deactivation of the signaling equipment, when the signaling member is deactivated together with the signaling equipment, and it does not signal.

The display of time of waiting can display the time remaining to wait for the change from the first state to the second state. The waiting time begins with the maximum time and the remaining waiting time is advantageously displayed in seconds up until 0. When using the activation member consisting of the switch of the first variant, advantageously, when the switch is not. activated by the pedestrian, and in case the pedestrian is detected by the sensor within the zone, the waiting time starts to count down for the change from the first to the second state, such time being advantageously displayed on the display of time of waiting. Such substitute mode of waiting time countdown, when the switch is not activated, can be implemented also with powering from the network or when switch and sensor of gate are used. In the second variant, the waiting time starts to count down also with the activated switch, and when the switch is deactivate, the countdown stops. To eliminate the pedestrian approach to the detection zone without passing the detection zone of gate, advantageously the barriers are installed, advantageously consisting of the hand rails.

The active part of gate is advantageously in such height H above the ground that it does not detect the animals. The signaling member for pedestrians can be advantageously consisting of recommending inscription and/or symbol and/or signaling light for pedestrians. The first state signal of the recommending type of the signaling member for pedestrians is, with the recommending inscription not to cross, for example "USE SIGNALING BEFORE CROSSING", and/or symbol of pedestrian and/or light, both in orange color meaning recommendation and/or caution.

The first state signal of the commanding type of signaling member for pedestrians is for example the inscription "DO NOT CROSS", or the symbol of pedestrian or commanding light, both in red color.

The second state signal of the recommending type of the signaling member for pedestrians is for example the inscription "DO NOT CROSS, IF VEHICLES ARE MOVING"

, and/or symbol and/or light, both for example in continuous or flashing orange color, or in red flashing color demanding the caution. The inscription with text "Do not cross, if vehicles are travelling fast" is used for example, if the traffic sign changing the maximum permitted speed is

The second state signal of the commanding type of the signaling member is the inscription "CROSS NOW", and/or the symbol of walking pedestrian in green color, and/or green light.

The inscriptions and/or symbols and/or light of the signaling member, which are intended for the pedestrians from the other side of the crossing, are located on the pole and/or advantageously on panel of instructions above the activating panel, visible to the pedestrian upon activation of the switch of activation member. The panel of instructions may visualize, upon the first state signal of the signaling member, advantageously by illumination, the symbol, which is advantageously consisting of the standing pedestrian on red light background, advantageously beside the first inscription, advantageously "DO NOT CROSS". Upon the change to the second state, the inscription is appended by the second inscription "IF VEHICLES ARE MOVING", so the entire inscription is "DO NOT CROSS, IF VEHICLES ARE MOVING", and the symbol advantageously starts to flash, advantageously in red color.

The signaling member for pedestrians is placed on the pole and is advantageously provided with the same inscriptions and symbols for the 1 st and 2nd state, as on the panel of instructions. The signaling member for the pedestrians can consists of the same symbol of pedestrians on the red background, as on the panel of instructions, flashing in the 2nd state. The inscription is not applied, because the explanation of the symbol is seen by the pedestrian by the same symbol on the panel of instructions.

The sections of the inscription of activation can be made visible before and after the activation by switch of activation member on the activating panel, located on pole, advantageously under the panel of instructions.

The inscription of activation illuminates continuously, or it is turned off to save the power, particularly when powered by the solar source of energy. It is turned on advantageously upon detection of the pedestrian by the crosswalk by the sensor, advantageously by the sensor for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk or by the second sensor for detection of pedestrian. The inscription of activation is advantageously consisting of the first inscription of activation (upper), "PRESS THE BUTTON" in the first backlighted section, and of the second inscription of activation (lower), located under the first, "KEEP THE BUTTON PRESSED, IF VEHICLES ARE MOVING", in the second backlighted section. After turning on, or continuously in the first state, the first inscription of activation is illuminated. After the switch of activation member is activated, the second state begins and the first inscription of activation turns off, and only the second inscription of activation is illuminated. The second inscription of activation turns off after the switch of activation member is released, if not released prematurely.

When the switch of activation member is released prematurely during the adjustable time from its activation, advantageously the first inscription of activation is turned on again, until the switch of activation member is again activated, or until the signaling equipment is deactivated. The inscription of activation is emphasized advantageously by backlighting or by activation of LED. Advantageously, on the activating panel, there is a display of time of waiting located, advantageously in seconds, advantageously with inscription "PRESS AND HOLD THE BUTTON FOR 10 SECONDS, IF THE VEHICLES ARE MOVING" .

The first state of the signaling member for pedestrians changes to second state, after the switch of activation member is pressed after the adjustable time from the activation of the switch of activation member, advantageously displayed on the time display, which starts to count down the time from the maximum value to zero, when the second state ends. When the switch is released prematurely, the time being counted down is advantageously stopped and the first inscription of activation, "PRESS BUTTON", is displayed until the repeated activation of the switch of activation member, when the time starts to be counted down again. If the countdown at the display of time of waiting runs up to zero, the inscription of activation turns off and after adjustable time elapses, it is reset to initial state, i.e. the inscription of activation, "PRESS AND

HOLD THE BUTTON, IF THE VEHICLES ARE MOVING ", turns on, or in case of power saving mode, the inscription of activation displays only when further detection of pedestrian is made.

The signaling equipment can be provided with commanding signaling, which advantageously consisting of three-color traffic light. In the first state, when the pedestrian did not activate the activation member, the commanding signaling signals the vehicles the green light and the signaling member for pedestrians signals the red light. After the activation of the activation member is done, the commanding signaling changes the green light to orange light and after the adjustable time to red light, while after the adjustable time, the signaling member changes the red light to green light. The pedestrian crosses the roadway, whereas he/she is detected by the sensors for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk, which pass the information to the signaling equipment that the pedestrian left the roadway. The signaling equipment processes such information. The signaling member signals against the red light and the commanding signaling advantageously, after the orange light, signals the green light. The detection of the pedestrian on the crosswalk with the sensors for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk, shortens the time of red light for vehicles, when compared to the crossing during the firmly adjusted time interval.

Advantageously, when the activation member is activated for the second time during the adjustable time, the control unit prolongs the waiting time of the pedestrian for green light, advantageously, by the longer time, if there are vehicles in front of the crossing, detected by the sensors of moving vehicles, and/or sensors of standing vehicles, which are advantageously integrated in the combined sensors.

Advantageously, the waiting time is increased with increasing number of vehicles in front of the crossing, as detected by the combined sensors, in order to prevent the creation of convoy of cars.

In order to speed up the traffic, either with high number of pedestrians or small number of vehicles or both, in deactivated state, the signaling equipment is set to green light for pedestrians and to red light for vehicles. The state is changed by the detection of vehicle by sensor detecting vehicles in motion to the green light, advantageously after orange light signaled to vehicles, and red light to pedestrians, after adjustable waiting time, advantageously according to the number of the detected vehicles.

For the usage of the signaling equipment with commanding signaling and signaling member for pedestrians powered by the solar power, the signaling panel is deactivated to save the power. It is activated upon the activation of the activation member by the pedestrian, or upon the detection of the pedestrian by the sensor for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, advantageously completed by the sensor of gate to eliminate the pedestrians approaching from the other side of the roadway. Advantageously, the activation begins with the initial state by signaling the red light for pedestrians, and the red light after orange light for vehicles, to stabilize the state on the crosswalk after the signaling was initiated. Then the panel signals the red light to the vehicles and green light to the pedestrians. In order to prevent creation of convoys of vehicles, the red light is signalled to the pedestrians upon the activation of the signaling equipment, while green light is signalled to the vehicles, which is changed after adjustable time to red light to vehicles, which is an initial state described above. This adjustable time is controlled by the number of passing or waiting vehicles detected by the sensors, which are advantageously activated upon the activation of the signaling panel, so that the time is longer with higher number of the vehicles. After the adjustable time elapses, which is necessary to cross the roadway, or detected by the pedestrian detection sensors in place of crossing, the signaling panel changes to red light for pedestrians and after the adjustable time elapses, the three-color signaling member changes to green light for vehicles. In case no other pedestrian is detected, the signaling equipment by the place for crossing is deactivated. Advantageously, the refuge described herein below can be used. The refuge enables the independent signaling for the vehicles in both directions of travel, and also their approach independently on pedestrians in opposite direction, to speed up the traffic. To change the red light to green light on the signaling member for pedestrians on the refuge, the pedestrian activates the activation member on the sidewalk, at one side of the roadway. After the signaling and crossing in the traffic lane, he/she then walks to the refuge. There, the pedestrian signals with the activation member to the signaling equipment on the other side of the roadway to change the red light to green light, for the traffic in the opposite direction, and the signaling is executed the same as it was in the traffic lane. The pedestrian detection sensors on the place for crossing and the sensors detecting vehicles in motion are advantageously used also for refuge, in order to speed up the traffic.

The access route to the municipality or other place with limited speed of vehicles can be secured with the system of signaling equipments. The route includes the radar unit adaptable for displaying the measured speed located in place A, i.e. In the direction of travel of the approaching vehicle, behind the speed limit traffic sign. This radar unit advantageously includes two sections of the light signalization. The measured speed section displays the actual speed of the approaching vehicle. If the speed exceeds the adjustable permitted sped, as given by the speed limit traffic sign, for example 50 km/h, the illuminated inscription rums on in the upper section of the radar unit, advantageously the illuminated inscription "SLOW DOWN" is illuminated, and advantageously the lower measured speed section changes the color of the digits from green to red. When the adjustable speed limit is exceeded, for example at 70 km/h, the limiting mode is triggered, which activates the light traffic sign changing the maximum permitted speed in place B by changing the regularly displayed permitted speed, for example "50" to lowered speed limit, for example "40". Advantageously, the light traffic sign changing the speed limit can be implemented as deactivated, while the activation is executed only in limiting mode, where the traffic sign displays the lowered speed. In such case, the vehicle driving at speed of 70 km/h would exceed the speed limit by 70-40 = 30 km/h in order to issue a stricter penalty, when compared to speed limit exceeded by 20 km/h, when the speed was not lowered. This motivates the driver to decreases the speed. The travel of vehicle from place A to place C is recorded by the camera (external), located on the pole at place A or C, which advantageously also recognizes the vehicle license plates and takes the snapshot of driver for his/her penalization. At the end of access route, another speed limit traffic sign is placed, which in case of limiting mode in the preceding route sections means the end of such limitation, and the transition to the normal mode for the traffic within the municipality.

The thoroughfare route within section between place C and D can be advantageously completed by inserted section E, F. The radar unit adapted for speed measurement consist of two sections. The light traffic sign changing the speed limit at place F, is advantageously activated to change the speed limit in case the vehicle exceeded the permitted speed given by the speed limit traffic sign, or variable light traffic sign changing the speed limit. In case the reduced speed limit is not observed, as given by the previous light traffic sign changing the speed limit. In case the speed is already reduced for example to 40 km/h, the reduced speed, for example 40 km/h, is activated also at this light traffic sign changing the speed limit, or it is advantageously further decreased for example to 30 km/h. The inserted section E-F is advantageously repeated several times, and if the vehicle does not exceed the permitted speed in preceding section, the light traffic sign changing the speed limit changes to non-decreased speed in the section that follows. The speed of vehicles in limiting mode, in section between the places A to D, is controlled in relation to decreasing the speed under the limit of regular speed, for example to 40 km/h. The return of the light traffic sign changing the speed limit to the regular state is advantageously controlled by the additional function of the radar unit, which would control this change depending on the traffic density, advantageously based on sufficient distance of vehicles travelling at decreased speed, for example 40 km/h, and behind them at non-decreased speed, for example 50 km/h, so that the faster vehicles would arrive at lower speed only when they drive again at normal speed, for example at 50 km/h, entering the area of an access route at unchanged speed from vehicles with decreased speed.

The route of crossing can include the cascade of the equipment sets to limit the speed of vehicles, which exceed the permitted speed. Before entering the cascade of the equipment sets, there is a speed limit traffic sign adapting the permitted speed, or the permitted speed is given by the law or regulation.

When the vehicle exceeds the permitted speed by the adjustable value, for example 20 km/h, the radar unit transmits the signal to light traffic sign changing the maximum permitted speed, which turns on and displays the lower speed than the one displayed on speed limit traffic sign, for example by 10 km h, i.e. 40 km/h. This decreases the vehicle exceeding the speed.

In order to increase the effect, the set of equipments includes the dummy radar camera recording the vehicle for the penalization purposes. Such camera is interchangeable by the real camera, in order to prevent drivers to be sure whether they are recorded or not to ensure they decrease the speed. When the vehicles arrive to the following set of equipments, the vehicles are measured by another radar unit, which received the information from the preceding radar unit, related to whether the speed was decreased. In case the vehicle does not exceed such speed, the light traffic sign changing the speed limit is deactivated and does not display any sped, or it displays the permitted speed given by the speed limit traffic sign placed before entrance to the cascade, or given by the regulation in municipality, for example 50 km/h. In case the vehicle exceeds such permitted speed given by the preceding traffic sign, it displays again the decreased speed, the same as the previous light traffic sign changing the speed limit, i.e. for example 40 km/h, or to issue the emphasized instruction to slow down, even lower speed limit, for example 30 km/h.

The thoroughfare via another systems is similar, whose number is selectable as necessary so that the entire route is advantageously covered to efficiently decrease the speed. In order to prevent the vehicle to continue at increased speed, when the driver notoriously did not react to light traffic sign changing the speed limit, advantageously the commanding signaling is alternatively placed in the set of equipments, advantageously consisting of three- color traffic light, which advantageously switches from green light via orange to red light, for the adjustable time, in case of passing of vehicle exceeding the maximum permitted speed (determined advantageously by the light traffic sign changing the speed limit) by the adjustable value.

The set of equipments for lowering the speed can be combined with the signaling equipment. The light traffic sign changing the speed limit is activated to decrease the displayed speed by turning on the illumination or by changing to the lower speed, upon the activation of the signaling equipment by the pedestrian. The light traffic sign changing the speed limit can be advantageously activated also by the radar unit adapted to display the speed in case the permitted speed is exceeded by the vehicle.

The light traffic sign changing the speed limit turns off or changes to the originally permitted speed upon the deactivation of the signaling equipment, or after the adjustable time elapses, when activated by the radar unit.

The radar unit with, advantageously external, camera is adapted to record the vehicles exceeding the changing permitted speed given by the light traffic sign changing the speed limit, according to which speed was set in the instant the recorded vehicle passed by, and at the same time also to record the vehicles, which did not stop by the crosswalk when the signaling equipment was activated for the adjustable time necessary for stopping.

The cascade of the measured sections can advantageously begin at place A with the warning sign, explaining the drivers that if they will not observe the permitted speed, it will be lowered, for example with inscription "OBSERVE THE SPEED, OTHERWISE LOWERING". Behind it, at place B, a radar unit is advantageously located, adaptable for displaying the measured speed, advantageously with inscription "SLOW DOWN, OTHERWISE LOWERING", to the vehicles exceeding the permitted speed. Furthermore, between the places C-F, there are light traffic signs placed, changing the speed limit to speed lower than for example 50 km/h, which was permitted by the speed limit traffic sign in front of the cascade entry, in case the preceding radar unit located in the traffic sign or radar unit recorded the speed limit exceeded. Consequently, when the lowered permitted speed is observed, for example 40 km/h, the permitted speed is displayed again, originally set in front of the cascade entry, for example 50 km/h. Upon repeated non-observance of the speed, the speed is advantageously lowered by larger value, for example to 30 km h. The light traffic signs changing the speed limit have advantageously integrated the radar unit, which replaces the advance radar unit adaptable for displaying the measured speed, which controls them by means of the control unit of the traffic sign and switches according to the measured speed of the vehicles passing by.

The powering of the signaling equipments in the road traffics can be improved, for example by creating the commanding signaling on the pedestrian crossings, which enables cheaper installation. The solution then enables to simplify the construction preparations for powering of the commanding signaling by implementing the low-voltage cable powering, for example 24 V, which does not require the demanding excavation works, as for example the 230 V AC line. The power source is the feeder line from lamp of public lighting, to which the low voltage power source is connected, for example 24 V DC.

230 V AC voltage from the distribution line from lamp of public lighting is converted by the transformer to lower voltage, which is then rectified by the rectifier with the output voltage for example 24 V DC. The current for the public lighting is turned off during the daylight. Due to this fact, advantageously the backup battery is the part of 24 V DC voltage source, which is recharged during night, whereas during day, it powers the operation of the traffic light. The low DC voltage, advantageously 24 V or other suitable voltage is intended for equipment of the route, for which it is adapted, for example signaling equipment or commanding signaling.

The equipment of the route, advantageously the lighting of the crossing or commanding signaling for traffic control, can be adapted for 230 V AC voltage. To use the advantage of the low voltage distribution, the transformer is used to decrease the voltage from 230 V to low voltage for example 36 V, and the second transformer is used to transform the voltage back to original value, for example 230 V AC, to power the equipment of the route, to which such equipment is adapted, for example the lighting fixture.

Alternatively, the low-voltage distribution over the low-voltage cable is used, with the rectifier at the side of the equipment of the route, which is advantageously completed by the backup battery for powering during the time, when the public lighting is turned off, for example by 36 V, and which is advantageously connected directly to the electronics of the lighting fixture.

Advantageously, the dummy camera can be used, with simple control including the sensor detecting a passing vehicle, which activates the signal light of dummy camera so that it is turned on for each passing vehicle. This plausibly imitates the dummy camera real function. The dummy camera is advantageously placed on the pole of lamp of public lighting. The dummy camera can advantageously contain the accumulator battery recharged from the public lighting, or from the solar panel in order to ensure function of the equipment during daylight.

The dummy camera can be advantageously completed by the advance pole with radar unit adaptable for displaying the measured speed for the display of the section, advantageously the section display with displayed inscription "SLOW DOWN" upon the exceeding of the set speed, for example 50 km/h. The sensor detecting passing vehicles can be advantageously replaced with the radar unit, which transmits the information about the passing vehicle to the dummy camera.

Advantageously, the pedestrian crossing can be illuminated by the lighting of the crossing in the area of roadway by the lighting fixture of the crossing. The lighting fixture of the crossing and the second lighting fixture of the crossing can be provided by segments and/or lenses and adjusted so that the lit part of the crossing is bordered by the crosswalk and so to ensure the illumination also of the parts of sidewalk, whereas the three-fourths of the crossing were covered in direction from the lighting fixtures of the crossing. The screens protect the pedestrians and drivers against the dazzling, whereas the pedestrian does not see the source of lighting up to certain angle of view.

The lighting fixture of the crossing can be, except for its basic function of the lighting of the crossing, advantageously provided with additional signaling member located at the side of cover, which is advantageously provided in the form of symbols of pedestrians or vertical lighting strips. The additional signaling member serves to signal the drivers of vehicles approaching to the crossing that there is a pedestrians by or on the crosswalk. The additional signaling member is controlled by the control unit of the signaling member, located externally on the lighting fixture.

The lighting fixture of the crossing can include the LED system, then the control unit of the signaling member is placed inside of lighting fixture of the crossing.

If the lighting fixture of the crossing includes the LED system, then the light of the lighting fixture of the crossing is advantageously limited by the screen, which can be advantageously in the form of strip or honeycomb. The strips or honeycombs have the necessary shape to focus the light of individual LEDs to the necessary narrow direction, limited only to the area of the pedestrian crossing and preventing the dazzling of the pedestrians and/or driver.

The screens can be in the form suited for individual LEDs, instead of the form for the line of LED around the LED diode button.

The screens can be in the form suited for individual LEDs installed in line and creating the lighting strips.

The signaling member can be in the form of symbols of pedestrians or lighting strips, consisting of LEDs, which signal by illumination or flashing, advantageously for the signaling for pedestrians by the crosswalk, or by progressively illuminating from the individual symbols or strips simulating the movement signaling the pedestrian on the crosswalk. The route system is implementable, which includes the speed limit traffic sign advantageously at the beginning of the route, which defines the maximum permitted speed, or such speed is defined by other means, for example by the regulation, in this example 50 km/h. The radar unit measures and advantageously displays the speed at the beginning of route, advantageously in green color, and when exceeded, advantageously in different color, advantageously red color. In case the permitted speed is exceeded by the adjustable speed, the command "Stop" is activated to stop vehicle stops on the commanding signaling, advantageously consisting of two-color traffic light. That traffic light turns on orange light for short time, then the red light. After the optionally adjustable time elapses, such commanding signaling is deactivated and the two-color traffic light changes back to orange color and then it is turned off or the orange light starts to flash. Alternatively, the three- color traffic light is advantageously used, which turns on the continuous green light after the orange light, or the green light is turned off, or the orange light starts to flash.

The commanding signaling is alternatively advantageously consisting of alternately flashing traffic light, to save the power when powered from accumulator, because this traffic light is turned on only, and flashes red upon activation, compared to two- or three-color traffic light, which flashes orange even when deactivates, and the three-color traffic light alternatively in deactivated state turns on the green light, if required by the regulation.

The route is recorded by the camera, advantageously provided by recording function of the time, vehicle speed, or other traffic data and signaling state at the commanding signaling, to issue a penalty for exceeding the maximum permitted speed or passing on the red light. This camera is advantageously interchangeable with a dummy camera. The commanding signaling consisting of the three-color traffic light or two-color traffic light advantageously flashes the orange light, when not activated.

If the vehicle does not stop, but upon "Stop" signal, advantageously upon displaying the red light on commanding signaling, the vehicle starts to decelerate for stopping, in the instant, when this vehicle decreases the speed to the maximum permitted speed, this commanding signaling changes the signal to "Go", advantageously by turning off the red light or by changing it to green light, so the vehicle may continue without stopping. The radar unit measuring the speed of approaching vehicle is advantageously located on the pole of the commanding signaling, or on or in the commanding signaling, or it is located on the advance pole. Advantageously, before the red light is activated at the commanding signaling, the alternately flashing orange light is activated, when the alternately flashing traffic light is used, for the adjustable time or distance from such traffic light, which enables the vehicle to lower the speed to permitted value, thus preventing the illumination of the red light. For this purpose, the alternately flashing traffic light is adapted to change the color of the light from orange to red and vice versa, using the LED lights.

Advantageously, to implement the commanding signaling, the alternately flashing traffic light is used, because such traffic light when not activated, is turned off and have zero power consumption, and is suitable for powering by the solar power, whereas two- or three- color traffic lights are legally regulated to flash orange light upon their deactivation, or to turn on green light continuously, therefore they have certain permanent power consumption, which is a drawback for powering by solar power. Alternatively, if there is no lack of power, the two- or three-color traffic light is advantageously used.

Advantageously, the light traffic sign is placed advanced of the commanding signaling, which lowers the maximum permitted speed for example to 40 km/h, when the maximum permitted speed is exceeded by the adjustable value, for example 50 km/h given by preceding traffic sign or regulation. Advantageously, the commanding signaling is not activated until 50 km/h, which is the target maximum permitted speed.

Because it is presumed that most drivers decrease the speed under 50 km/h, albeit not exactly to 40 km h, the commanding signaling will be activated less frequently than if the light traffic sign would not be used, which is psychologically beneficial, because it is presumed that it will not become a commonplace and will be better observed.

In advantageous embodiment, the economic route is implemented to ensure observation of the speed within the municipality. In order to implement the commanding signaling, the alternately flashing traffic light is advantageously used, which, when not activated by the radar unit when the vehicle exceeds the maximum permitted speed, is turned off and have zero power consumption. This enables to implement the powering by solar power source and the commanding signaling is therefore cheaper and have small dimensions. To further decrease the power consumption, the commanding signaling is activated at speed higher by optional value, for example 60 km/h, than the maximum permitted speed is, so it will be activated less frequently than if set to maximum permitted speed for example 50 km/h. To ensure that maximum number of vehicles do not exceed this speed, the pole is provided with speed measurement sign, emphasized by the LED stripes and/or inscription for example "Slow down", in case of speeding vehicle.

This sign of speed measurement advantageously notifies "Beginning of speed measurement" and "Red light camera". To emphasize this sign, in economic embodiment, the pole is also provided with dummy camera, advantageously interchangeable with real camera to record the recordings for penalization, for the drivers not to be sure when the recording equipment is operating. For further emphasizing, the dummy is advantageously provided with flash of dummy, which advantageously fires, when the vehicle exceeds the maximum permitted speed. At the end of route, the sign "End of speed measurement" is advantageously placed on the pole, with the dummy and flash firing upon passing of vehicle detected by the sensor of passing vehicle, which is an economical solution, because it is cheaper than radar unit, which can be alternatively used to activate the flash fire when the maximum permitted speed is exceed, or the flash fires regularly.

On the route, advantageously any number of additional unit of economical route can be placed, advantageously consisting of optionally determined parts, located on the pole, which create the economic route, which advantageously includes commanding signaling, dummy, flash, solar power source.

These units and components create a set, which is advantageously supplied with the "Do it yourself instructions, advantageously directly from the stock, in unified design, to make it even cheaper. The set advantageously includes the initial unit of route and terminal unit of route, and advantageously also the auxiliary unit of the route.

The signaling equipment can have units and elements located on or in the lighting fixture of compact design. These units or elements may for example include the control unit of signaling equipment, which among others controls also the signaling member located on the lighting fixture. Optionally, the control unit of signaling equipment further controls the dimmer of the lighting fixture and other optional units of the signaling equipment. The compact lighting fixture is advantageously mechanically connected with the pole by means of fastening mechanism of the fixture. The control unit of signaling equipment is interconnected with the pedestrian detecting sensors by the connection cable, advantageously with sensor for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk and sensor for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk, which are advantageously located on the lighting fixture, and/or on activation member, advantageously provided with the control button. The control unit of signaling equipment controls advantageously the entire signaling equipment.

The dimmer controls the start and gradual diming of the lighting fixture in case it is not turned on permanently and in case it is switched on concurrently with activation of the signaling member upon activation of the signaling equipment by the pedestrian with activation member, advantageously with the sensor for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk or with the button. The dimming is used to prevent affection of driver by sudden turning on of the lighting fixture. Due to this reason, instead for turning off the lighting fixture in time, when the signaling equipment is not activated, this lighting fixture is turned on only at the partial power output to notify the driver about the presence of the crossing. The full power output is turned on upon the activation of the signaling equipment by the activation member, to notify the drive about the pedestrian by or on the crosswalk.

Alternatively, the control unit of signaling equipment is located on the pole or on the pole of illumination, from where it controls also the units located on the lighting fixture, and advantageously it controls the signaling member.

The units located on or in the lighting fixture are advantageously controlled by the control unit of signaling equipment and/or control unit of the signaling member for mutual control. LED signaling member, which is advantageously consisting of lighting strips or symbols of pedestrians, upon detection of the pedestrian by the crosswalk with activation member, advantageously consisting of sensor for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk or button, advantageously flashes as the unit for signaling of the pedestrian by the crosswalk. For the signaling of pedestrian on the crosswalk, progressively one strip or symbol after another are turned on to simulate the movement.

When the signaling equipment is not activated, the signaling member is turned off or flashes in longer intervals, to notify about the crossing for the case the pedestrian would suddenly enter the roadway.

In case the activation member does not differentiate the pedestrians by or on the crosswalk, the method of signaling by the signaling panel is selectable, advantageously for the mentioned examples.

In case the matrix is used for the signaling member, the signaling member is advantageously provided with its own control unit of the signaling member. The inscription "ATTENTION - PEDESTRIANS" is for example advantageously used as an alternative signaling member. The lighting fixture of the crossing can be such form, which have the shading plate with cut symbols, for example the symbols of pedestrians, which are well-arranged and advantageously provided with the color transparent material, advantageously with glass or plastic, for example in red color, so that these symbols are visible to the approaching drivers to inform them about the crossing, in case the lighting fixture of the crossing is turned on. In case the lighting fixture is turned on only upon detection of pedestrian in the area of crossing, the information for drivers means the presence of the pedestrians in the area of crossing. In case of the illumination with lower intensity, it notifies about the crossing, while illumination with full intensity means the notification about the pedestrians.

In this advantageous embodiment the crossing is implemented, which is advantageously consisting of the marking with signaling equipment and signaling member located advantageously on the pole by this crossing, and/or optionally before it, and/or on the pole of the light traffic sign, and furthermore with commanding signaling for drivers commanding them to stop with "Stop" signal, advantageously in the form of red light, in case its activation. Advantageously, it is located on the pole by the crosswalk, or on the advance pole in front of it, or on pole of the light traffic sign. In sleep state, this commanding signaling is deactivated and it is activated only when the vehicle exceeds the maximum permitted speed by the adjustable value, advantageously only when the signaling equipment is activated. It is deactivated upon deactivation of the signaling equipment. This means the vehicle is stopped for the duration of this time.

Alternatively, the commanding signaling is activated, in case of vehicle exceeding the maximum permitted speed, even if the signaling equipment is not activated. The activation lasts for adjustable time, from the beginning of the activation, and in case that during this adjustable activation time the signaling equipment was also activated, the activation lasts until the deactivation of this signaling equipment. This means the vehicle stops until this time.

Or, optionally, upon activated or deactivated signaling equipment, the activation of command still lasts, as long as the vehicle, which is stopping at the red light, does not decrease its speed so that it corresponds to the maximum permitted speed, when the commanding signaling is deactivated. This means the vehicle does not stop but only slows down.

Optionally, upon vehicles exceeding the permitted speed, firstly the orange light is activated, while the red light is activated only in case the vehicle in adjustable time or distance from signaling equipment does not decelerate to the permitted speed, advantageously the orange light receives priority before red light upon activation by the activation member by handicapped person, to notify the drivers about the approaching red light.

The speed is advantageously measured by the radar unit, located on the signaling equipment, or on advance pole, advantageously provided with the display of the measured speed. Such radar unit transmits the information about the exceeding such speed, advantageously over the connection. The commanding signaling is advantageously consisting of two-color traffic light, which does not signal at all in deactivated state, or signals with flashing orange light. Upon activation, it turns on the red light to stop the vehicles exceeding the maximum permitted speed, which is advantageously preceded by short illumination of the orange light. Upon deactivation, the red light turns off, advantageously followed by short illumination of the orange light, optionally after which the orange light again starts to flash.

The commanding signaling is alternatively consisting of three-color traffic light, which illuminates upon the deactivation advantageously in green light, which upon activation changes first to orange light and then to red light. During the deactivation, after the orange light, the green light is turned on or the orange light starts to flash. Alternatively, the commanding signaling is advantageously consisting of the one-color traffic light, or by alternately flashing traffic light, which are turned off in deactivated state. They are turned on by the activation, during which they signal the command to stop, by means of the continuous red light, or for the alternately flashing traffic light, consisting of two red lights placed side by side, by means of alternating illumination of these lights.

Advantageously, the alternately flashing traffic light is adapted for signaling also by orange lights, and the change to red lights and vice versa is executed in the similar manner as for three-color signaling, for example when the vehicles exceed the permitted speed, or when the signaling is switched to the controlled one. The change of colors is advantageously made possibly by means of LED, advantageously it is used also for vehicles travelling faster than permitted speed, when the orange light is turned on first, and then the red light only when the vehicle slows down correspondingly. Advantageously, the light traffic sign is place in front of the signaling equipment, advantageously that one is used, which decreases the maximum permitted speed to selectable value upon activation of the signaling equipment.

In deactivated state, the commanding signaling does not influence the operation of the crossing, which uses only the signaling equipment. The commanding signaling is used only when activated, advantageously when the maximum permitted speed is exceeded by the vehicle approaching the crossing, such speed being lower upon light traffic sign being activated by the signaling equipment detecting the pedestrian by the crosswalk. In case of activation of the commanding signaling, upon detection of the vehicle exceeding the maximum permitted speed by the radar unit with deactivated signaling equipment, the speed is higher, at which the commanding signaling gets activated, or the light traffic sign is not activated.

The signaling equipment is provided with the signaling member for pedestrians. The maximum permitted speed is determined for example be the traffic sign or regulation about the maximum permitted speed in municipality. The radar unit advantageously placed in front of the signaling equipment, or integrated on or in it, sends the information about the vehicle exceeding the maximum permitted speed over the connection to the signaling equipment, which, if activated by the pedestrian using the activation member, activates the commanding signaling for drivers and turns on the red light, advantageously after the red light, to stop such vehicle in front of the crossing. The commanding signaling is deactivated upon deactivation of the signaling equipment, i.e. when there are no pedestrians detected on the crosswalk, advantageously by the sensor for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk, or after elapsing of the adjustable time interval since the deactivation of the activation member by pedestrian, or optionally, when the vehicle decreased it speed accordingly. Optionally, the commanding signaling is activated when the permitted speed is exceeded, even if the signaling equipment is not activated, and in such case, it is deactivated after the adjustable time interval elapses. Advantageously, the traffic sign is located in front of the radar unit, such and is activated, upon activation of the signaling equipment, by the connection and its display, which did not display any information or displayed the maximum permitted speed in given location, for example 50 km/h, starts to display the adjustable maximum permitted speed, for example 20 km/h, lower than displayed in deactivated stat, or than defined by the traffic sign or traffic regulation, for example 50 km/h. This advantageously achieves the deceleration of the vehicle in front of the activated signaling equipment, in order to increase the safety of the pedestrians. The radar unit, optionally with display, transmits the information via the connection to the signaling equipment, informing about the vehicles exceeding such lowered maximum permitted speed, to which the radar unit is switched from the higher speed for the duration of activation of the signaling equipment, and which is measured in initial state, when the signaling equipment is not activated. Such signaling equipment activates the commanding signaling for the drivers, and then deactivates it, advantageously upon deactivation of the signaling equipment, advantageously after the adjustable delay elapses, ensuring the safe clearing of crossing by the

Alternatively, the commanding signaling is deactivated upon the vehicle slowing down to the maximum permitted speed, so the vehicle is not stopped but decelerated only. The deceleration process begins, when the vehicle starts to decelerate to stop at the red light of the commanding signaling. When it slows down to the maximum permitted speed, the commanding signaling is deactivated and the vehicle may continue to travel.

Advantageously, the commanding signaling for the drivers simultaneously uses also the signaling member for pedestrians, which have 2 states. In the first state, with deactivated signaling equipment, the signaling member for pedestrians forbids to cross or does not recommend to cross without usage of the signaling equipment. After the signaling equipment is activated by the activation member by the pedestrian, the signaling state changes to the second state, after the time elapses, which is necessary to stop the vehicles approaching from the traffic sign or from the sign, if used. The second state admits the crossing if there are no vehicles or if the vehicles are not travelling fast, advantageously by means of inscription "Do not cross, if vehicles are travelling fast". The crossing is made easier by decreasing the maximum permitted speed by means of the traffic sign, for example to 20 km/h, activated for the time the signaling equipment is activated. The vehicle exceeding such speed by the adjustable difference, are stopped or slowed down by activation of the commanding signaling, which, together with traffic sign slowing down the vehicles, ensures increased safety of the crossing. In order to prevent creation of convoys of vehicles by commanding signaling due to waiting time of stopped vehicles, due to too long activation of the signaling equipment and/or commanding signaling, for example by high number of pedestrians, the length of time of permitted crossing is optionally limited by the signaling member for pedestrians, advantageously not only for the duration of pedestrians detection by the sensor on roadway, if used, but it is also limited by adjustable length of time after the activation of the activation member for crossing. After such time, the signaling member transitions to the first state and forbids the entering on the crosswalk, advantageously by red light, and limits the number of activations of the signaling equipment as well as the time, for which the signaling equipment gets activated after the excitation of the activation member. After the activation of the commanding signaling, i.e. turning on the red light, after the adjustable time elapses necessary to stop the vehicle, the state of the signaling member is changed to the second state, if it was in the first state. If it is in the second state, this states is preserved for the adjustable time, or for the time of detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk by the sensor. When the signaling equipment is deactivated, the signaling member changes its state to the first state, and the commanding signaling is deactivated after the adjustable time elapses. In another example, the variable speed limit traffic sign is placed in front of the signaling equipment and advantageously in front of the radar unit, which lowers the permitted speed to optional speed, for example 20 km/h, upon the activated signaling equipment.

The variable speed limit traffic sign is, according to the invention, for displaying the maximum permitted speed, either in the form of light traffic sign, advantageously consisting of LEDs, or of mechanical traffic sign, advantageously consisting of tilting segments.

The radar unit activates the commanding signaling, when the speed is exceeded by the optional value, advantageously only when the signaling equipment is activated by the pedestrian. The commanding signaling is deactivated advantageously simultaneously with the signaling equipment, when the pedestrian is not detected by the sensor on the roadway any more, or after the adjustable time elapses since the activation of the activation member.

In the following example, the coordinated signaling by the signaling member and commanding signaling is shown, when the signaling member is continuously, or after detection by the sensor for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, activated at the first state of the signaling member for pedestrian, forbidding to cross or recommending not to cross. Upon the activation of signaling equipment by the activation member, advantageously the speed at traffic sign is lowered, if applied. After the adjustable time, advantageously necessary to decelerate or stop the vehicles traveling from the traffic sign, the first state on the signaling member is changed to the second state, commanding or recommending not to cross, if the vehicles are travelling fast. If the vehicle exceeds the permitted speed defined by the traffic sign or traffic sign by the adjustable speed, and advantageously only when the signaling equipment is activated, the commanding signaling is activated by turning on the red light. It is deactivated advantageously after the deactivation of the signaling equipment by turning off the red light, if three-color traffic light is used, advantageously with following short turning on the orange light and advantageously and optionally also with short turning on the green light, after which the orange light flashes or turns off. This deactivates the commanding signaling up to the next vehicle exceeding the permitted speed approaches, for example with traffic sign or sign with increased optional value of the permitted speed. If the commanding signaling is activated with deactivated signaling equipment, it is deactivated after the adjustable time since its deactivation elapses. If the commanding signaling is activated during the activation of the signaling equipment, it is advantageously deactivated after the deactivation of the signaling equipment.

The signaling equipment is deactivated after the adjustable time from the deactivation of the activation member elapses, or from the termination of detection of the pedestrian by the sensor, when the signaling member changes it state from the 2nd state to the 1 st state, or it is deactivated and does not signal at all.

The crossing can be implemented with the marking of the crossing or without it, and with commanding signaling placed by it, advantageously consisting of the three-color traffic light or two-color traffic light or alternately flashing traffic light, which slows down or stops the vehicles when they exceed the maximum permitted speed, and furthermore, the commanding signaling is advantageously consisting of the traffic light p for pedestrians.

Alternatively, the commanding signaling is also or exclusively located on the advance pole or the pole of the traffic light, but advantageously without the traffic lights. The signaling member is located on the pole by the crosswalk, and/or on the pole of the light traffic sign. In initial state, when the signaling equipment is not activated by the pedestrian, the commanding signaling is also not activated, no light is illuminated or the orange light flashes, advantageously on the three-color traffic light.

When the pedestrian presses the button or is detected by the sensor, advantageously the maximum permitted speed is decreased by the activation of the light traffic sign, and at the same time, the maximum permitted speed displayed by the radar unit is changed, at which the exceeded speed is signalled. If the vehicle exceeds this speed, advantageously measured by the radar unit, the commanding signaling is activated and advantageously the three-color traffic light starts to signal the command for vehicles to stop, by illuminating the red light, advantageously after continuously illuminated orange light. After the adjustable time elapses, necessary for vehicles to stop, advantageously the signal "Cross now" is displayed on the traffic light, advantageously in the form of the green light or the symbol of walking pedestrian or the inscription "Cross now" for crossing during the adjustable time, or during the time over which the pedestrians are detected by the sensor on the crosswalk.

After that, this traffic light signals "Do not cross" by means of the red light or of the symbols of standing pedestrian or of the inscription "Do not cross", and after the adjustable time elapses, the three-color traffic light changes advantageously the signaling for the vehicles from the red light to the green light, advantageously after the orange light, and then to the flashing orange light, or the flashing orange light is signaled immediately after the red light, or it is turned off after the orange light. To inform about the deactivated traffic light, the signal "Do not cross" for the pedestrians is turned off after the adjustable delay elapses, or alternatively after the adjustable time of flashing the red light.

The commanding signaling stays deactivated up to the instant, when another vehicle exceeds the maximum permitted speed, advantageously only when the signaling equipment and light traffic sign are activated.

Alternatively, the commanding signaling is activated to stop the vehicles when the maximum permitted speed is exceeded, for the adjustable time, and also in case that the signaling equipment is not activated. In this case upon the higher speed and upon the light traffic sign not deactivated.

Alternatively, after the commanding signaling is activated the vehicles are not stopped, but only slowed down by deactivation, after slowing down the speeding vehicle to the maximum permitted speed, optionally, only when the signaling equipment is not activated. In this case the traffic light is advantageously not activated and it does not signal any command for the pedestrian, i.e. even not the signal "Cross now".

The commanding signaling is located by the crosswalk, advantageously on the pole of the signaling equipment, or on the advance pole, in front of the signaling equipment.

Optionally, the commanding signaling is switched to the regular, continuous control mode of the traffic on the crosswalk, manually or according the time schedule or automatically, for example upon increased traffic during rush hours, advantageously as analyzed by the control unit of signaling equipment, advantageously using the sensors of vehicles. IN this case, the commanding signaling advantageously signals the green light for vehicles and red light for pedestrians, while the changing to green light for pedestrians is activated by the active members, after the respective changing of the signaling to red light for drivers, thru orange light. The reverse changing of the signaling to the red light for pedestrians and after that to green light for drivers, is done after the adjustable time, or when the detection of pedestrians on the roadway is terminated.

The activation member is implementable, when pressing the button on the activation member by the pedestrian activates the signaling equipment and thus the light traffic sign to slow down the vehicles.

The button is in initial state advantageously highlighted by backlighting and/or by LED element(s) around the button. Advantageously the first inscription, for example "Do not cross without pressing the button" illuminates continuously, or to save the power, the highlight with the backlighting or illumination is activated only after the pedestrian is detected by the sensor. When the adjustable time after the pressing of button elapses, this inscription is turned off and the second inscription is backlighted or illuminated, for example "Wait until the vehicles slow down", or alternatively, the inscription "Do not cross, until the vehicles safely slow down". This inscription is turned off after deactivation of the signaling equipment and the cycle returns to the initial state of the inscription illumination.

The signaling equipment is implementable, with the function of slowing down the vehicles for the pedestrians, activated advantageously by the button intended for the pedestrians and/or by the sensor, and with stopping of vehicles for handicapped persons or slow persons, activated by the button intended for the handicapped persons, or by the remote control. At the activation panel of the activation member, there is a button for the pedestrians marked advantageously with the backlighted inscription, for example "Slow down the vehicles for pedestrians!", and after this button is pressed, it activates the signaling equipment and thus the light traffic sign, turns off the inscription and turns on another inscription, for example "Wait until the vehicles slow down".

IN case the vehicle exceeds the maximum permitted speed measured by the radar unit, the commanding signaling is activated for the adjustable time or for the time of signaling equipment activation, which stops the vehicles. Or the commanding signaling is activated only until the time the vehicle is slowed down to the maximum permitted speed, which only decelerates the vehicle, advantageously even when the signaling equipment or the light traffic sign are not activated, i.e. also at the maximum permitted speed. By only slowing down the vehicles and not stopping them the traffic jams are prevented.

By this button for pedestrians, on the activation member for handicapped, there is another button for handicapped, marked with inscription for example "Stop the vehicles for handicapped". After its pressing, "Do not cross" inscription is activated on the traffic light for pedestrians, advantageously in red light, the inscription turns off and another inscription is tuned on, for example "Wait for green light", and advantageously the time display is activated, showing the remaining time until the green light for pedestrians will be turned on. The commanding signaling, deactivated until that time, activates the command "Stop" after the button for handicapped persons is pressed, advantageously with red light on three-color traffic light, and advantageously the time display shows the value of time remaining until the red light for the vehicles will be turned off.

The traffic light changes the signaling of "Do not cross" command, after the adjustable time, necessary to stop the vehicles, to "Cross now" command, advantageously with green light for pedestrians and the inscription is turning off. After the adjustable time necessary to cross elapses, this traffic light changes the signaling again to "Do not cross", advantageously with red light, and the inscription is turned on again.

After the adjustable time of commanding signaling elapses, advantageously the three- color traffic light changes its color from red to orange and then to green light for the adjustable duration time, and then to flashing orange light, or directly from the red light to flashing orange light, which again deactivates the traffic light. The traffic light for pedestrians is turned off. Alternatively, the two-color traffic light is used, which advantageously flashes in orange light in deactivated state, while in activated state the orange light changes to continuous orange light, and then to red light, and then the continuous orange light follows after the deactivation, which after the adjustable time elapses, starts to flash or turns off. Advantageously, the signaling equipment is activated by the activation member adapted for activation by handicapped persons in place of button, by keypad, advantageously with code and/or by remote control, and/or by mobile phone with Bluetooth connection with uploaded code to prevent misuse of the button to stop the vehicles by pedestrians.

The risk of misuse is advantageously decreased by prolongation of the time of the red light activation after the button is pressed and of waiting for green light for pedestrians, because when the button for pedestrians is used to slow down the vehicles by pedestrians, "Do not cross" is not signaled by the traffic light and thus the crossing is not prevented, because the traffic light is not activated.

For blind persons, the signaling equipment with traffic light is advantageously completed with respective acoustic signals for orientation about the state of the traffic light and its position.

The commanding signaling is not activated in its initial state, while when activated by the button for slowing down the vehicles, only the traffic sign is activated, which does not stop the traffic and thus does not create the convoys, and only when the maximum permitted speed is exceeded, or the button for handicapped persons is activated to stop the vehicles, the commanding signaling is activated and controls the crossing only for adjustable time necessary to cross or to terminate the detection of the pedestrian on the roadway with sensor. The time of stopping the vehicles is therefore minimum one, which speeds up the traffic compared the circulating crossing, when the vehicles stop for pedestrians or they are always stopped by the traffic light controlling the crossing.

Advantageously, the sign of the place for crossing can be used, if there is no marking of the crossing, and such place is equipped with the signaling equipment, advantageously with traffic sign and/or commanding signaling. At the pole of this signaling equipment, advantageously there is a sign, advantageously backlighted, which marks the place for crossing with notifying text, for example "No priority of way for pedestrian to vehicles, risk of accident", "Do not cross without pressing the button and waiting for vehicles to slow down". On the crosswalk with marked crossing place, such text of sign is supplemented, in terms of "Pedestrian does not have the absolute priority to vehicles".

In another advantageous embodiment, the economic version of crossing route with commanding signaling and light traffic sign is implementable, but advantageously without the signaling member, or only with simplified one, advantageously consisting of LED strips on "pedestrian crossing" traffic sign, which are advantageously also on "Attention, pedestrian crossing" traffic sign. They are advantageously activated at the same time with the light traffic sign changing the speed limit to the lower one, by pedestrian using the activation member. The commanding signaling is advantageously consisting of alternately flashing traffic light to save the power, advantageously to use the smaller solar power source.

The saving is advantageously achieved, when compared to three-color traffic light, by turning off the alternately flashing traffic light when not activated, while according to traffic regulations, the three-color traffic light has to signal when not activated.

The route advantageously begins and ends with the dummy and sign, which advantageously announces the "Beginning and end of radar measurement" and the "Red light camera" to motivate the drivers to stop at red light and observe the maximum permitted speed. Alternatively, the commanding signaling and/or dummy is placed on the pole between the crossing and light traffic sign.

Also advantageously implementable is the compact unit of traffic speed control, advantageously usable for route of the crossing, which does not block the intersection. When used for route to ensure the observance of the maximum permitted speed in the municipality, the traffic sign with the supplementary information plate and signaling member are not used. The compact unit is placed in optional distance in front of the crossing, for example 50 m, in order for the pedestrian to have the time to cross the crossing before the decelerated vehicles.

It is advantageously consisting of the following components - light traffic sign changing the maximum speed limit, radar unit advantageously with display on which the commanding signaling is advantageously mounted, advantageously consisting of alternately flashing traffic light and advantageously with signaling member, advantageously consisting of symbols of pedestrians.

Advantageously, the alternately flashing traffic light is adapted for change of couple of alternately flashing traffic lights from orange to red light and vice versa, using the switchable LED, of which the traffic lights are consisting of, or fitted with red and orange LEDs, which are alternately switched. This enables to set the orange light prior the red light to inform the drivers about incoming red light. This also enables, when the maximum permitted speed is exceeded by the vehicle, to activate the warning orange light, and in case the driver of vehicle slows down to permitted speed in time, not to activate the red light to stop the vehicle.

Advantageously, all these components are located in single case, completely connected for usage without another installation. Because the non-activated compact unit does not display anything, it has the minimum power consumption and thus it is suitable for the solar power source.

Optionally, the traffic pole, to which the compact unit is mounted, has also attached the traffic sign ''Attention pedestrian crossing", completed with LED strips and supplementary information plate "Distance to crossing", for example "50 m".

The traffic compact unit can be optionally fitted with the selected components as required.

The commanding signaling slows down the vehicles exceeding the maximum permitted speed given by the light traffic sign by adjustable value, for example 20 km, or when it is not activated or used, given by the previous traffic sign or by the regulation. Advantageously, when the maximum permitted speed is exceeded by more than such adjustable value, for example 20 km/h, advantageously the radar unit activates the light traffic sign for the adjustable time to ensure higher decrease of the speed, as a penalty for speeding, or "Slow down and continue". Advantageously, the sign of radar unit shows inscription for example "70 km h + - 3 points", notifying the driver about the offence and possible loss of points of the driving license. When the speed is exceeded even more, the commanding signaling advantageously stops the vehicles for adjustable time. Advantageously, the radar unit is provided with signaling panel, which advantageously consisting of symbols of pedestrians simulating the walking, and which is activated by the pedestrian with the activation member, notifying about the pedestrians presence on the approaching crossing. The radar unit is advantageously switchable upon activation of the signaling equipment to lower optional speed, upon which the display displays the exceeding the maximum permitted speed and activates the commanding signaling to slow down the vehicles. The light traffic sign is activated by the activation member by pedestrian using the signaling equipment for the adjustable time, or for the time of detection of pedestrian on the roadway, advantageously by the sensor.

When using the compact unit in combination with the signaling equipment for the crossing, the advance compact unit is optionally completed by the signaling member and cooperates with the equipment located by the crosswalk, advantageously consisting of the speed measurement sign, activation member and "Pedestrian crossing" traffic sign, advantageously with the highlighting LED strips, signaling member, "End of all prohibitions" traffic sign, dummy camera with flash and solar power source. The signaling member is used optionally and is advantageously consisting of the symbols of pedestrians. In the economical embodiment, it is advantageously consisting of LED strips, or the signaling member is not used. Advantageously, the dummy with flash is used, as well as the sign to motivate the driver to observe the maximum permitted speed.

The compact embodiment of the signaling equipment, consisting minimum of one of the following components, namely commanding signaling, advantageously consisting of three- color traffic light or alternately flashing lights of the signaling member, radar unit, and traffic sign, and these components are advantageously located in one assembly block, whereas the activating panel and solar power source are located on the same pole, and these components are completely interconnected for installation by mere insertion of the pole into the tube in the soil, advantageously without further installation. This compact embodiment is intended for occasionally controlled crossing or intersection, which are advantageously changed from uncontrolled to controlled one, by activation by handicapped person, using the button, or by vehicle exceeding the permitted speed, by activation of the commanding signaling, advantageously including the traffic light for pedestrians.

When such compact embodiment is used to stop or slow down the vehicles, such commanding signaling activates advantageously the orange lights before advantageously activating the red lights. For this purpose, advantageously alternately flashing traffic light is advantageously adapted for change of two light color, advantageously consisting of LED, from orange to red light and vice versa, or these two lights have installed two LED sets, one set for orange light, the other one for red light, and these are alternating as needed, whereas upon the activation by the pedestrians the orange lights are flashing to notify the vehicle drivers about presence of pedestrian in the area of crossing, while when activated by handicapped person, the red lights are flashing to stop the vehicles. If the vehicle is exceeding the speed, advantageously the orange light is turned on, and if the vehicles do not slow down in adjustable time or over the optional distance, the red light is turned on to stop or slow down the vehicles. The alternately flashing orange traffic lights are activated advantageously by the activation member upon pressing the button by the pedestrian to emphasize the pedestrian signaling by the crosswalk, advantageously at the same time as the lights in the opposite direction, to motivate the pedestrian to use the button, which when deactivated, it advantageously deactivates these lights. The signaling panel is activated over the entire activation time of the signaling equipment. When the button is pressed by the handicapped person, advantageously the commanding signaling orange lights are activated first, in order to provide time for drivers to react to this distant signal by slowing the vehicles down in front of the crossing and following red lights. When the red lights are activated upon exceeding the speed, the vehicles optionally only slow down or stop, whereas when the vehicle is stopped, the red light is advantageously activated together with the signaling for pedestrians for controlled crossing. Optionally, the compact signaling equipment includes also the lighting of the crossing, located on the same pole directly above the signaling equipment connected to it. The low placement of this lighting is enabled by the special screens, preventing the dazzling of pedestrians and drivers.

The compact signaling equipment includes also the sensor module, detecting the pedestrians in the area of crossing, advantageously consisting of sensors and others.

The preferred embodiment, the pedestrian is prompted by the inscriptions on the activation panel of the activation member to hold the button, until the vehicles are stopped, or if the advance light traffic sign is used, for example by notification 30 km, until the vehicles are slowed down. In case the pedestrian would not use the button, he/she is safeguarded by the pedestrian detection module, which activates the signaling member upon detection of pedestrian in the area of crossing, for the adjustable time, or for the time of pedestrian detection in area of crossing. For the time the button is kept pressed, and advantageously orange lights for opposite direction are activated, the commanding signaling advantageously the alternately flashing orange traffic light and the pedestrian lighting reflector, advantageously only after darkness, which is advantageously deactivated upon deactivation of this button to motivate the pedestrian to keep this button pressed until the vehicles slow down or stop. The compact signaling equipment changes from uncontrolled to controlled also by manual or automatic switching as per need, particularly according to traffic conditions. The lighting fixtures of the crossing are advantageously turned on only upon detection of the pedestrian in the area of crossing, advantageously only after darkness, or the luminous intensity of the lighting fixture is increased upon such detection.

When the button is activated by the handicapped person, the signaling member and commanding signaling are activated, the latter changes the light from orange to red and furthermore, the signaling continues according to the principle of controlled intersection together with signaling for pedestrians.

The economic version of the compact embodiment of the signaling equipment, where the signaling member is advantageously consisting of alternately flashing traffic lights. Upon activation by pedestrian they signalize with orange light, which upon activation by the handicapped person changes to red light and the signaling for pedestrians is activated, which means that this signaling equipment is changed to controlled one and the signaling takes place according to the principles of controlled crossing.

The lighting fixture of the crossing can be fully or partially integrated into the signaling equipment, which is configurably adapted so that on the extended pole of the signaling equipment is advantageously with deflection shaped so that the lighting fixture of the crossing is in the optimum position above the sidewalk and roadway, so notwithstanding that it is placed lower than the standard lighting of the crossing, it does not protrudes above the roadway, nevertheless the existing mounting mechanism is used, which was designed for location above the roadway, and at the same time other equipments are located on the lighting of the crossing, as for example signaling member for drivers, sensor for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, sensor for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk on the place intended for crossing, sensor of gate and radar unit. The signaling member is advantageously completed with the commanding signaling, advantageously with alternately flashing traffic light, which is activated for slowing down or stopping, in case the radar unit determines higher speed of approaching vehicle than is the actually set maximum permitted speed on light traffic sign at the approach to the crossing, or the maximum permitted speed given by the regulation.

The activity of the lighting fixture, signaling member, sensor for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, sensor for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk, radar unit and sensor of gate are advantageously controlled by the control unit of the signaling member.

The lighting fixture of the crossing is completed by the accumulator, which powers the system in case the power from the lighting fixture of the crossing is disconnected. The lighting is switchable between the full lighting and disconnected lighting, or between full lighting and lighting with decreased luminous intensity. The power supply is advantageously low voltage power supply, as described above.

The lighting of the crossing can be implemented by means of the lighting fixture of the public lighting on the crosswalk from one side, where for the power supply, advantageously of low voltage, lighting of the crossing and signaling equipment the poles of the public lighting are used, which are located on one side of the street, without the cabling being routed over the roadway (i.e. routing the connection over and above the roadway when installing).

The lamp illuminates the roadway in a cone of rays, limited by means of the lens and/or shading plates, so the lamp does not dazzle the pedestrian approaching from the other side of the roadway, when he/she walks on substantial part of the roadway, by being adjusted so that it does not light behind the roadway to sidewalk, despite the lamp being advantageously located in lower height, and advantageously it is possible to mount it on the pole of traffic sign of the crossing. The shading plates also prevent dazzling of the drivers. The pedestrian lighting reflector on the other side advantageously illuminates the pedestrians on the other side of the roadway than the lamp is located. The second pedestrian lighting reflector, advantageously illuminates the pedestrian on the side of the roadway, where the lamp is located, and advantageously on the side, where the public lighting is. The pedestrian lighting reflectors are activated advantageously by means of buttons of the signaling equipment so that the pedestrian lighting reflector illuminates the pedestrian upon the pressing of button and during the time the button on the other side of the crossing is kept pressed, and similarly, the second pedestrian lighting reflector illuminates the pedestrians upon the pressing of button and during the time the button is kept pressed on that side of the crossing, where the second pedestrian lighting reflector is located. The wireless connection ensures the connection between the control units of signaling equipment of both sides. In case the power supply is available at both sides of the roadway, advantageously the pedestrian lighting reflector is replaced with the second pedestrian lighting reflector, located on the other side.

The alternative solution of the lighting of the crossing from one side of the roadway, is advantageously from the side of the public lighting, which uses also the second lamp of the crossing lighting on the pole of lighting of the crossing, in order to prevent the dazzling of pedestrians more effectively, which further advantageously uses the overhanging girder in higher height so as to ensure the illumination of the far side of the roadway, but at such angle, which prevents dazzling the pedestrians with light. Under this lamp of the crossing lighting, the lamp of the crossing lighting located in lower height illuminates the near side of the roadway. The light cones of both lamps are fitted with lens and/or have adjusted shading plates.

The backup power source of crossing lamp lighting for the pedestrians enable the lamp to illuminate the crossing, even if the public lighting power supply is turned off. The backup power source of crossing lamp lighting automatically powers the lamp in case the public lighting is not turned on yet, or it is turned off already due to saving purposes, for example after midnight, and/or the daylight intensity is not sufficient. The voltage converter powered from the public lighting grid continuously charges the backup battery, from which the power is used by the second voltage converter to convert the voltage of the backup battery to 230 V to power the lamp of the lighting of the crossing, which can be connected with the switch to output of power supply for lighting lamps.

Depending on actual lighting of the crossing analyzed by the sensor of the luminous intensity and control module of backup lighting its output is used to control the switch.

The control module of backup lighting contains the radio module, which enables the communication with control module of backup lighting of the backup power supply, being located on the other side of the crossing. Then the control module of backup lighting on one side of the crossing is set as MASTER, with active sensors of the road lighting intensity, which controls the control module of backup lighting on the other side of the roadway via the antenna, which is set as SLAVE, and has a sensor, which is in this case deactivated.

In advantageous embodiment, the crossing route is applied on the non-blocking intersection, where the direction D is the main one, defined by the Main road traffic sign with the priority of way, and by the Give way traffic sign, located on the secondary road. Furthermore, for simplicity, the signaling is depicted only for two crossings over the main road with the signaling equipment, which can be analogically applied also to the secondary road of the intersection, so the system is functional with the crossing with signaling equipments also in secondary directions. IN the initial state, the intersection is uncontrolled, all the signaling equipments are deactivated and the vehicles are traveling as per priority of the main road, while the pedestrians are crossing as per rules of crossing. The commanding signaling, advantageously consisting of three-color traffic light, is located on the intersection. Advantageously, it flashes in orange light to notify that it is deactivated, or it does not signal at all, when deactivated.

Upon the activation of the activation member by pedestrian, advantageously by the button or sensor, the signaling equipment and the traffic sign are activated, which slows down the vehicles for crossing. The signaling member starts to signal, or it is not used at all. The vehicles exceeding the maximum permitted speed given by the light traffic sign, are slowed down by the commanding signaling, which does not stops the vehicle traffic and enables the pedestrians to cross safely. Instead of the slowing down, the vehicles are stopped. Optionally, the vehicles are slowed down or stopped, when they exceed the maximum permitted speed, even when the signaling equipment and thus the light traffic sign are not activated, and the maximum permitted speed is defined by the preceding traffic sign, or by the legal regulation / notice.

The vehicles approaching from the secondary road are detected by the detection unit of vehicles, advantageously consisting of the sensor of vehicles or camera, which sends such information to the control unit. After the adjustable time elapses, when the vehicle waiting at the intersection was unable to cross it without the activation of the light traffic sign and thus slowing down the vehicles, the control unit advantageously activates the light traffic sign to slow down the vehicles in the main direction, to enable the waiting vehicle to cross the intersection. In case that this does not help the vehicle to cross the intersection, after the adjustable time the operation of the uncontrolled intersection is changed to one-time controlled by the activation of the commanding signaling, which changes the signaling to "Free, , for secondary direction and to "Stop" for main direction for adjustable time, or for the time of detection of vehicle on secondary direction using the sensor. The intersection also become the one-time controlled for adjustable time, or for the time of detection of pedestrians on the crosswalk, after action by the activation member for handicapped, advantageously by the button or code or remote control by the handicapped person, or optionally by slow pedestrian or child or pupil, selected pedestrians or optionally all pedestrians, after that the intersection again become the uncontrolled one. The intersection is advantageously switched to permanently controlled one for the adjustable time, advantageously manually for the adjustable time, or according to the time plan, or by analysing with control unit using the detection unit of vehicles, advantageously consisting of sensor, when the increased traffic or other adjustable factor requires so. The commanding signaling alternately signals "Free'^' for main and secondary road in adjustable time sequence, or the switching is controlled by the control unit according to density of the traffic in individual directions. Due to fact the intersection is controlled only when needed, for example during increased traffic, the traffic is speeded up, because the vehicles are only slowed down when the intersection is uncontrolled, and therefore do not have to wait upon long signal "Stop" for signal "Free" from the commanding signaling.

Advantageously, the crossing is not equipped with the marking, which speeds up the traffic even more, because the vehicle do not have to stop for pedestrians waiting by the crosswalk, as they have to if the crossing is marked. To activate the vehicles deceleration at main road and/or switching to controlled intersection, advantageously the driver on the secondary road reach by blinking by high beams registered by sensor of lights, which transmit this information into control unit which realize switch over.

The signaling member is located by the crosswalk and/or in front of this crossing, advantageously on the light traffic sign, or for simplicity and price reduction, the signaling member is not used. The traffic sign and supplementary information plate "Distance" with inscription for example "Crossing after 50 m" advantageously informs the driver about the signification of the speed decreasing, particularly when placed on the light traffic sign, advantageously together with the signaling member, advantageously consisting of the moving symbols of pedestrians.

The speed is advantageously measured by the radar unit, advantageously placed on the commanding signaling or integrated within it.

In the controlled intersection mode, the control unit advantageously uses the sensors to analyse the number of vehicles from individual directions and determines the time of "Free" signal, advantageously with green light for individual directions, to achieve the maximum possible capacity of the intersection.

The deceleration of the vehicles is achieved by activation of the commanding signaling, advantageously with signaling equipments, advantageously when the maximum permitted speed measured by the radar unit is exceeded. The commanding signaling displays the "Stop" signal, advantageously in the form of red light. Such commanding signaling is deactivated, when the vehicle lowers its speed at least to maximum permitted speed, or optionally to lower speed, to ensure increased safety of the crossing.

The stopping of vehicles is achieved by activation of the commanding signaling, when the maximum permitted speed is exceeded for the adjustable time, or for the time of activation of the signaling equipment, regardless of the vehicle lowering its speed. To speed up the traffic, the short time is selected. Advantageously another signaling is placed in front of the intersection, advantageously consisting of alternately flashing traffic light, advantageously located on pole of light traffic sign, having the function of slowing down the vehicles, which exceed the maximum permitted speed given by the light traffic sign or valid in the given place. In such case, there is a better guarantee that the vehicles will slow down already at place of light traffic sign, and the increased spacing from undeceerated vehicles is thus created. Advantageously the vehicles, which did not decelerate sufficiently, are again decelerated or preferential stopped to adjustable time given by the commanding signaling located on the intersection.

The advantageous embodiment of the signaling equipment is a compact and modular one, and therefore it is optional assembly of entire equipment, optimally according to the requirements and needs of the specific crossing.

The assembly of the unit consists of the compact block of modules of the crossing control unit, and other external components. The compact block of modules of the crossing control unit consists of at least one of the following modules, three-color traffic light, alternately flashing traffic light, lights in the opposite direction, pedestrian crossing traffic sign, symbols, inscription. The compact block may also optionally include also the externally placed components: control unit, sensor for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, sensor for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk, sensor of gate, traffic light for pedestrians, control unit of solar power source, and accumulator.

The external parts are as follows: pole, lighting fixture of the crossing, control unit, traffic light for pedestrians, pedestrian lighting reflector, activation member and/or activation member for handicapped persons, sensor for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, sensor for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk, solar power source, control unit of solar power source, and accumulator.

Individual modules of the compact block of modules of the crossing control unit are provided with the interconnection means for mechanical and electrical connection, so that these can be assembled into assemblies, according to the specific requirements into the compact block of modules of the crossing control unit. The compact block of the crossing control unit can be assembled both for informing and commanding signaling for drivers and pedestrians, and it can be functionally connected with other units of the crossing route, and/or of the traffic speed control.

Furthermore, the modular embodiment of the compact unit of traffic speed control is advantageously modular, whose assembly is selectable as per requirements imposed on the traffic in the place of installation.

The unit assembly consists of the compact block of modules of the speed control unit and external components, and it is located on the pole. The compact block consists at least of one of the following modules: radar unit adaptable for displaying the measured speed, control unit, three-color traffic light, alternately flashing traffic light, speed limit traffic sign, and inscription. The compact block of modules of the speed control unit also optionally includes otherwise externally located components: control unit, control unit of solar power source, and accumulator. The individual modules are provided with the connecting elements for mechanical and electrical connection so that these can be assembled according to the specific requirements of the traffic situation in place of installation.

The traffic speed control unit communicates with other units, advantageously with the activation member of signaling equipment, and detects the speed of the approaching vehicle, displays it and activates other modules signaling for drivers, using the light traffic sign, or traffic light, and/or inscription, as based on analysis of the traffic situation by the control unit.

The traffic speed control unit can be connected with other cooperating traffic speed control units and/or crossing route and/or municipality route.

Description of the drawings

Fig. 1 shows the structure of the information equipment of the place for crossing with

participation of the pedestrian.

Fig. 2 shows location of two information members for displaying of the information member for approaching vehicles in both directions

Fig. 3 shows the field of the additional text with two-colors shifted indication inscriptions "ATTENTION - PEDESTRIANS"

Fig. 4 shows the field of the additional text with fittedLEDs, representing the standing figures Fig. 5 shows the field of the additional text with fittedLEDs, representing the moving figures Fig. 6 shows the field of the additional text with fittedLEDs, expressing the inscriptions and/or symbols

Fig. 7 shows the field of the additional text with LED matrix structure with static and dynamic displaying of the text, programmable with PC

Fig. 8 shows the assembly of the light information equipment for vehicles, with the field of the additional text according to fig. 13a

Fig. 9 shows the assembly of the light information equipment for vehicles, with the field of the additional text according to fig. 17

Fig. 10 shows the interactive sign with instructions for pedestrians with inscriptions being turned on progressively

Fig. 11 shows the interactive sign with instructions for pedestrians with inscriptions being turned on progressively

Fig. 12 shows the interactive sign with instructions for pedestrians in embodiment with matrix of the light elements

Fig. 13 shows the detail of the interactive sign and informative sign

Fig. 14 shows the information equipment with pedestrian detection sensors on the place for crossing, located at the edge of the roadway by both sides intended for crossing

Fig. 15 shows the time diagram of the states of information equipment with pedestrian detection sensors on the place for crossing

Fig. 16 shows the dual-state information equipment with pedestrian detection sensors on the place for crossing

Fig. 17 shows the time diagram for the alternative structure

Fig. 18 shows the information equipment with pedestrian detection sensors in front of the place for crossing, and pedestrian detection sensors on the place for crossing, activation of the information equipment with button

Fig. 19 shows the time diagram of states of the information equipment with pedestrian detection sensors in front of the place for crossing, and pedestrian detection sensors on the place for crossing

Fig. 20 shows the dual-state information equipment with pedestrian detection sensors in front of the place for crossing, and pedestrian detection sensors on the place for crossing Fig. 21 shows the time diagram for another variant

Fig. 22 shows the time diagram for the variant, which uses the sensor of pedestrian by information equipment instead of the switch

Fig. 23 shows the time diagram of the information equipment, which analyses the presence of the pedestrian in the zone using the sensor by the information equipment

Fig. 24 shows the top view of dual-state information equipment, using the sensors located on the poles instead of the sensors located in the curb

Fig. 25 shows the arm attached to the pole with more sensors to ensure more suitable shape of the detection zone along the roadway

Fig. 26 shows the sensors with differently adjusted length of sensing at detections zones, so it as much close to the rectangle of the zone marked on the sidewalk as possible

Fig. 27 show s the side view of the pole, on which the sensors are mounted in suitable height so that they detect also the children, but not the animals Fig. 28 shows the information equipment with pedestrian detection sensors in front of the place for crossing, and pedestrian detection sensors on the place for crossing with automatic activation by the pedestrian in detection zone by the sensor

Fig. 29 shows the time diagram for the variant of the information equipment shown in Fig. 28 Fig. 30 shows the time diagram for alternative embodiment, where several sensors are placed side by side

Fig. 31 shows the sensor, which is activated continuously and the state occurs by the detection of pedestrian in zone by the place for crossing, and lasts for the adjusted time of delay

Fig. 32 shows the time diagram for alternative embodiment, where several sensors are placed side by side

Fig. 33 shows the information equipment with pedestrian detection sensors in front of the place for crossing, and pedestrian detection sensor, automatic activation by detection of pedestrian in detection zone by the camera

Fig. 34 shows the information equipment with pedestrian detection sensors in front of the place for crossing, and pedestrian detection, automatic activation by detection of pedestrian approach to the detection zone by optical gate

Fig. 35 shows the information equipment with pedestrian detection sensors in front of the place for crossing, and pedestrian detection, automatic activation of sensors by occurrence of the pedestrian in detection zone by the camera

Fig. 36 shows the flow chart of the control unit of information equipment

Fig. 37 shows the flow chart of the control unit of the field of the additional text according to fig.10

Fig. 38 shows the example of the system of light information equipment with detection of pedestrians close to location intended for the crossing with sensor and/or camera in combination with the aural information

Fig. 39 shows the information for drivers, deactivated state

Fig. 40 shows the information for drivers, the first activated state

Fig. 41 shows the information for drivers, the second activated state

Fig. 42 shows the instruction texts for the crossing pedestrians

Fig. 43 shows the variant of instruction texts for the crossing pedestrians

Fig. 44 shows the information for pedestrians, deactivated state

Fig. 45 shows the information for pedestrians, the first activated state

Fig. 46 shows the information for pedestrians, the second activated state

Fig. 47 shows the modifications of texts displayed on the interactive sign and informative sign, with control of the information equipment by repeated pressing of the switch

Fig. 48 shows another modifications of texts displayed on the interactive sign and interactive sign, with control of the information equipment by repeated pressing of the switch

Fig. 49 shows the driver information equipment with reflectors for illumination of the place for crossing

Fig. 50 shows the lighting of the crossing with top light

Fig. 51 shows the assembly of the light information equipment with sensor and camera and dual switch control

Fig. 52 shows the modifications of texts displayed on the interactive sign and interactive sign, with control of the information equipment by two switches

Fig. 53 shows another modifications of texts displayed on the interactive sign and interactive sign, with control of the information equipment by two switches

Fig. 54 shows the assembly of the light information equipment with possible prolongation of the time for crossing for the handicapped persons

Fig. 55 shows the driver information equipment with cooperation of pedestrians, controlled by the activation member, which can be modified for control with one or two switches

Fig. 56 shows the driver information equipment in electrical version

Fig. 57, 57a and 57b show the examples of variant embodiment of the driver information member, whereas the variants are optional in text, signs, displays, pictograms, symbols, lights in selectable color variant

Fig. 58 shows the example of embodiment of the activation member with lever controlling the mechanical switch

Fig. 59 shows the example of embodiment of warning member, which, after activation by the pedestrian sensor, notifies the pedestrians about the accident hazard, when crossing the roadway Fig. 60 shows the example of embodiment of the instruction information member with emphasize member

Fig. 61 shows the example of pedestrian information member, which is used to prompt the pedestrian to activate the information equipment

Fig. 62 shows the example of the information member, which continuously informs the pedestrian about the information displayed to the drivers by means of the information member Fig. 63 shows the example of the sign for driver informing the driver that he/she is approaching the place for crossing

Fig. 64 shows the time chart of activation of the information member, in dependence on activation of the activation member

Fig. 65 shows the flow chart of the driver information equipment

Fig. 66 shows the application of the vehicle driver information equipment

Fig. 67 shows the application of the vehicle driver information equipment for the roadway with refuge

Fig. 68 shows the radar unit of the driver information equipment

Fig. 69 shows the radar unit with warning element, which is turned on or flashes when the adjustable permitted speed is exceeded

Fig. 70 shows the route monitored by the driver information equipment

Fig. 71 shows the tram signaling equipment

Fig. 72 shows the signaling for pedestrians on tram and the sound source on tram

Fig. 73 shows the signaling on a tram for pedestrians on the information equipment

Fig. 74 shows the block of sound signaling, which warns the pedestrians before entering the place designated for crossing, if the tram is approaching

Fig. 75 shows the flow chart of the signaling unit on tram, signaling unit on the information equipment, and the signaling unit on the information equipment on the other side

Fig. 76 shows the information member with signaling member for the pedestrians, which signals in direction to opposite sidewalk

Fig. 77 shows the signaling members for pedestrians, consisting of the reflector and/or backlighted symbol

Fig. 78 shows the information member for the vehicles, consisting of backlighted symbol, for example as an alternative in the form of walking pedestrian

Fig. 79 shows the information equipment for blind persons

Fig. 80 shows the information equipment with information member, activation member and another coded activation member, placed on the information equipment

Fig. 81 shows the camera recording the vehicles, which did not stop by the occupied crossing with the signaling equipment

Fig. 82 shows the signaling equipment with the signaling member to the opposite direction, with activation member advantageously consisting of button, which can be activated by the pedestrian

Fig. 83 shows the camera with the radar unit adjustable to the maximum permitted speed of vehicle, given advantageously by the light traffic sign

Fig. 84 shows the camera measuring the speed of vehicles, which exceed the permitted speed, for the penalization purposes, which can be replaced with the dummy connected to the displaying the speed of approaching vehicle

Fig. 85 shows the route of crossing with light traffic sign 20 km, activated by the signaling equipment

Fig 86 shows the situation view of the route of the crossing with advance signaling members, as radar unit and light traffic sign of the maximum permitted speed, activated at the same time as the signaling equipment decreasing the permitted speed, with recording camera

Fig 87 shows the simplified version with the light traffic sign 20/50 km

Fig 88 shows the economic version of the crossing route with the safety elements, as light traffic sign 20/50 km

Fig. 89 shows advantageously the usage for the variable traffic sign of the maximum permitted speed en route, when the vacant space is created in the vehicle convoy, which can be used for crossing

Fig. 90 shows the lighting of the crossing and pedestrian

Fig. 91 shows the variant with activation of the signaling member to the opposite direction and pedestrian lighting, for the duration of the pressed button

Fig. 92 shows the lighting fixture of the crossing with screens, having fixed or adjustable shading plates

Fig. 93 shows the usage of the fixed and adjustable shading plates

Fig. 94 shows the usage of the covering corners

Fig. 95 shows the lighting fixture for pedestrian by and on the crosswalk, which is alternatively turned on for the duration of the activation by the button, together with the signaling to the opposite direction

Fig. 96 shows the signaling equipment for activation by the pedestrian detection by the place designated for crossing, using the smart sensor distinguishing the direction of the crossing by the pedestrian

Fig. 97 shows the layout of the sensors on the signaling equipment

Fig. 98 shows the signaling equipment adapted for signaling to the pedestrians about the vehicles in motion, and alternatively the prohibition to cross

Fig. 99 shows the instruction sign for pedestrians with information about the movement of the vehicles

Fig. 100 shows the camera for recording the vehicles exceeding the permitted speed, with displaying the vehicle speed

Fig. 101 shows the signaling panel consisting of the inscriptions and symbols Fig. 102 shows the signaling equipment with signaling member for pedestrians Fig. 102a shows the display of the waiting time and system of sensors Fig. 102b shows the active part of gate

Fig. 103 and its details shows the examples of states of the signaling member for pedestrians

Detail 1 Fig. 103 shows the structure of the signaling member for pedestrians

Detail 2 Fig. 103 shows the example of commanding state of the signaling member for pedestrians

Detail 3 Fig. 103 shows the example of second state of the signaling member for pedestrians

Detail 4 Fig. 103 example of the signaling equipment with panel of instructions

Fig. 104 shows the example of the signaling equipment with activating panel

Fig. 105 shows the visualization of the sections of the inscription of activation before and after the activation of the switch on the activating panel

Fig. 106 shows the signaling equipment with commanding signaling and three-color traffic light

Fig. 107 shows the refuge for the independent signaling

Fig. 108 shows the securing of the permitted speed en route through the municipality

Fig. 109 shows the route through the municipality with inserted section with commanding signaling

Fig. 110 shows the cascade of sets for route with decreasing of the speed

Fig. I l l shows the combination of the set and signaling equipment

Fig. 112 shows the cascade of the measured sections

Fig. 113 shows the improved connection of the traffic light low voltage power supply on the pedestrian crossing

Fig. 114 shows the function of the improved power supply

Fig. 115 shows the low voltage power supply of the equipments of the route and/or signaling equipment

Fig. 116 shows the dummy camera with signaling light flashing upon passing of vehicle

Fig. 117 shows the lighting of the crossing for pedestrians in area of the crossing

Fig. 118 shows the distribution of the illumination by the lighting fixture of the crossing

Fig. 118a shows the section cut of the lighting fixture

Fig. 118b shows the section cut of the lighting fixture with screens

Fig. 118c shows the views of the screens

Fig. 118d shows the individual screens for individual diodes

Fig. 118e shows the screens for line of diodes

Fig. 118f shows the signaling member with symbols and lighting strips for placement on the lighting fixture Fig. 119 shows the route ensuring the observance of the permitted speed, which is completed by the traffic light and radar with display

Fig. 120 shows the route for deceleration of the vehicles with the traffic light upon exceeding of the permitted speed, completed with the light traffic sign of the maximum permitted speed, activated upon the exceeding of the speed

Fig. 121 shows the economical route for deceleration of the vehicles

Fig. 122 shows the signaling equipment, whose units and elements are placed on the compact lighting fixture

Fig. 123 shows the shading plates with backlighted symbols

Fig. 124 shows the route of crossing with signaling equipment with commanding signaling for the drivers and pedestrians and the light maximum permitted speed traffic sign

Fig. 125 shows ground plan of the signaling equipment with commanding signaling for drivers Fig. 126 shows the signaling equipment with commanding signaling and traffic light for pedestrians placed by the crosswalk

Fig. 127 shows the signaling equipment of fig. 126 with commanding signaling and traffic light for pedestrians, in ground plan

Fig. 128 shows the example of an activation member for pedestrian and handicapped person Fig. 129 shows the example of an activation member also for handicapped pedestrians

Fig. 130 shows the sign of the place for crossing

Fig. 131 shows the economical version of the crossing route with advance commanding signaling and maximum permitted speed traffic sign

Fig. 132 shows the compact unit of the roadway traffic and crossing

Fig. 133 shows the compact embodiment of the signaling equipment of the crossing

Fig. 134 shows the light of alternately flashing traffic light, adapted for the change of the light color

Fig. 135 shows the economical version of the compact embodiment of the signaling equipment of the crossing

Fig. 136 shows the lighting fixture of the crossing with deflection, into which the

signaling equipment is fully or partially integrated

Fig. 137 shows the lighting of the crossing from one side

Fig. 138 shows the lighting of the crossing from one side with two lamps

Fig. 139 shows the power supply of the lamp of the lighting of the crossing, using the accumulator charged from the public lighting, enabling to bridge over the time of turning on the public lighting, in case of the late turning on, or premature turning off of the public lighting, from which the lighting of the crossing powered

Fig. 140 shows the smart intersection

Fig. 140a shows the temporarily controlled intersection with route of the crossing

Fig. 140b shows the temporarily controlled intersection without the pedestrian crossing

Fig. 141 shows the compact modular signaling equipment

Fig. 142 shows the compact modular unit the speed control

Fig. 143 shows the streetlights with dimmer

Fig. 143a shows the dimmer

Fig. 143b shows the adaptor of lighting fixtures

Fig. 143c shows the existing lighting fixture completed with the additional lighting fixtures, advantageously powered by the solar power

Fig. 143d shows the dimmer connecting the power section with the switch and existing lighting fixture

Fig. 144 shows the dimmer with switch of the original lighting fixture and the second lighting fixture

Fig. 144a shows the dimmer with switch of the lighting fixtures

Fig. 145 shows the flow chart of the dimmer for one or more lighting fixtures

Fig. 146 shows the central control of the temporarily controlled intersections

Fig. 147 shows the control of the intersection upon its modification to the temporarily controlled intersection

Fig. 148 shows the control of the signaling equipment with three-button activating panel

Fig. 149 shows the invention embodiment, where pedestrian detection sensor automatically detects the pedestrian

Fig. 150 shows the embodiment with the signaling member, adapted for signaling by displaying the symbols of handicapped person or parent with child to stop the vehicles upon the request of the handicapped or slow moving pedestrian.

Detailed description of the invention

Fig. 1 shows the structure of the signaling equipment 152, located by the marked crossing 220 for the pedestrians, advantageously powered by the solar panel 1 13 located on the pole 7 with the block of the aural information equipment on the crosswalk 2 with the signaling member 50'^* to the opposite direction, on which the pedestrian 26 participates using the activation member 51 advantageously consisting of the switch 1 14 of activation member to show his/her intention to cross the roadway 1 via the pedestrian crossing 220. He/she continuously monitors the instructions displayed by the backlighted interactive sign 37. At the same time, the pedestrian may watch the informative data on the sign 38 about the information from the information equipment displayed to the approaching vehicles by the signaling member 50 to the opposite direction, so the pedestrian has available the information about the consequence of the activation and deactivation of the information equipment by the switch 1 14.

Fig. 2 shows the structure of the signaling equipment 152 for the drivers of the vehicles in the electric variant with the signaling member 50^" to the opposite direction, which is located by both sides of the roadway at place intended for crossing of pedestrians, where the signaling member 50" to the opposite direction is placed by both sides of the pole 7, where the pedestrian sees the consequences of the activation by the switch 1 14, which consists the part of the activation member 51 , so it is not necessary to use the informative sign 38, and at the same time it serves for displaying of the information for the vehicles approaching from both traffic directions, i.e. vehicles approaching from left and right side in opposite direction, if the pedestrian 26 is standing in direction to the roadway 1 towards the marked crossing 220 for pedestrians. It is created by completing the structure shown in fig. 1 with the second identical signaling member 50" to the opposite direction, which is attached also to the pole 7, however it is oriented to the opposite direction.

Fig. 3 shows the embodiment of the field 52a with additional text of the signaling member 50, ⁸ to the opposite direction, with additional text "ATTENTION - PEDESTRIANS" of the additional text of safe roadway crossing for the approaching vehicles, by means of the two- color text consisting of the spot LED light elements 71 , for example "ATTENTION - PEDESTRIANS". The two-color inscription is created so it is consisting of the two identical texts 145 and 146, mutually in shifted position, whereas each text uses the light elements of different color.

Fig. 4 shows the field 52d with additional text of the signaling member 50" to the opposite direction with additional image of the standing pedestrians, created with the usage of the spot LED light elements T\_.

Fig. 5 shows the field 52f with additional text of the signaling member 50" to the opposite direction with additional image of the moving pedestrian. By progressively repeating the illumination of individual figures, the impression of moving figure is created. The figures are made by means of the spot LED light elements 71, advantageously in two colors, as mentioned for fig. 3.

Fig. 6 shows the field 52c of the signaling member 50^" to the opposite direction with additional text "ATTENTION - PEDESTRIANS", consisting of the display field made of the spot LED light elements 71 , which change the color and are controlled by the control unit according to the required state of the information equipment.

Fig. 7 shows the matrix field 52g of the signaling member 50" to the opposite direction with additional signs, consisting of the programmable LED panel 70 organized in two matrices. The first matrix for example shows the symbols 31_2 of standing pedestrian, and the second matrix shows the symbols of walking pedestrian 66, which can display the static or dynamic programmable information, and therefore with usage of the control unit also the changeable information. The displayed information are variable and can show any text or sign.

Fig. 8 shows the example of complete assembly of the light information equipment for the approaching vehicles. On the top of the pole 7, there is a signaling member 50"to the opposite direction with additional text in field 52a with additional text "ATTENTION - PEDESTRIANS", advantageously with two-color text consisting of the spot LED light elements 71 displayed for example in fig. 3. Under the signaling member 50" to the opposite direction, there is a sign 750 for driver, advantageously with traffic sign 46 Pedestrian crossing. In the lower part of the assembly, there is a backlighted interactive sign 37 with instructions for pedestrians and with switch 1 14 of activation member 5_L In the upper part, there is advantageously the information equipment, displaying the information using the lights 330, which advantageously enable the change of color or representation of various information states by means of the various illumination modes. They function advantageously together with the field 52a with additional text or with fields 52d, 52f (fig. 4, 5) with additional images, or with matrix field 52g (fig. 7) with additional signs or independently.

Fig. 9 shows the variant of the complex assembly of the information equipment with information displayed by light. The signaling member 50" to the opposite direction with field 52c of the additional text "ATTENTION - PEDESTRIANS" uses the field consisting of the spot LED light elements 7J_ (fig. 3) ordered in two matrices, so the displayed texts and images can be changed using the external PC. In the lower part of the assembly, there is a backlighted interactive sign 37 with instructions for pedestrians and with switch 1 14 of activation member 51 for the activation.

Fig. 10 shows the signaling member 50a for pedestrians with the interactive backlighted sign 37a displaying the instruction for the pedestrians with the controlled backlighting of all three text field, which progressively displays the instructions for the pedestrians, how to safely cross the roadway on the place for crossing using the information equipment. The displayed sign has three states, it contains three backlighted inscriptions 400 with information text, showing the instructions for the pedestrians how to control the equipment. The backlighted interactive sign 37a is made so that it is possible to independently backlight the field with text 301 , text 302, and text 303, advantageously by means of LED. The backlighted interactive sign 37a can advantageously display the text 30i for state 1 "PRESS AND HOLD THE BUTTON", after pressing the switch Π 4 (fig. 8) for the second state the text 302 "HOLD UNTIL VEHICLES STOP, THEN CROSS", and after pressing the switch Π 4 (fig. 8) for the third state the text 303 text "WHEN THE VEHICLES ARE STOPPED, CROSS".

Fig. 11 shows the signaling member 50a for the pedestrians with the interactive partially backlighted signs 37b showing the instructions for the pedestrians by backlighting the middle field 400' with text 305. whereas the text 304 and text 306 are not illuminated. The advantage is in saving the power, particularly if the sign is powered by solar power, because the field with text 305 "HOLD UNTIL VEHICLES STOP, THEN CROSS" is turned on only for the time, for which the pedestrian keeps the switch 1 14 (fig. 8) of the activation member 51 (fig. 8) vin switched state.

Fig. 12 shows the signaling member 50a for pedestrians consisting of the interactive matrix sign 37c, displaying the instruction for pedestrians with matrix 401 of the lighting elements, which displays the instruction for pedestrians and contains three fields with text 307 "PRESS AND HOLD THE BUTTON", with text 308 "HOLD UNTIL VEHICLES STOP, THEN CROSS", and text 309 "WHEN THE VEHICLES ARE STOPPED, CROSS".

Fig. 13 shows the detail of the exemplary location of the signaling member 50" to the opposite direction for vehicles, consisting of the informative backlighted sign 38^ and location of the signaling member 50a for pedestrians and activation member 51 consisting of the switch 1 14 on the pole 7. In the state 1 , the pedestrian is located by the place for crossing, i.e. for example he/she did not use the switch 1 14, and the texts displayed by the signaling member 50" to the opposite direction with informative sign 38 are not backlighted. After the process of displaying information to the vehicles is started, activated by the pedestrian 26 advantageously using the switch Π4, i.e. in state 2, the text 310 "PEDESTRIAN BY THE CROSSWALK" up to the instant, when the switch 1 14 is released by the pedestrian after all vehicles are stopped. Then the state 3 follows, and the backlighting of text 31 1 "PEDESTRIAN ON THE CROSSWALK", until the marked crossing 220 is left by the pedestrian. These inscriptions are at the same time displayed in the information member. At the same time with illumination of the text on informative sign 38, the instructions are displayed on the backlighted interactive sign 37 with instructions for the pedestrians. In state 1 , the text 301 "PRESS AND HOLD THE BUTTON" is backlighted, in state 2 the text 302 "HOLD UNTIL VEHICLES STOP, THEN CROSS^", and is backlighted, in state 3 the text 303 "WHEN THE VEHICLES ARE STOPPED, CROSS" is backlighted.

Fig. 14 shows the signaling equipment 152 with displaying of the information for the drivers by means of the signaling member 50^" to the opposite direction, located on the pole 7. The information member advantageously includes the control unit of information equipment 227. On the pole 7, there is advantageously the signaling member 50a for pedestrians with backlighted interactive sign 37 displaying the instructions for the pedestrians, the informative sign 38 with inscriptions "PEDESTRIAN BY / ON THE CROSSWALK", and with activation member 51 consisting of the switch 1 14, advantageously with integrated light information equipment. The information equipment works in cooperation with the pedestrian, who expresses his/her intention to cross the roadway over the marked place 281 designated for crossing by pressing the switch 1 14, whereas the presence of the pedestrian on the place designated for crossing 281 , advantageously consisting of marked crossing 220, in detection zone 64 of pedestrian on the crosswalk, is detected by the sensors 222 on the crosswalk and by the sensors 222 on the other side of the crossing. These are located advantageously on the side of the roadway 1. The detection zone 64 is displayed only schematically and the sensors 222 detect the entire area of the crossing 220. The sensors 222, advantageously motion sensors, are placed on suitable location by both sides of the place 281 designated for crossing above the level of the roadway i, advantageously on the curb, or sensors 222 are placed on the pole 7. These detect the space from the sidewalk over the middle of the roadway in direction to the opposite sensors, and their range advantageously ends in front of the adjacent curb, in order to prevent them detecting the pedestrians out of the roadway, as shown also in fig. 33 and its details 1 and 2. The number of sensors depends on width of the roadwayI and is selected so that it covers the entire are of the place designated for crossing 281. The represented information equipment has three states, whereas the first state is a "sleep state" . the second state is "Pedestrian by the crosswalk" and is triggered by the excitation of the activation member 51 , advantageously by pressing the switch 1 14 by the pedestrian, and the third state "Presence of the pedestrian on the place designated for crossing 281 ", when the signaling member 50'^r to the opposite direction provides the information about the presence of the pedestrian by the place designated for crossing 281 , after he/she terminated to excite the activation member 51_.. The initial state is the sleep state 1 , when there is no pedestrian on the place designated for crossing 281. but the activation member 5_i, advantageously consisting of the switch 1 14, is functioning. The signaling member 50^" to the opposite direction for the drivers of vehicles advantageously does not provide any information for the drivers on the information equipment.

Fig. 15 shows the time diagram of the states of this information equipment. When the switch 1 14 is pressed by the pedestrian, the state 2 is invoked, advantageously represented by the inscription "PEDESTRIAN BY THE CROSSWALK" or by the symbols or images and which lasts until the switch 1 14 is released by the pedestrian. The instructions of the pedestrians on the informative sign 38 are advantageously prompting him/her to wait until the traffic is stopped and only then to release the switch 1 14, and enter the place 281 designated for crossing of the roadway 1. By releasing the switch 1 14, the third state 3 is triggered, advantageously represented by the inscription "PEDESTRIAN ON THE CROSSWALK" and the detection of the pedestrian on the place 281 designated for crossing is started by analyzing the signals from the sensors 222. The sensors 222 are advantageously activated only after the switch 1 14 is released by the pedestrian according to the instructions and only after the vehicles travelling on the roadway are stopped, which prevents the unwanted reaction of the sensors 222 on the vehicles crossing the place designated for crossing 281 . The state 3 continues for the entire period, when the pedestrian is detected on the place designated for crossing 281. After the pedestrian leaves the place designated for crossing and there are no more passing vehicles, the control unit 227 analyses the absence of the pedestrian on the place 281 designated for crossing and the information equipment switches over to the sleep state 1 and the sensors 222, 222 ^' are advantageously deactivated. During the state 3 "Pedestrian on the place designated for crossing, this state is displayed by the signaling member 50" to the opposite direction in the text form, advantageously by "PEDESTRIAN ON THE CROSSWALK" or by symbols or images. If, before the pedestrian leaves the marked crossing 220, the sensors 222 detect the vehicle in roadway passing over the marked crossing 220, unless these are adapted for selective detection only of the pedestrian. In such case the information equipment further indicates the state 3, until the gap between the passing vehicles is created. If until the designated time the pedestrian does not enters the place designated for crossing, after he/she releases the switch 1 14, the state 3 is terminated and the equipment switches over to the sleep state 1. If another pedestrian presses the switch 1 14 during the state 3, then the state 3 has priority to providing the information about the state 2.

Fig. 16 shows the information equipment functioning is dual-state equipment, when state 1 is a sleep state, and state 2 lasts, as long as the pedestrian is by the place designated for crossing 281. The intention of the pedestrian to use the place 281 designated for crossing is advantageously emphasized by LED information equipment 224 located on the roadway i, which provides the information about the states 1 -3, advantageously by changing the color, in cooperation with signaling member 50 ^" to the opposite direction, or independently, whereas the activation is similar to the signaling member 50, 50 The state 3 is triggered in case of deactivation of the switch 1 14. when the sensors 222 are activated after the detection of the pedestrian on the place designated for crossing 281. In case the pedestrian is not detected until the adjustable tie elapses, the sensors 222 are deactivated. In the alternative structure of the information equipment for the state 3, the pedestrian on the place designated for crossing 281 , or advantageously also for state 2 of the dual-state equipment, the sensors 222 are active continuously, which is advantageously enabled by the sensors 222, which are capable to discriminate the pedestrian from the vehicle, and are advantageously consisting of cameras, for example.

Fig. 17 shows the time diagram for another alternative structure, where the sensors 222 are not used, and the information about the state 3, "pedestrian on the place designated for crossing", is triggered by the control unit 227 when the switch 1 14 is released, namely for the adjustable time of delay, or when the sensors are used instead of the switch 1 14 (for example sensors 221 of the pedestrians detection by he crossing, displayed in fig. 31 ), the state 2 is triggered by the detection of pedestrian by the place designated for crossing 281. and the state 3 is triggered by the termination of detection of the pedestrian by the place designated for crossing 281 , while the time, for which the information equipment stays in state 3 is adjustable to the expected time necessary to cross the place 281 designated for crossing the roadway by the pedestrian. Such structure, where the sensors 222 replace the switch 1 14 by their function, are working continuously, the structure can be applied generally, i.e. to the examples mentioned in figs. 3 1 - 34. Alternatively, if the sensors 222 are adapted for differentiation of pedestrians from the vehicles, the sensors 222 are advantageously active continuously and trigger the respective state by the detection of pedestrian on the place designated for crossing 281 , For dual-state equipment, the states 2 and 3 are merged and the information member for both these states displays the same information, for example "ATTENTION - PEDESTRIANS".

Fig. 18 shows the signaling equipment 152 with detection zone 64 of pedestrian on the crosswalk by the sensors 222 for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk, advantageously by means of motion sensors detecting the moving pedestrian, located on suitable locations, advantageously by both sides of the place designated for crossing 281 , completed by the sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, whereas the intention of pedestrian to cross the roadway is expressed by excitation of activation member 51 by pedestrian, advantageously consisting of switch 1 14, in front the place designated for crossing 281. The sensors 221 , advantageously radar, optical or camera system, which are advantageously adapted for detection even of standing non-moving pedestrian, are advantageously placed on pole 7 or arm 250 or backlighted interactive sign 37 or signaling member 50" to the opposite direction.

The initial state is a sleep state 1 , when there is no pedestrian on the place designated for crossing 281. who would excited the activation member, but the switch 1 14 is functional, advantageously a button, which waits to be pressed by the pedestrian, whereas the signaling member 50" to the opposite direction is not active in state 1 and does not provide any information, or provides an information about the sleep state 1. If the button 1 14 is pressed by pedestrian, the signaling member 50" to the opposite direction is activated, which displays the state 2 for the adjustable time, which expressed "pedestrian by the place designated for crossing 281 ". At the same time, the sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk is activated. In case the pedestrian is detected by sensor 221 , state 2 continues, whose activation is taken over by the sensor 221 instead of the switch 1 14, upon which the signaling member 50" to the opposite direction further displays the state 2. The advantages of the combined switch 1 14 and sensors 221 are based on that only short pressing switch 1 14 is sufficient for the activation of state 2 for the entire duration of pedestrian presented by the place designated for crossing 281 , so the pedestrian does not keep it pressed until the traffic stops, because the detection of the pedestrian is taken over by sensor 221 in placed of pressed switch 1 14 and at the same time the influence of the persons moving in detection zone and not intending to cross the roadway is eliminated , because the sensor 221 is activated only when the switch 1 14 is activated with intention to cross. Fig. 19 shows the time diagram of this information equipment. The entry of pedestrian and his/her presence on the place 28_j_ designated for crossing is detected by sensors 222, which are activated from the deactivated state by the signal sent by sensors 221 of detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk to the control unit 227, which activates them, when the pedestrian leaves the detection zone 223. The signaling member 50 " to the opposite direction stays in state 2 for the time 766 of prolonged state 2, until the time of detection of pedestrian by sensors 222 in the detection zone 64, when the signaling equipment 152 switches over from state 2 to state 3, expressing the pedestrian on the place designated for crossing 281. advantageously consisting of crossing 220, which lasts for the entire time of detection of pedestrian by sensors 222 in zone 64. After the pedestrian leaves the place designated for crossing 281 , the information equipment goes to the sleep state 1. In case the sensors 222 are not used, which would differentiate pedestrians from the vehicles, state 1 happen when the pedestrians and vehicles leave the place 281. During the state 3 "Pedestrian on the place designated for crossing, this state is displayed by the signaling member 50^" to the opposite direction by the elements shown on figures 30, 33, where also states 1 and 2 are shown. If, after leaving the detection zone 223, the pedestrian does not enter the place 281 designated for crossing until the adjustable time 766, and thus he/she is not detected by the sensors 222, the state 2 is terminated and transfer to the sleep state 1 is made. Fig. 20 shows the time diagram of another alternative, in which in place of sensors 222 for detection and activation of state 3 such activation is controlled by the adjustable time 766' of state 3, beginning with deactivation of sensors 221 of detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, when the pedestrian leaves the detection zone 223. For alternatively of state 1 and 2 only, the state 2 is prolonged to express also the state 3 of pedestrians on place 281 for the time of pedestrian being on place 281. whereas the state 3 is not used. To lower the number of pedestrians, which, after short pressing of button or even without it, immediately without looking around enter the place 281 designated for crossing and thus to decrease the number of accidents, the zone 223 by the place 281 is advantageously marked on sidewalk 2, advantageously by the color and/or inscription prompting the pedestrian to wait in this zone for automatic signaling to the vehicles that there is a pedestrian by the place designated for crossing 281 , advantageously by means of text "Press button and wait in this zone for automatic signaling, until the vehicles are stopped".

Fig. 21 shows the time diagram for variant, using the sensors 221 , whereas the sensor 253 of pedestrian at information equipment activates the sensor 221 and the process takes place as described above for switch 114 activating the sensors 221 . Alternatively, the switch 1 14 is connected in parallel with sensor 253, and the signaling equipment 152 is activated by any of these.

Alternatively, instead of sensors 221 , 253, only one sensor 221 is used, combined, advantageously radar sensor, which detects the zone 252. and after detection of pedestrian, it switches over to detection of larger zone 223.

Fig. 22 shows the time diagram for variant, in which instead of switch 1 14 the zone 252 is detected, "Pedestrian by the information equipment", with the sensor 253 of pedestrian at the information equipment, detecting only this smaller area covered by the detection zone 252 of pedestrian by information equipment, which activates the sensor 221 of pedestrian by information equipment, detecting the larger area along the entire crossing, covered by the detection zone 223. When the zone 223 is left, state 3 is activated for the time delay 766.

Fig. 23 shows the time diagram of signaling equipment 152, which analyses the presence of the pedestrian in zone 252 by means of sensor 253 by the information equipment, which activates the state 2 for the time of pedestrian presence in zone 64. When the pedestrian leaves the zone 252, state 2 changes to state 3 for the time delay 7661.

Advantageously, the above mentioned embodiment with sensors 221 , 222, 253, and switch 1 14, is used by both sides of the place 281 designated for crossing and these both sides communicate using the wireless connection, which ais used to activate the signaling member 50^" to the opposite direction at the other side of the place 281 designated for crossing by means of the control unit 227, whereas the control units 227 of both roadway sides communicate with each other and respectively activate the information member on both sides of roadway.

On the place 281 designated for crossing, the pedestrian is detected by the sensors 221 , advantageously on both sides of the roadway, in zone 223.

Fig. 24 shows the situation from figure 22 in top view, which instead of sensors 222 in sidewalk curb uses the sensors 222 placed on poles 7, and alternatively instead of the switch 1 14 the zone 252 is detected, "Pedestrian by the information equipment", by means of the sensor 253 of the pedestrian by the information equipment, which detects only this smaller area covered by the detection zone 252 of the pedestrian by the information equipment. When the pedestrian stands in zone 252, advantageously marked by highlight of the zone 252 advantageously consisting of inscription for example "Stand in zone for signaling" and/or by the color, the sensor 253 activates the state 2 of the signaling equipment 152, which lasts for the time of his/her presence and for the adjustable time delay after he/she leaves the zone 252, it changes to the state 3 for the adjustable time delay, or when the alternative sensors 222 are used, the state 3 lasts for the duration of detection by the sensors 222, which are activated by the sensor 253, when the pedestrian leaves the zone 252.

Fig. 25 shows the arm 250 mounted to the pole 7 with several sensors 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, advantageously with two of them, or more advantageous narrow shape of the detection zone along the roadway, and more similar to the rectangular shape. Advantageously, the zone 252 is marked for example by the color and/or inscriptions, which notify the pedestrian to stand into the zone for activation of the signaling equipment 152, until the vehicles stop.

Fig. 26 shows the sensors 221 , in this case 5 sensors 221 , which are radar sensors and have differently adjusted detecting length of detection zones 223 so that it is as much rectangular as possible, as the zone marked on sidewalk 2, where the equipment detects the pedestrian. The sensors 221 are mounted advantageously on the pole 7.

Fig. 27 shows the side view of the pole 7, on which the sensors 221 are mounted in suitable height so that they detect also the children, but not the animals, as for example the dogs and cats by means of sensor block. Its bottom edge of detection zone 556 is advantageously set in parallel with the sidewalk 2. The advantage of such structure is in that it is not necessary to apply the arm 250 to mount the sensors 221 to achieve the rectangular shape of the zone 223 and the sensors are advantageously mounted to the pole 7.

Fig. 28 shows the place 281 designated for crossing for pedestrians with information equipment activated automatically without using the switch 1 14 by pedestrian, as shown in the previous figures.

Fig. 29 shows the time diagram for this variant of the information equipment. Determination of the intention of the pedestrian to cross the roadway 1 on the place 281 designated for crossing is based on the analysis of possible presence of the pedestrian in the marked area of pedestrian detection zone 223, before he/she enters the place 281 designated for crossing by means of sensors 221. The sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk are advantageously placed in backlighted interactive sign 37 located on pole 7 or directly on the pole. The initial state is a sleep state 1 , which is the state, when there is no pedestrian in the detection zone 223 or on the crosswalk 220. The signaling member 50^" to the opposite direction is not activated and does not provide or provides the information about the sleep state. The sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk invokes the state 2, "Pedestrian by the place designated for crossing", after detection of pedestrian presence in detection zone 223 by the place designated for crossing. This state 2 lasts for the time, for which the sensor detects the presence of the pedestrian by the place designated for crossing. The signaling member 50^" to the opposite direction shows the information for state 2 (i.e. for the first active state), advantageously for vehicles the text PEDESTRIAN BY THE CROSSWALK. When the zone 223 is abandoned, the sensors 222 are activated and for adjustable time the state 2 is further signaled, until the pedestrian enters the place 281 designated for crossing, when his/her presence is detected by the sensors 222 and the information is submitted about the state 3 (i.e. the second active state), which lasts for the entire time, when the pedestrian is detected on the place designated for crossing. After the pedestrian leaves the place 281 designated for crossing, the information equipment goes to the sleep state 1. During the state 3 "Pedestrian on the place designated for crossing, this state is displayed by the information member by means of the information about the state, advantageously by "PEDESTRIAN ON THE CROSSWALK". If no pedestrian enters the place designated for crossing until the designated time elapses, after the detection zone 223 is left by the pedestrians, state 2 is terminated and transfer to the sleep state 1 is made. Alternatively, the states 2 and 3 are expressed by one state 2 only, by means of the information, advantageously by means of text "Attention - pedestrians".

Fig. 30 shows the time diagram for an alternative, in which the rectangular zone 223 replaces the button 1 14, whereas the signaling equipment 152 is activated directly by the sensors 221. which are continuously activated to detect the state 2. After the zone 223 is abandoned, another signaling takes place as described above, which is for example in the preferred alternative, where the pedestrian is detected by the sensors 222, activated by the sensors 221 , or the activation of the signaling equipment 152 continues for the adjustable time 766 , after the pedestrian leaves the zone 223, 223'. The time diagram for this variant is in fig. 31. The examples in fig. 31 show the sensor 221 activated continuously, where the state 2 is triggered by the detection of the pedestrian in zone 223 by the place 281 and lasts for the duration of time delay 766. Fig. 32 shows the time diagram for an alternative, where two or more sensors 221. placed side-by-side, for example on the signaling member 50^" to the opposite direction or on the arm 250 mounted on pole 7, enable the creation of the rectangular zone 223'.

Fig. 33 shows the place 281 designated for crossing for pedestrians, which is the same as in fig. 23, the only difference is in that the presence of the pedestrian in detection zone 223 of the place designated for crossing is detected by the camera 226 recording the presence of pedestrian, advantageously located on poles 7 instead of the sensors, whereas the pedestrians on the place 281 designated for crossing are detected by the sensors 222. The advantage of the cameras 226 used for detection of the pedestrian presence in detection zone 223, is in the capability to analyze the direction of pedestrian movement in the detection zone, in connection with the control unit, which is used with capable sensors 222 in case the pedestrian leaves the detection zone 223 in direction to the marked crossing 220 for pedestrians. In case all pedestrians leave the zone 223 in different direction than to the place designated for crossing and no pedestrian is in zone 64, the provision of information about the state 2 is terminated. Alternatively, the sensors 222 are replaced by other camera on the pole 7 directed to place for crossing 281 , or the cameras 226 are adapted to detect the pedestrian in detection zones 223 and 64.

Fig. 34 shows the place 281 designated for crossing for pedestrians, on which the pedestrian is monitored by the optical gates 225 before entering the place designated for crossing, located on both sides of the place designated for crossing. The optical gate 225 contains two optical beams delimiting the detection zone 223 for pedestrians, which are interrupted by the body of crossing pedestrian. Based on different time instant of interruption of the beams, it can be determined, whether the pedestrian is within the detection zone 223, or whether the pedestrian left the detection zone 223 in direction to the place designated for crossing 281 , when the sensors 222 are activated, in in opposite direction, when the state 2 of the state 2 information equipment is terminated in case of the last pedestrian. In other functions, the equipment in fig. 25 functions similarly to fig. 23 or fig. 24.

Fig. 35 shows the usage of single camera 226 recording the presence of the pedestrian, or more cameras 226" for simultaneous recording of the detection zone by the place designated for crossing 281 , advantageously consisting of marked crossing 220 and detection zone 64 of pedestrian presence on the place designated for crossing. The cameras 226 in connection with the control unit 227 analyse the presence of the pedestrian by the place designated for crossing and also on the place designated for crossing, and based on the results, the information equipment is controlled. The principle of the function is the same as in the previous case in figs. 22 - 25.

Fig. 36 shows the flow chart of the control unit 227 for controlling of the information equipment by means of the method shown in the previous figures. The identical control unit 227 is located on both sides of the place designated for crossing, ad in the signaling member 50^" to the opposite direction, whereas the cooperation of both units is ensured by the data transmitted between these units by means of wireless transmission module 229, having the function of transmitter/receiver, advantageously in 2,4 GHz band. The control unit 227 can advantageously also contain the GSM module 58, which can announce the failure states to the surveillance location and the necessary service intervention. The control unit microprocessor 228 reacts on the activation members 5_i, for example on pressing the switch, detection of the pedestrian by the sensors 221 , 222 or by camera 226 recording the presence of pedestrian, as mentioned above. Based on the continuous analysis of the state of the activation members, and processing of the visual information recorder by the cameras, the control unit 227 controls the information LED equipment, controls the displaying of the information for the approaching drivers by the signaling member 50^" to the opposite direction, controls the displaying of the information for the pedestrians on the interactive signs 37 and on informative sign 38 of the block of the aural information equipment 72, for example intended for the deaf people, controls the information LED equipment 224 in roadway and also performs other functions. The power supply of the control unit 227, except for the power supply from the electric grid via connection 63 of electrical energy, can be advantageously ensured by the solar panel 1 13 in connection with the accumulator 807 of the solar power source, whose charging via the electronics 57 of the charging of accumulator by the solar panel 1 13 or connection 63 of electrical energy can be backed up by manually controlled generator 108 of electric energy, for example by dynamo or alternator.

Fig. 37 shows the flow chart of the control unit 73 of the display field 52c of the additional text displayed on fig. 17, which is advantageously powered by the solar panel 1 13 in connection with the accumulator 807 of the solar power source, it is however possible to use the power from other source, not mentioned in the figure. The base is the block of control logic 74, which analyses the signals of the connected activation member 51^ for example the switch or detectors of the pedestrian, and based on them, it sends the information for displaying to the field 52c with additional text with spot LED light elements arranged in two matrices. The programming of the displayed information is done with usage of the external PC 65, advantageously with usage of the connection via the USB connectors 136.

Fig. 38 shows the example of the signaling equipment 152 for the drivers of vehicles close to the place designated for crossing with sensor and/or camera 226 recording the presence of the pedestrian in combination with the block of aural information equipment 72 and/or the illumination of the place designated for crossing, advantageously with the reflector 241 of crosswalk lightning, advantageously located on the pole of the information equipment with extension adapter 240 in smaller height than the standard poles for illumination of the place designated for crossing. The illumination of the place designated for crossing is advantageously activated by the activation member 51, advantageously at the same time with the activation of the information member. The block of the aural information equipment 72 gives the instructions to the pedestrians using the recorded messages, which are played back in respective instant by the control unit 227 according to the state of the information equipment. The signaling member 50^" to the opposite direction displays the variable information for the drivers.

The informative sign 38 displays the information about the state of the signaling member 50" to the opposite direction and the recommendation to use the information equipment for pedestrians and signs 37 with instructions for crossing pedestrians by means of the texts mentioned in fig. 42 and fig. 43. The reflector 241 is advantageously turned on upon activation of the signaling equipment 152 by means of the control unit 227, advantageously upon low visibility conditions, in cooperation with the dusk sensor 242. and it is similarly turned off upon its deactivation, which saves the power compared to the existing system for which the place designated for crossing illuminated after the dusk continuously, and moreover such change attracts the driver attention and emphasizes the time of usage of the place designated for crossing. If the operator of the information equipment has available the monitoring centre 352, it advantageously communicates with the signaling equipment 152 via the communication wireless transmission module 229. This the image advantageously recorded by the camera 226 is transmitted, recording the presence of the pedestrian, and also by other cameras and/or aural information by means of the speakerphone 243, also connected to the wireless transmission module 229 by means of activation by the pedestrian or the monitoring centre 352. The communication module advantageously reports automatically or upon request of the advantageously 352 all the failures and technical condition of the signaling equipment 152. If no pedestrian activated the signaling equipment 152, it is advantageously in deactivated state - see fig. 39 and fig. 44, whereas the signaling member 50^" to the opposite direction advantageously displays only the traffic sign 46 Pedestrian crossing, or the sign 621 with the marking of the place designated for pedestrian crossing, on informative sign 38 advantageously flashes the backlighted text warning the pedestrian, the interactive sign 37 advantageously flashes the backlighted text with instructions for pedestrian "PRESS AND HOLD BUTTON UNTIL VEHICLES ARE STOPPED" and at the same time, the aural signal of the aural information equipment, ensured by the block of the aural information equipment 72, which notifies the pedestrian about the hazard when crossing the roadway, if he/she does not activates the information equipment by pressing the activation switch 1 14, advantageously by means of the message "ATTENTION! NO ABSOLUTE PRIORITY OF WAY ON THE CROSSWALK! DO NOT ENTER WITHOUT USING THE INFORMATION EQUIPMENT! ACCIDENT HAZARD". With the advantage of power saving, particularly when powered by the solar panel, and for focused notification of the approaching pedestrians, in the deactivated state of the information equipment, both signs are not backlighted and the block of the aural information equipment 72 is without the acoustic message until the instant, when the sensor 221 of pedestrian detection by the crosswalk detected the presence of the pedestrian advantageously by the place designated for crossing 281 , advantageously on the sidewalk 2, when the backlighting and the aural message are activated and prompt the pedestrian to use the information equipment by pressing the switch 1 14, or by standing in the highlighted zone 223 for activation of the activation member by means of the sensor 221. When approaching the place designated for crossing, by pressing the switch 1 14, the pedestrian shows his intention to cross over the place designated for crossing of roadway and he/she initiates advantageously the first active state - see fig. 40 and fig. 45. The signaling member 5_0j: to the opposite direction advantageously displays to drivers, except for the traffic sign 46 Pedestrian crossing , also the information consisting of the inscriptions or signs of the first type, advantageously the exclamation marks 47 and/or it is advantageously activated by the text "ATTENTION - PEDESTRIANS", and/or advantageously the signs of static symbols of the pedestrians 62 as shown in fig. 40. The informative sign 38 has backlighted text 341 showing the of the driver information equipment advantageously "ATTENTION - PEDESTRIANS" and on the interactive sign 37, there is a backlighted text advantageously "WHEN VEHICLES ARE STOPPED, RELEASE THE BUTTON AND CROSS" and at the same time the block of aural information equipment 72 gives the acoustic message, advantageously connected with the text. By releasing the switch 1 14. advantageously according to the instructions and after vehicles are stopped, the second activated state begins - see figs. 41, 46. The signaling member 50" to the opposite direction displays, except for the traffic sign 46 Pedestrian crossing, also the inscriptions or signs of the second activated state, advantageously the flashing exclamation marks 471 . and/or advantageously the flashing inscription Attention - pedestrians, and/or symbols of running pedestrians 52\ (fig. 41), whole on the informative sign 38 for pedestrians, advantageously the backlighting of text 341 is flashing, coincident to the text for drivers on the signaling member 50" to the opposite direction . advantageously "ATTENTION - PEDESTRIANS" fig. 42) or symbols. On the interactive sign 37, the inscriptions are turned off and after the adjustable time, advantageously 5 seconds, the text is backlighted for newly approaching pedestrians. The second state is automatically terminated after the adjustable time interval elapses, which enables the safe crossing of the pedestrian, in dependence on the width of the crossed roadway, whereat the information equipment is advantageously put into deactivated state. Advantageously, the automatic termination can be activated by the sensors detecting the pedestrian presence on the place for crossing. Such sensors advantageously take over the detection of the pedestrian on the place for crossing, after the pedestrian enters the place designated for crossing. These are consisting advantageously of the motion sensors using the camera 226, thermal and/or radar or other sensors, as described in previous figures. The mentioned symbols or inscriptions are only the examples, and other can be used, advantageously only one active state is used instead of two, initialized by the activation of the switch 1 14 and deactivated by the sensor after the adjustable time delay elapses, on the place designated for crossing, expressing only one type of the symbol or inscription.

Fig. 43 shows the structure of the interactive sign 37 and informative sign 38, which are advantageously replaced by the backlighting if the text with the light information with usage of the light elements 347, 348 on the informative sign 38 and light elements 349 and 350 on the interactive sign 37, advantageously with warning lights, which are always illuminated by the actual inscription. The alternative are advantageously the inscriptions consisting of the LED illuminated based on the actual state of the information equipment.

Instead of pressing and holding the switch 1 14 until all vehicles are stopped, the control of the information equipment can be advantageously modified so that the switch 1 14 can be released immediately after pressing, which invokes the first activated state. Then the pedestrian waits until vehicles are stopped and then again presses the switch 1 14, which invokes the second activated state. Fig. 47 a 48 shows the modifications of texts advantageously displayed on the interactive sign 37 and informative sign 38, when controlling the information equipment by repeated pressing of the switch 1 14.

Fig. 49 shows the signaling equipment 152 and information equipment 617' for drivers on the opposite side of the roadway, containing the reflectors 241 and 241 ' for illumination of the place for crossing, which are advantageously located on the pole 7 of the information equipment, advantageously on the extension 752 of pole. The reflectors are tiltable and adapted to produce the bordered light cone, they advantageously contain at least one shading plate 462, which ensures that the second light cone 471 ' is bordered and optimally directed to the required angle 463 of deflection of the second beam so that the second reflector 24 of the information equipment 617' for the drivers at the other side of the roadway illuminates the place for crossing only to the point 464 of the end of illumination, slightly behind the middle of the roadway, and not as usual over the entire place for crossing up to the point 465 which usually exceeds the roadway, because the standard reflectors are not provided with the shading plates, so they provide more dispersed light. This achieves that the reflector 24 Γ does not dazzle the pedestrian 26. The head of pedestrian 26 enters the light cone 47 Γ only in the final phase of the crossing, in point marked "A" on the drawing, when the angle 463 of deflection of the light cone from the horizontal direction is so large that the pedestrian 26 is not dazzled. The first reflector 241 is also adjusted similarly and its light cone 471. Such structure enables to place the reflectors 241 , 24 lower, meaning to the lower pole, which makes the installation easier and cheaper. Such structure achieves that the pedestrian on the roadway is always illuminated by at least one of the reflectors. Alternatively, the lighting of the crossing with top light 466 is used, as shown in fig. 50, where this light is located on the independent structure or on modified adapted pole of the information equipment. As the light source the LED light is used, or incandescent, sodium, metal halogen, halogen, or mercury light, or some other type of the discharge lamp, both with permanent or variable, advantageously pulse shine.

Fig. 51 shows the assembly of the signaling equipment 152 with two stages, which are controlled by the pedestrian by means of two switches, namely by switch 1 14 and the second switch 1 14' located on the interactive sign 37. The first activated state, i.e. the information about the intention to cross the roadway, is activated by the pedestrian pressing the switch 1 14. After the vehicles are stopped, the pedestrian presses the switch 1 14', which activates the second activated state. Fig. 52 and fig. 53 shows the modifications of texts advantageously displayed on the interactive sign 37 and informative sign 38, when controlling the information equipment by means of two switches.

Fig. 54 shows the signaling equipment 152 with option to prolong the time for crossing for handicapped persons. The signaling member 50 shows the information for the approaching drivers, which is advantageously consisting of the inscription 530 of the information member, for example "ATTENTION - PEDESTRIAN", and/or of static of dynamically changing signs 53 1 , for example in the form of the figure of standing or running pedestrian, and/or of information, for example light source 532. The information sign 602 intended for the pedestrian, informs about the information equipment displayed on the signaling member 50 for the drivers, which is advantageously rotated by 90° or 180° against the information equipment 602. Furthermore, the warning 608 is displayed to the driver, advantageously in the form of the text "WAIT UNTIL HE VEHICLES ARE STOPPED" and the signaling 607 for drivers advantageously backlighted. The displayed information are completed advantageously with the sound information by means of the sound information equipment 609. The driver information equipment controls the activation member 51 in cooperation with the pedestrian.

Fig. 55 shows the option advantageously modify for the controlling with the single switch 1 14 and/or with couple consisting also the second switch 1 14^' and third switch 1 14', and also for prolongation of the activation time of the information equipment by means of the third switch 1 14". The instructions 604, 605, 606 are advantageously assigned to the buttons for pedestrians, which have the wording selected depending on the method of usage of the buttons, and the valid text is marked advantageously by backlighting and/or light elements 347, 348 and 349. Upon controlling the information equipment by means of single switch 1 14. the instructions are advantageously consisting of the instruction 604 for pedestrian, saying "Press and hold the button until the vehicles are stopped". This method of controlling provides the maximum safety for the pedestrian, if he/she observes the instructions, because keeping the button pressed until the vehicles are stopped excludes the entry on the place designated for crossing during waiting for vehicles to stop. Instead of pressing and holding the switch 1 14 until all vehicles are stopped, the control of the information equipment can be advantageously modified so that the sw itch 1 14 can be released immediately after pressing and after the vehicles are stopped the switch can be pressed once again. In the variant of the information equipment with two switches, the intent of the pedestrian to cross the roadway provides the information by pressing the switch 1 14. When the vehicles are stopped, the pedestrian presses the second switch 1 14^". In all above mentioned variants of control of the information equipment, the third switch 1 14"can be advantageously used, which prolongs the time of activity of the information equipment measured advantageously from the time of pressing of the switch 1 14 or switch 1 14^', to enable the safe crossing for slowly crossing pedestrians. Advantageously, the time of the information equipment of the place designated for crossing is determined by the sensors detecting the pedestrians on the place designated for crossing, activated by some of the mentioned activation methods, i.e. by means of the switches 1 14, 1 14^' or by means of the targeted entrance of the pedestrian into the activation zone of the sensor by the place designated for crossing, whereas the time of information equipment activation is determined by the presence of the pedestrian on the place designated for crossing. In case the pedestrian does not enter on the place designated for crossing, the sensors detecting the pedestrian on the place designated for crossing are deactivated, after the adjustable time elapses. The sensors and their function is described in figs. 38-67. The usage of the prolongation of the time of information equipment activation, after the pedestrian enters the place designated for crossing. In the sleep state, the signaling member 50 displays to the drivers the inscription 530 of the information member, which notifies about the location of the place for crossing of pedestrians, for example "ATTENTION - PEDESTRIANS", and advantageously at the same time the sign field is displayed with the information intended for the pedestrians 607 to the drivers on the information sign 602 for pedestrians. When the pedestrian approaches the place designated for crossing, he/she observes the instructions 604 highlighted on the activation member 603 "PRESS (ORANGE) BUTTON FOR THE INFORMATION EQUIPMENT AND WAIT, UNTIL THE VEHICLES ARE STOPPED". The pedestrian presses the switch Π4 (orange button) and waits, until he vehicles are stopped, the signaling member 50 informs the driver about the intention of the pedestrian to cross the roadway, advantageously by means of signs 531 , for example in the form of figure of running pedestrian, which are at the same time displayed in the form of sign information field for pedestrian 607 to the drivers on the information sign 602 to the pedestrians, and at the same time, on the activation member 603, further instructions 605 for pedestrians are displayed, "AFTER THE VEHICLES ARE STOPPED, PRESS (RED) BUTTON FOR INFORMATION EQUIPMENT OF THE PEDESTRIAN ON THE CROSSWALK", as well as additional instructions 606 for the pedestrians "HANDICAPPED PERSONS - PRESS (GREEN) BUTTON FOR LONGER TIME OF CROSSING", assigned to the (green) third switch 1 14, , . Fig. 56 shows the signaling equipment 152, which is together with the signaling member 50 for drivers activated by means of the activation member 51 by the pedestrian 26, and signals to the drivers the information about the pedestrian 26 by the roadway 1 in place of the signaling equipment 152, which was activated by the pedestrian 26 to express his/her intention to cross the roadway 1 in place of the signaling equipment 152 located by the roadway 1 by the crosswalk 623 for the pedestrians, advantageously consisting of marked crossing 220 or place 18 for crossing, advantageously provided with the marking 69 of the place for crossing, and/or marked by the sign 621 for drivers with the marking of the place for crossing, where the pedestrian 26 activating the information equipment will be located in the tie of crossing, or the signaling equipment 152 signals by means of the signaling member 50 the recommendation or commands for the drivers how to travel in the area of the signaling equipment 152. The pedestrian 26 approaching the signaling equipment 152 is advantageously notified about the possibility to use the signaling equipment 152 and is prompted to activate it by a warning member 610, either continuously or in adjustable intervals, or upon activation by the pedestrian detection sensor 615 on the crosswalk by the signaling equipment 152.

The pedestrian 26 in vicinity of the signaling equipment 152 is advantageously informed about the method of the usage of the signaling equipment 152 and about the hazards of crossing by means of the information member 613 of alert instructions. The pedestrian signaling member 50a advantageously prompts the pedestrian to activate the signaling equipment 152, either by continuous excitation of the activation member 51, and to wait until the vehicles stop, before the activation is ended and he/she enters the roadway 1. Before activation of the signaling equipment 152 the pedestrian 26 is advantageously informed by the information member 612 about the state of the signaling, particularly in case the pedestrian 26 does not see from the place of the activation member 5_1 on the signaling member 50 oriented in direction marked by the arrow 616, which indicates that the signaling equipment 152 is not activated, while after the activation of the activation member 51 by excitation by the pedestrian 26 the signaling equipment 152 is activated by the signaling member 50 and it goes from the deactivated state to activated state, and particularly in case the pedestrian 26 does not see the signaling member 50^ advantageously for the duration of the activation, it informs the pedestrian 26 about the activation of the signaling member 50 advantageously by means of the same method as the signaling member 50 informs the drivers, so the pedestrian 26 is informed about the consequence of the activation by the activation member 5_L. At the same time with the activation of the activation member 5J_ the signaling member 50a for the pedestrians advantageously changes the message from the initial prompt for the pedestrian 26 to activate the activation member 5J_ to message to continue with activation by the exciting the activation member 51_, until the travelling vehicles are completely stopped, and only then to stop the excitation and enter the roadway I .

After the excitation of activation member 5J_ by the pedestrian 26 is ended, the signaling member 50 is deactivated and particularly in case that it is not visible for the pedestrian 26 from the place of activation member, the information member 612 informs advantageously the pedestrian 26 about the ended activation of the signaling member 50. Therefore the pedestrian 26 is informed that the signaling member 50 is activated only for the duration of excitation of the activation member 5_L to receive the information that it is not enough to press the activation member 51 , e.g. switch 1 14. momentarily, as for the information equipment with prolonged activation time, which tempt the pedestrian to enter the roadway immediately after pressing of button, which might not provide the drivers with enough time to stop the vehicle in front of signaling equipment 152 since the time the short activation of the activation member 5J_ was started. The advantage of the directly responding signaling equipment 152 is in that during the longer excitation of the activation member 5J_. by pedestrian 26, up until the vehicle stops, such pedestrian cannot be at the same time present in the roadway I , not having so long hand 622, so if the pedestrian observes the instructions of the pedestrian signaling member 50a and keeps exciting the activation member 5J_ before the vehicles stop, there can be no accident on the roadway caused by the approaching vehicle. The sign 750 for driver informs the driver about the type of crossing, advantageously consisting of traffic sign 46 Pedestrian crossing or traffic sign 281 place designated for crossing, which only informs about the place designated for crossing 281 , or gives the recommendation or instructions to drivers about the method of driving in area designated for crossing 281 , advantageously only when it is highlighted. Alternatively, particularly in such case, where the place for crossing is marked by the sign 750 for driver, it is not marked on the roadway.

Fig. 57, 57a and 57b show the example of embodiment of the signaling member 50 for drivers, which after the activation by the activation member 5 displays the notification to the approaching drivers, that the pedestrian 26 intends to cross the roadway 1 and therefore the necessity to enable pedestrian 26 safe crossing. The variants are selectable, with text, signs, images, pictograms, symbols, lights in optional colors, all in stationary state or in dynamic state with optional frequency of the changes. The signaling member 50 for drivers is adapted so that in its area directed perpendicularly to the direction of approaching vehicles, it has the adapted area with information for drivers about the activated or deactivated state of the signaling equipment 152, whose messages can be visually variable for various states. This message area is advantageously completed in the second part of the signaling member 50 with the sign of invariable meaning, advantageously in the form of the traffic sign 621 "Place for crossing, , . The message area in the signaling member 50 is consisting, for the activated state of the signaling equipment 152, of the text, signs, images, pictograms, symbols, light, in optional colors, all in stationary state or in dynamic state with optional frequency of the changes, either as the message of member 775 of advice for communication character, or as message of member 776 for advice for character of recommendation, or as message of member 777 for commanding messages. In variant I, the signaling member 50 is an informing member, and for the message member 775 for the advice for informing character, advantageously the inscription with text "ATTENTION - PEDESTRIANS" can be used. For the crossing implemented by means of the light sources, the solution is implementable, having the lights 330, advantageously continuous or flashing orange light. In variant 2, the signaling member 50 is a recommending member, and for the message member 776 for the recommending messages, advantageously the inscription with text "GIVE WAY TO PEDESTRIANS" can be used. For the implementation using the lights 330, advantageously consisting of the reflectors 751 , advantageously consisting of LED source of lighting, halogen or other discharge lamp, impulse light, permanent light or by the beacon, or rotary sodium lamp, such solution is implementable, which has the continuous or flashing orange color source of lighting, or flashing red color source of lighting. In variant 3, the signaling member 50 is a commanding member, and for the message member 777 for the commanding messages, advantageously the inscription with text "STOP! GIVE WAY TO PEDESTRIANS" can be used. For implementation using the color source of lighting, the solutions is implementable, which has the continuous or flashing red color source of lighting. For displaying of the inscriptions, also the methods described above are advantageously used, advantageously in fig. 3 shown by the fields of the additional text with two-color shifted indication inscriptions "ATTENTION - PEDESTRIANS", with usage of red, orange , yellow or green LEDs, in fig. 4 shown by the fields of the additional text with installed LEDs showing the standing figures, in fig. 5 shown by the fields of the additional text with installed LEDs showing the moving figures, in fig. 6 shown by the fields of the additional text with installed LEDs showing the inscriptions and/or signs, and in fig. 7 and fig. 6 shown by the fields of the additional text with matrix structure of LEDs with static and dynamic display of the text programmed using the PC, furthermore advantageously the inscriptions are emphasized by illumination with neon tubes, light beacons and/or reflectors, advantageously rotary or stroboscopic ones. The variants with static symbols of pedestrians 62, advantageously in color, advantageously flashing at various frequencies. The static information member 50 to the opposite direction can be advantageously located in roadway. Also implementable is the variant of the signaling member 50 for drivers with the symbols of walking pedestrian 66. By progressively repeating the illumination of individual figures, the impression of moving figure is created. The figures are advantageously made by means of the spot LED light elements 71 , advantageously in two colors, as mentioned for fig. 3. Alternatively, also the images of valid traffic signs can be used in the variant of the information member with symbols, which means that the character of displayed information will have meaning given by the respective traffic sign, i.e. informative, warning or commanding meaning.

Fig. 58 shows the example of embodiment of the activation member 5J_. with lever 625 controlling the mechanical switch 1 14, which is kept in pressed position after the activation, from which the lever 625 moves to the deactivated position after it is released, by means of the spring 736. Also other variants of the activation member 5J_ can be used, advantageously consisting of switch 1 14 or lever, and also the variants with contactless switching, advantageously of capacitance, optic or ultrasonic type detector 440 detecting the contact with hand, or with pedestrian detectors.

Fig. 59 shows the example of embodiment of the warning member 610, which continuously or in adjusted intervals or when the pedestrian approaches for activation by the pedestrian sensor, notifies the pedestrians, advantageously by means of optical and/or acoustic block of aural information equipment 72, about the possible hazard of accident when crossing the roadway and about the necessity to use the information equipment before entering the roadway. The sensor 615 of pedestrian detection in front of the place designated for crossing is advantageously a motion microwave sensor or infrared passive sensor (PIR), advantageously there is placed the information sign 37, fig. 28, "Information equipments with sensors for detection of pedestrian in front of the crossing sensor and with sensors for detection of pedestrians on the crosswalk, as well as the automatic activation by the pedestrian in detection zone of sensor" or on a pole 7, fig. 56, and/or "The information equipments directly responding for the drivers of vehicles", and/or detection of the pedestrian presence in detection zone with camera, fig. 35, "The information equipment with pedestrian detection sensors in front of the place for crossing and the pedestrian detection, the automatic activation of sensors by the presence of pedestrian in detection zone with camera, , . and/or by optical gates 225. fig. 34, "The information equipment with pedestrian detection sensors in front of the place for crossing and detection of pedestrian, automatic activation by the pedestrian approaching the detection zone by optical gate.

The warning member 610 is advantageously made in form of information panel, advantageously placed in plastic of aluminum frame, whose display parts are made of high- intensity LEDs with possibility of brightness controlled in several steps, depending on illumination.

Fig. 60 shows the exemplary embodiment of the information member 613 of the instruction and warning, it is advantageously emphasized by the emphasize member 618, which is activated continuously, or in adjustable intervals, or upon detection of the pedestrian by the crosswalk by means of the sensor 615. The embodiment of the information member 613 is implemented by methods already described in previous fig. 53. The example of the displayed warning is the text "No absolute priority of way for crossing!", "Do not enter the roadway without using the information equipment" and the instruction for use contain the procedure for activation of activation member, advantageously with level controlling the switch: "Press and hold the lever until all vehicles are stopped. When all vehicles are stopped, release the lever, look round and cross cautiously". Advantageously the following text is used: "Before entering further lane or the opposite direction, signal with hand and wait, until all vehicles are stopped, then continue crossing". The emphasize member 61 8 advantageously emphasizes the text of information member 613 by frame created of planar or dot information members, which illuminate continuously or intermittently, advantageously in periodically adjustable intervals, or upon detection of the pedestrian by the crosswalk with sensor.

Fig. 61 In exemplary embodiment of the pedestrian signaling equipment 50a, by which the pedestrian is prompted to activate the signaling equipment 152 acting on the activation member 51 for the duration of the time of waiting until the vehicles stop, before discontinuing the activation of the activation member 51 and entering the roadway 1. The signaling member 152 advantageously uses the sign 37 with instructions for pedestrians, backlighting all the texts, already described in fig. 1 "Structure of the information equipment of the place for crossing with participation of the pedestrian, , . The displayed information is advantageously displayed by means of flashing or continuous backlighting. The example of warning is the text displayed before the activation by the activation member, advantageously "Press and hold the lever until all vehicles are stopped. When all vehicles are stopped, release the lever, and cross". The warning is advantageously emphasized by continuous or flashing backlighting of the text. Upon activation, the displayed text is advantageously changed to "Hold the lever until all vehicles are stopped. When all vehicles are stopped, release the lever, and cross" and advantageously, the emphasizing of the text changes the colors of backlighting, and advantageously the pedestrian is at the same time warned acoustically via the block of aural information equipment 72 (fig. 59). Another variant was described in fig. 43, which advantageously replaces the backlighting of text with light information using the light elements 347, 348 (fig. 55) on the informative sign 38, advantageously various color warning lights, which illuminate always by the actual inscription.

Fig. 62 shows the example of the information member 612 about the status of signaling, which informs the pedestrians continuously about the information being displayed to the drivers by the signaling member 50. If the signaling equipment 152 responding directly to the drivers is activated, the information member 612 created advantageously by informative sign 38 displays advantageously the text "Information for drivers: NOT ACTIVATED". During the activation of information equipment by the activation member 5_i by the pedestrians, the displayed txt changes to text "Information for drivers: ACTIVATED. ATTENTION - PEDESTRIANS". Fig. 63 shows the example of the sign 621 for drivers with designation of the place for crossing, which informs the drivers that they are approaching the place designated for crossing or roadway. The designation shown on the sign can be advantageously a pictogram marking the place for crossing, advantageously consisting of traffic sign 46 Pedestrian crossing of the place designated for crossing, or a graphic, text or other type of the designation. Fig. 64 shows the time chart of activation of the signaling member 50, in dependence on activation of the activation member 51.. The time interval between the points TO and Tl marks the initial non-active state 1 , when no pedestrian by the crosswalk excites the activation member 5 L Point TO' shows the point of time, when the activation of the signaling member 50 was terminated, and thus the return to the initial state 1. The pedestrian is advantageously for all variants prompted by the instructions to excite the activation member , for example by pressing the button until the vehicles are stopped, particularly due to safety reasons, in order to prevent him/her to enter the roadway when the vehicles are moving.

For variant 1 , directly responding, the signaling member 50 is activated from the state 1 (non- active state) by means of the activation member 5_i excited by the pedestrian to state 2 ( 1 st active state) when the excitation of activation member 5_i begins in point Tl , and deactivated with its termination in point T2. The pedestrian 26 is, according to the instruction, prompted to excite the activation member 5_i, i.e. For example to keep the switch 1 14 pressed for the duration of activation, because he/she sees the signaling member 50 or its indication, and when releasing the switch 1 14 the activation of signaling member 50 is interrupted and the members are thus deactivated and there is increased probability that the pedestrian does not terminate the activation immediately after pressing the switch Π 4 together with entering the roadway, which leads to the accidents. Alternatively, after the adjustable delay time 766 elapses, determined in time by points T2 and T3, the signaling member 50 is again activated by the state 2 or 3 by the control unit 227 for the adjustable time, but it is already when the pedestrian 26 noted the termination of the excitation.

For variant 2, dual-state, the state 2 is activated upon the beginning of activation of the activation member 5J_ in point Tl , which lasts for the time 766 of adjustable delay from the termination of the excitation of the activation member, i.e. to the point T3. Alternatively, the activation time of state 2 is controlled by the sensors 222 detecting the pedestrians on the crosswalk, instead of the time delay 166. In variant 3, for the duration of the excitation of the activation member 51, prolonged by the adjustable time delay 766' from time T2, the state 2 is displayed until the time T3, when the state of the signaling member 50 is changed from state 2 to state 3, which lasts for the adjustable time duration 166" of the third state.

Advantageously, as an alternative, after the termination of the excitation by the activation member 5_i in time T2, and advantageously with adjustable time delay 166', until the point T3, the state 2 is advantageously displayed, until the beginning of detection by the sensors 222, when the pedestrian entered the roadway, and the delay is terminated, and the when the display is changed to 3. The time of activation of state 3 is controlled by the sensors 222 detecting the pedestrian 26 on the roadway I , as described above in fig. 21-26. The activation member 5J_ is advantageously consisting of switch 1 14, 1 14'. or sensors 221 , or cameras 226 recording the presence of pedestrian, as described above in fig. 58 and other figures.

Fig. 65 shows the vehicle's driver information equipment, shown in the form of the electro flow chart with all necessary elements, for description of the function of this structure of the information equipment. All active operation is controlled by the control unit 227. The equipments stay in sleep mode up until the instant, when the activation member 5J_ is activated by the pedestrian, or by means of the sensor 615, advantageously consisting of thermal sensor, radar sensor or movement sensor, it detects the pedestrians in its immediate vicinity. In that instant the program starts, which engages the pedestrian attention by activating the warning member 610, advantageously consisting of light, sound, illumination or flashing text, and which alerts the pedestrian about the possibility to use the information equipment and prompts him to use the information equipment before entering the roadway. Concurrently with activation of activation member 5_i by pedestrian, the signaling member 50a advantageously changes the message from initial prompt to activate the activation member 51 and prompts the pedestrian to continue with activation of the activation member, until the approaching vehicles come to the complete stop, and only then to discontinue the activation and enter the roadway. At the same time, the signaling member 50a is illuminated for pedestrian, with text prompting the pedestrian to use the information equipment, and with instruction how to proceed, According such instructions, the pedestrian activates the activation member 5J_ consisting advantageously of the button or other switching element, for example of capacitive or other type, and activates it until the time, when the approaching vehicles stops. At the same time, the information member 613 is activated, which informs the pedestrian about the possibility to use the information equipment and about the hazards of crossing of roadway, and whose text is optically emphasized by the backlighting or other quite distinctive way. After activation of the activation member 5_i by exciting by the pedestrian, the information equipment is activated together with signaling member 50, which goes from non-active state to active state, when it passes the information on the drivers about the pedestrian being by the information equipment and intending to cross the roadway on the place of information equipment. Concurrently with activation of activation member 51_, the signaling member 50a for pedestrians advantageously changes the message from initial prompt to activate the activation member 5_L and prompts the pedestrian to continue with activation of the activation member 5J_. by excitation, until the approaching vehicles come to the complete stop, and only then to discontinue the excitation and enter the roadway. When the excitation of the activation member 5_i is terminated, the signaling member 50 is deactivated, and advantageously, the information member 612 informs the pedestrians about the terminated activation of the activation member 5 L The operation of the information equipment is ensured by the supply from the solar power source accumulator 807, which is recharged by the solar panel 1 13. The accumulator 807 then powers the power supply block 96, which rectifies the solar power source accumulator 807 voltage using the voltage converters to reach the voltages necessary for the circuitry of the control unit 227 or other circuits. The power supply block is further modified also for external power supply from the 230 V network. All activity of the information equipment and its components is controlled and analyzed by the control unit 227 and by means of software, it is possible to enter various functional modes as required by the equipment operator.

Fig. 66 shows the signaling equipment 152 and information equipment 617' for drivers on the opposite side of the roadway 1 or signaling equipment 152, which are advantageously implementable as signaling equipment 152 in the place designated for crossing 281 , advantageously consisting of marking 69 of the place designated for crossing. The pedestrian 26 by the signaling equipment 152 informs the drivers by exciting the activation member 5_1 , that he/she intends to cross the roadway1 at place 281 designated for crossing and after the vehicle 700' is stopped, crosses the roadway i in front of it and is protected by it against other approaching vehicles 700.

Before entering the opposite direction 420 lane, according to the instruction on information member of alert instructions located advantageously on signaling equipment 152 to the opposite direction for the crossing of lane, as shows in fig. 56, the pedestrian 26 signals with hand to the vehicle 700 approaching in opposite direction about his/her intention to cross the roadway I in opposite direction 420 lane and after the vehicle 700 is stopped, continues with crossing. After the vehicles 700 is stopped, the pedestrian 26 advantageously waits in front of the standing vehicle 700' stopped in front of the signaling equipment 152, which thus protects him against other approaching vehicles 700. Alternatively, the wireless connection 473 can be used, which connects the information equipment so that the signaling equipment 152 and information equipment 617' advantageously signal at the same time, or the information equipment 617' with adjustable delay compared to the signaling equipment 152. The information member 5_T at the other side of the roadway has the similar function. Alternatively, the information equipment is completed by the sensors 791 of passing vehicles and sensors 79 of passing vehicles on the other side of the roadway, and/or by information member 790 for pedestrians and by information member 790' for pedestrians on the other side, which in sleep state continuous or alternatively, if the passing vehicles are detected by the sensors 790, 790', signal the command to the pedestrian that it is forbidden to cross, or the recommendation not to cross, by means of the signaling light 558, 558' or by means of icon or signaling image 793. 793' or by means of signaling inscription 794, 794'. As soon as the pedestrian shows his/her intention to cross the roadway J. by activating the activation member 51 , advantageously switch 1 14 of activation member, or enters the sensors zone 221 or 253, the information member 5J_, 51 ^' is activated and according to the type of signaling member 50, 50', the respective signaling begins, as described in fig. 14. The signaling member for pedestrians 790' changes the state Do not cross", expressed advantageously by means of the signaling light 792 and/or icon and/or image and/or lighting inscription, advantageously "Do not cross", advantageously in red color, continuous or flashing, to state "Cross cautiously" , expressed advantageously by orange light continuous or flashing. Alternatively, the state "Cross cautiously" can be also expressed by signaling equipment for pedestrians 790, 790^' not providing any information. This signaling is advantageously completed by means of signaling member 50a for pedestrians, for example from flg. 13, which prompts him/her to use the activation member 5J_. Alternatively, when the detectors 791 , 791 ' are used, if the vehicles 700, 700' are not detected, the signaling member 790, 790^' does not give a command not to cross. In case of power saving operating mode of the signaling equipment 152 and information equipment 617 , when using the solar cells power supply, the signaling members 790, 790^' do not signal and are activated only when the activation member 5J_, 5 Γ is activated by the switch 1 14 or by pedestrian detected by sensors 221. Further, the activity of the equipment is the same as described above.

Fig. 67 shows the signaling equipment 152 and information equipment 617' on the other side of roadway, advantageously consisting of signaling equipment 152 in the place for crossing 281 advantageously consisting of marking of place 69 for crossing, furthermore advantageously consisting of refuge 1006 for pedestrians in the middle of roadway in the form of elevated sidewalk 421 on refuge 1006, advantageously consisting of protective barriers 423, advantageously consisting of protective pole 633. The pedestrian by the signaling equipment 152 informs the drivers of the approaching vehicles 700 by exciting the activation member 5_1_, that he/she intends to cross the roadway at place for crossing and after the approaching vehicle 700 is stopped, crosses the roadway in front of it and is protected by it against other possibly approaching vehicles 700. After the pedestrian enters the refuge 1006, according to instructions on the instructional sign 472 located advantageously on the signaling equipment 152 and also advantageously on the protective pole 633 on the refuge 1006 for crossing the opposite direction lane, he/she advantageously signals with hand the vehicle 700 approaching in opposite direction about his/her intention to cross the roadway in opposite direction lane and continues in crossing, after the vehicle 700 stopped.

Alternatively, the driver information equipment 50, central single placed on the refuge 1006 in the middle of the place designated for crossing 281 , is advantageously signaling to the both sides of the roadway. Advantageously the signaling equipment 152 is connected to the signaling member 50 for drivers on the refuge and the information equipment 617'. with signaling member 50 on the other refuge using the wireless connections 704c, 704c' for simultaneous signaling, or all the information equipments are signaling equipment simultaneously and are mutually interconnected. Alternatively, the wireless connection connects the signaling equipment 152 and information equipment 617' for mutual simultaneous signaling, or delayed for the opposite direction.

In a variant, other activation members can be placed on the refuge 1006. IN such case, the pedestrian 26 activates first, using the activation member 5J_ , the signaling equipment 617 at the side of road, and after the approaching vehicles 700 are stopped, he/she crosses the roadway 1 towards the refuge 1006, where the refuge activation member activates the information equipment 617' on the opposite side of the roadway, using the wireless connection 473', and this informs the drivers about the pedestrian 26 on the refuge 1006. After another approaching vehicle 700 is stopped, the pedestrian terminates to excite the refuge activation member, thus deactivating the information equipment 617' and then crosses the roadway to the other half. Fig. 68 shows the radar unit 74_L by the crosswalk, which is advantageously part of the signaling equipment 152, advantageously mounted to the pole 7 of signaling equipment 152. The radar unit measures the speed of the approaching vehicles 700 and displays it visibly for the drivers on the display unit 744. Advantageously, in case the vehicle exceeds the adjustable speed limit measured by the radar unit 741 , the numeric display of speed 745 on the display 744 starts flashing and at the same time, advantageously the display color changes for example from red to green, to provide information about the exceeded speed. At the same time, the warning members 749 starts advantageously to flash, advantageously consisting of exclamation marks 47, thus emphasizing the exceeding of the speed limit. Advantageously, in case the permitted speed is exceeded, the display 744 of radar unit 741 shows the instruction 780 to slow, advantageously "SLOW DOWN", in case the speed is observed then advantageously "OK". In case the activation member 5 is excited by the pedestrian, the adjustable speed, at which the numerical speed value 745, and/or advantageously warning signs 778 advantageously in form of exclamation marks 47, start flashing, and/or the display the instruction 780, such adjustable speed is decreased to advantageously zero value, which means that if the driver does not stop, the radar unit 741 will inform the driver about exceeded speed with flashing. This prompts the driver to stop the vehicle when the pedestrian 26 as by the crosswalk, but also notifies the driver about the pedestrian 26. Advantageously, upon activation of the activation member by pedestrians 26, the signaling member 50 is activated, which informs the driver about the pedestrian by the crosswalk, intending to use it. Advantageously the camera 742 of signaling equipment recording the approaching vehicle records the approaching vehicle and the recording is saved in the control unit 227. In case the vehicle does not stop at activated activation member and passes through the place designated for crossing 281, meaning advantageously the sensor of passing vehicle 746, advantageously consisting of camera, and control unit 227 use the recording advantageously to analyze if the vehicle was sufficiently far from the place 281 designated for crossing at the beginning of excitation of the activation member 5J_ by pedestrian 26, in order for it to stop safely, whereas if the vehicle had sufficient distance to stop but it did not stop anyway, such travel will be advantageously analyzed as offence and the light source 743 will be activated in order to inform the driver about the offence, advantageously by flashing. Advantageously this part of the recording will be marked in the control unit 227, in order to give a notice about it when the recording is viewed. The recording will be advantageously transferred to computer from recording media, advantageously SD card, or will be transferred via wireless transmission module 229, advantageously consisting of GSM gateway, to the alarm receiving centre, advantageously at police station or municipality. The license plate of the vehicle, which is recorded by the camera, is analyzed by the computer and inserted into the list of vehicles which violated the regulations, with marking of the speed of passing the crossing and braking distance available from the beginning of the excitation of the activation member 51 by the pedestrian 26 from the place, where vehicles were at that time, up to the place for crossing. The activation member is excited by the pedestrian and is advantageously consisting of switch 1 14 or sensor 61_5 of pedestrian detection on the crosswalk or sensor of pedestrian detection by the place for crossing, which records the presence of the pedestrian by the crosswalk, advantageously only when the pedestrian is in marked detection zone 223. Such zone is advantageously marked on the ground by the roadway I, advantageously on the sidewalk, it can be for example marked in color, advantageously orange or red color amended advantageously with respective inscription, for example: "Wait here for radar activation, continue only when vehicles are stopped." This accomplishes that the random pedestrians outside of the marked zone 223 do not excite the activation member 5_L

In case the activation member 1 is not excited, the radar unit 741 displays the measured speed, whereas the warning flashing occurs at adjustable permitted speed for this roadway I section. The time, for which the speed decreasing of the warning flashing to zero continues after the termination of excitation of the activation member, is adjustable by the control unit 227, beginning from zero time, and/or is controlled by the sensors 222 for detection of pedestrians on the crosswalk over the entire or part time, for which the pedestrian is present there. It is advantageously controlled by the above mentioned principles to persist over the activation of the signaling member 50. Its activation is in this case advantageously adjusted in control unit, according to the previously set principles of the activation. The marked zone 223 for pedestrian intending to use the place 281 designated for crossing is advantageously used also for above mentioned signaling equipments 152. Advantageously the radar unit 741 is located by both side of the roadway. To detect the pedestrian 26 by the crosswalk, alternatively the cameras or electronic gates 748 are used instead of the pedestrian sensor 615.

Fig. 69 shows the radar unit 741 with warning member 749, advantageously consisting of a frame with LED, which is advantageously turned on or flashes, if the adjustable permitted speed is exceeded. In case the pedestrian 26 excites the activation member 5J_ by the place designated for crossing 281 , advantageously the maximum permitted speed is advantageously zero, and the radar unit 741 notifies the driver about exceeding such speed, advantageously by flashing and/or text.

The maximum permitted speed is, in case the activation member 51 is not excited, adjustable manually or automatically, either locally or remotely, within the control unit 227, advantageously preselected in dependence on the time, when it is changed to preselected value for specific time interval. This is advantageously applied for example during night hours, when it is advantageously increased, or for example by the schools, when it is advantageously decreased during the school hours, whereas during the remaining time, it is automatically changed to preset higher value. Via the wireless transmission module, the drivers offences are reported, as well as the failures, state of equipment, video recording from the cameras recording the adjustable area permanently or variably, advantageously remotely controlled, as well as other selectable information, and the wireless transmission module is adapted for voice communication with the control centre, as initialized by it or pedestrian 26, advantageously using the panic button.

Fig. 70 shows the monitored route 754 of the roadwayI, which advantageously begins with the sign 753 notifying about the monitored route beginning 754, for example by means of inscription "Attention - beginning of speed measurement and "offence" section monitoring". The units for the monitored route can be assembled of any units for monitoring and measuring. For example, after sign 753 the radar unit 741 follows , with camera 742 of signaling equipment recording the approaching vehicle and detecting the exceeded speed, then radar unit 741 by the crosswalk 220 with camera 742 or dummy camera 742' made fictious with detector of approaching vehicle, then camera at light control 771 of intersection , which detects the crossing on red light, then camera 742 or dummy camera 742' by Stop sign 772. where the stopping of vehicles is detected using the detector 764, where the flash light is activated in case the vehicle does not stop, so as to provide information to drivers about the offence, then camera 742 by traffic sign 773 Maximum permitted speed, for example by the school, inspecting its observance, then again radar unit 741 by the crosswalk with camera 742 inspecting the stopping of vehicles using the detector 764 in case of excitation of activation member 5J. by pedestrian 26 by the crosswalk 220. and finally advantageously the sign 753 notifying about the end of route for example by means of "End of speed measurement" text. Advantageously, the information display 757 follows, advantageously displaying in case of offences the vehicle license plate on the respective vehicle license plate display 758 and the quantity of offences 767, and/or in case of need also the other data. The units are connected together and with the control unit 763 of the route via the wireless or cable connection 473. and the information is advantageously transmitted herefrom to the monitoring centre 762. advantageously at police station or municipality, with the respective data necessary to issue a penalty. This has advantage in that in the monitored section, in respect the cameras, the traffic regulations will be observed more than without camera monitoring, and in case of violation, the offence is documented, also for the possible easy evidence proceeding upon accident. This advantageously ensures the non-accident thoroughfare for example via entire village or important section or section of the frequent accidents. The dummy cameras 742' make the implementation of the route cheaper, since they are much more cheaper than the real cameras 742. The drivers will observe the regulations also by them, since they do not recognize the dummy camera from a real one, moreover, the real cameras 742 can be transferred to the places of dummy cameras 742' and vice versa, therefore the driver is not sure, where each of camera type is located.

Advantageously, the place 774 of collecting fines is established by the offence information display 757, for the offences committed en route, where the computer 65 can be connected for the recording of the offences.

Alternatively, there is an automatic machine 760 for collection of fines, displaying the vehicle license plate and amount of fine, which issues a receipt based on inserted amount. Even without the wireless connection 473 of the units and equipment for display of offences, such route will increase the safety, since the drivers are not sure, if the cameras 742, 742 ' and radar units 741 information are transmitted to the monitoring centre 762, advantageously by the police, to execute the disciplinary action in case of offence. The cheapest alternative is when all cameras are the dummy cameras 742'. The effect is advantageously increased when the dummy cameras 742' are advantageously provided with the detector 764 of the passing vehicles and light source 743 of flash, which is activated by the vehicle passing along the camera 742' and as such it exude an impression that the camera is an active one.

Fig. 71 shows the signaling equipment 152 adapted for signaling of the approaching tram 562, where the tram 562 has button 542 of tram driver, which activates, using the control unit 537 of tram, the sound source 543 on tram, advantageously consisting of source 541 of beeping, and/or sound source 550 of voice, which can be turned off. Furthermore, the signaling 539 on a tram for pedestrians can be activated, advantageously consisting of inscription 540 on a tram and/or warning lights 548, advantageously consisting of flashing reflectors or orange or red discharge lamps. The tram 562 driver activates the button 542 advantageously when the tram approaches the crossing to notify the pedestrians by or on the crosswalk, that the tram is approaching and that it has a priority on the crosswalk. Advantageously by button 542, remotely using the transceiver 535, 535' 535 he/she activates at the same time the signaling units 565' 565 ^' and other below mentioned on signaling equipments 152, advantageously by increased power output of the transceiver 535, already before the connection is automatically established for automatic signaling of the tram approaching the place 281 designated for crossing with standard transceiver 565 power output, which is located on the tram 562. It is connected to the transceiver 535 located on information equipment and the signaling equipment 152 and information equipment 617' at the other side of the roadway, which received the signal about the approaching tram using the wireless connection 536, which feeds the signal to the control unit 227 of signaling equipment 152, which, if the tram is approaching, activates the signaling 539' on a tram for pedestrians on signaling equipment 152, advantageously consisting of warning signaling light 558, signaling light 558' on the signaling equipment 152 and information equipment 617' indicating the approaching tram, particularly to the pedestrian at the other side of the roadway to which it is advantageously directed. The warning lights 558, 558' are advantageously consisting of the reflectors or beacons or discharge lamps, advantageously or orange or red color, which inform the pedestrians not to cross in time the tram is approaching and warn them or forbid them to enter the roadway. In case of activation, they illuminate continuously, or flash, or transit from flashing to continuous illumination in the instant, when the tram approaches to short distance to the crossing.

Fig. 72 shows the signaling 539 for pedestrians on tram and the sound source 543 on tram.

Fig. 73 shows the signaling 539' of tram for pedestrians on the information equipment, which is activated advantageously by the control unit 227, such information equipment being advantageously consisting of control lamp 552, advantageously in red color, illuminates continuously or flashes, and from sign 553 of trams right of way, carrying for example the inscription 'Tram has the right of way, not pedestrian, , , which is advantageously backlighted 546 using LED over the time, when the signaling is activated.

Fig. 74 shows the block 72 of sound signaling, which can be implemented, located inside the control unit 227, which is activated when the tram is approaching, and which is advantageously consisting of source of beeping 551 and/or sound source of voice 550, which warns the pedestrians against entering the place designated for crossing 281 , if the tram is approaching. Fig. 75 shows the flow chart of the signaling unit 565 on the tram, signaling unit 565' on information equipment and signaling unit 563" on the information equipment on the other side, furthermore shows the sound source of voice 550 and sound source of beeping 551 on the tram, and sound source of voice 550' on information equipment and sound source of beeping 55 Γ on information equipment, and mentioned signaling units 565, 565' and 565 are advantageously consisting of transceiver 535, which signals, advantageously by means of coded signal transmitted via the wireless connection 536', and the transceiver 535^' signals the approaching tram on the signaling equipment 152, The distance of tram, which the signal is received from, is advantageously set by the transceiver 535 power output on the tram, or by the radar or by the light link. During the connection between the transceiver 535, located on tram 562, and transceiver 535' on the information equipment, the tram signaling 539' for pedestrians on the information equipment is activated by means of control unit 227, and/or block 72 of sound signaling on the information equipment, and/or signaling 539' for pedestrians on the information equipment.

The signaling equipment 152 and information equipment 617' is advantageously accommodated for signaling by pedestrians by/on the place for crossing 281 to the vehicles and for signaling of approaching tram for pedestrians.

Fig. 76 shows the signaling member 152 with the signaling member 50a for pedestrians, which signals in direction of signaling 576 for pedestrians, i.e. in direction to opposite sidewalk 2. The signaling member 50 for vehicles provides the information in direction 577 of information for vehicles in direction of roadway 1_, perpendicularly to direction 576 of signaling for pedestrians. The tram 562 driver activates the signaling member 50a for pedestrians using the button 542 and mobile communication connection 536 with tram 562. advantageously wireless connection, when he/she approaches the place 281 designated for crossing in case the activation is not executed automatically, when the tram is approaching. This is advantageous particularly in case that there is a station 575 for tram to stop, in front of the place designated for crossing 281 , because upon automatic signaling by establishing the connection of approaching tram using the communication connection 536, particularly if the connection is wireless one, it triggers the signalization by the signaling member 50a for pedestrians already when the tram is standing in the station, i.e. when tram 562 is not approaching the crossing yet.

Alternatively the situation of the stations close to crossing can be solved by means of software of the tram control unit 537, and/or control unit of the information equipment, which is programmed so that the tram starts to signal to pedestrian only when the tram leaves the station towards the crossing. The software is advantageously programmed to activate the signaling of signaling member for pedestrian, so that it is activated always before the tram is approaching the place 281 designated for crossing only after the tram leaves the station. Fig. 77 shows the signaling members 50a for pedestrians, advantageously consisting of reflector 751 and/or backlighted symbol 578, advantageously representing the pedestrian, or symbol 579 consisting of LED, or inscription 580 implemented by LED or backlighting, advantageously with text "Tram approaching, do not cross!". The signaling members 50a for pedestrians are advantageously mandatory, i.e. when activated, the pedestrians must not cross. Advantageously, this is implemented in red color of the reflector 751. or by the backlighting, or by the LED symbols or inscription 580, or flashing or continuous light. Alternatively, the signaling members for 50a pedestrians are commendatory, for example in orange color.

Fig. 78 shows the signaling member 50 for the vehicles, consisting of backlighted symbol 578, for example as an alternative advantageously in the form of walking pedestrian.

Fig. 79 shows another advantageous embodiment of the signaling equipment 152 adapted for signaling on the crosswalk for blind persons, where the sensor for detecting of pedestrians 563 in the area by the crosswalk detects the pedestrian and using the control unit 227, it activates the block of sound signaling 72, advantageously the sound source of voice 550, which informs the blind persons they are by the signaling equipment for blind and that it is necessary to activate the switch 1 14" ^' for the blind, advantageously consisting of toggle switch 572, in order to distinguish it from switch 1 14 for pedestrians, which advantageously uses the button 174. Alternatively, it is possible for blind persons to use walking stick to knock on the pole 7 to activate the signaling equipment 152. based on information provided by the sound source of voice, where the sound sensor 561 analyses such sound and activates the signaling equipment 152 using the control unit 227. Blind persons use advantageously the sound generated by the sound source 571 for the blind persons, advantageously in a method usual for three-color light signalization on crossings, i.e. slower sounds similar to clacking in time the crossing is not allowed and information equipment is deactivated, and faster sound in time the crossing for blind persons is allowed.

When the signaling by blind person, using walking stick or switch 1 14, , , for blind, is detected, the control unit activates the signaling member 50, advantageously in form of orange light 559 or red flashing light 560, which signals the drivers to slow down followed by a stop, advantageously at continuous red light 560 indicating the command to stop the vehicle. This is activated by adjustable time from the end of orange light 559 signaling or flashing red light 560 signaling, which lasts over the adjustable time, necessary for blind persons to cross the roadway. Alternatively, it lasts over the time, when the blind person is detected by the sensors 222 in the roadway. When the adjustable time elapses from activation of continuous red light 560, sufficiently long for vehicles to stop, the fast sound is indicated from the sound source 571 for the blind persons, notifying the blind persons it is the time for safe crossing, because the red light stopped the vehicles. At the same time, advantageously, the sound source 550 of voice gives announcement to blind person that it is allowed to cross. After the mentioned adjustable time elapses, or after the detection of pedestrian with sensors 222 on the crosswalk is terminated, the red light 560 turns off and the information equipment is deactivated state 1 of the signaling, and again, slow sound is activated for the blind persons, generated by the sound source 57_i for the blind persons.

Fig. 80 shows the signaling equipment 152 with signaling member 50, activation member 5J_ and activation member 51b coded on the information equipment. The pocket activation member 51 b', carried by the blind person, is advantageously consisting of remote control 581 or key tag 582 or chip 583 or mobile phone 100 with coded software, which controls the mobile phone to generate the sounds coded for reception by the activation member 51 b, or the mobile phone 100 connects using the Bluetooth. The activation member 51b communicates with these activation members 51 b', tests the code and only if correct, it activates the signaling member 50.

Fig. 81 shows the signaling equipment 152 by the crosswalk 623. advantageously consisting of marked crossing 220 for pedestrians, in fig. 1 shows between A and B, and this equipment is connected with the monitoring centre 352 via wireless connection 157 remotely, where the pedestrian 26 activates the activation member 51, advantageously by keeping the button 174 pressed until the approaching vehicles 700 are stopped, whereto he/she is advantageously prompted by instruction sign 629 or he/she is detected by the sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, advantageously consisting of crossing 220 for pedestrians, whereas he/she is prompted advantageously by instruction sign 629 to stay by the crosswalk, until the approaching vehicles 700 are stopped. The activation member 5J_ activates the signaling equipment 152 by means of control unit 153 of signaling equipment by the crosswalk, and signals by means of the signaling member 50 for drivers to the approaching vehicle 700, that the pedestrian 26 intents to use the crossing. The camera 226 recording the presence of pedestrian with radar unit 74J_. makes the snapshot of approaching vehicle 700, in case it did not stop or lower the speed to minimum speed measurable by camera 226, in case the signaling equipment 152 was activated for adjustable time necessary for stopping or decelerating of approaching vehicle 700 to minimum yet measurable speed. The camera displays the vehicle by the crosswalk, including the image of the front seat through the vehicle windshield, its speed when passing the crossing, the vehicle license plate and advantageously the snapshot of pedestrian by the crosswalk, waiting for vehicle to stop, and furthermore the time, for which the signaling equipment was activated in time of vehicle passing. The camera 226 can be advantageously placed on signaling equipment 152 or it is integrated into it, or it is on the pole 7, in order for camera 226 to better register the approaching vehicle 700 passing the crossing. The camera 226 is connected with control unit 153 of signaling equipment to transfer the data with information, particularly about the activation of the signaling equipment 152 by connection 154, wither cable or wireless connection. The camera can be adapted for continuous operation, when it records the speed or passing vehicles, regardless of the activation of the signaling equipment of the crossing, and makes the snapshots of vehicle in case the permitted speed is exceeded, or it is activated only upon activation of the signaling equipment 152.

Fig. 82 shows the signaling equipment 152 activated by the activation member 51., which can be activated by pedestrian 26, advantageously consisting of button 174 and/or sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, which records the pedestrian by the place designated for crossing 281. The signaling equipment 152, when activated, signals with signaling member 50 the presence of the pedestrian on the crosswalk not only to the approaching vehicles, but advantageously also by means of signaling member 50^" to the opposite direction, advantageously consisting of orange lights visible not only for the vehicle approaching from opposite direction, but also for pedestrian. The pedestrian also sees the warning light 177, placeable on instruction sign 629, which is activated together with the signaling equipment 152 and with signaling member 50. The pedestrian is advantageously prompted by the instruction sign 629 to keep the button pressed, and/or to stay by the crosswalk, until the vehicles are fully stopped. Upon the termination of activation of the activation member 51 , advantageously consisting of button 174 or sensor 222 of pedestrian detection on the crosswalk 220, the signaling member 50^" to the opposite direction and warning light 177 are deactivated, whereas the signaling equipment advantageously further signals to approaching vehicles, by means of the signaling member 50 for the adjustable time, the continuing activation of the activation member 5J_. This time is given by the adjustable time interval in the control unit 153 of signaling equipment 152 and it is advantageously set as time necessary for walking over the crossing by the pedestrians, or alternatively it is given by the pedestrian detection on the crosswalk by means of sensor 222 of pedestrian detection on the crosswalk, if used. This achieves, that the pedestrian, who sees only the activation of the signaling member 50 ^' ' to the opposite direction or of warning light 177. but does not see that the signaling member 50 to the direction of approaching vehicles is activated also after deactivation of button 174. has the impression, that he/she signals only until the button Γ74 is activated and will probably keep this button activated and pressed, or stays by the crosswalk, if the sensor 221 is used, until the vehicles fully stop, about which he/she is prompted by the instruction sign 629. whereby preventing the accident, because he/she keeps the button 74 pressed and stays by the crosswalk and cannot be present at the same time in the roadway.

Fig. 83 shows the camera 226 recording the presence of pedestrian with radar unit 741 located on the pole 7, which is advantageously adaptable for setting various permitted speed, corresponding to the permitted speeds based on which the camera makes the snapshots of the approaching vehicle 700. These are announced to the vehicle driver by means of traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed of vehicle, which is located in front of the camera 226 in sufficient distance in order for driver to decelerate. This traffic sign is adapted for changing the speed signaled by it, either automatically by programming control unit 156 of the traffic sign 155. in dependence for example on time, or by setting it remotely from monitoring centre 352. either automatically or manually.

The traffic sign 155 traffic sign changing the maximum permitted speed is either in the form of light traffic sign, advantageously consisting of LEDs, or of mechanical traffic sign, advantageously consisting of tilting segments.

The camera 226 and/or traffic sign 155 are connected with the monitoring centre 352 by means of long range wireless connection 157. The camera 226 receives the information about the adjusted speed, displayed on the traffic sign 155. IN case the vehicle exceeded this speed, the camera makes its snapshot with data about the offence, which advantageously includes the vehicle license place with time of offence, permitted speed and vehicle speed. The data communication between the camera 226 and traffic sign 155 is executed over the local cable or wireless connection 154.

Fig. 84 shows the camera 226 recording the presence of pedestrian on the pole 7 connected with local connection 154 with radar unit 158 adaptable for displaying the measured speed, advantageously with display of the speed of the approaching vehicle 700 with radar unit 741 for measurement of this speed, which can be alternatively locate inside the camera 226. The local connection 154 transmits the data with information about the vehicle speed displayed in the radar unit 158 adapted for display of the speed to the camera 226. Alternatively, the camera 226 located on pole 176 of the equipment with display, or the camera 226 ' is integrated into the radar unit 158 adaptable for displaying the measured speed.

In case the approaching vehicle 700 exceeds the maximum permitted speed, the camera 226 makes the snapshot of the vehicle and transmits it with all respective data for penalization to the monitoring centre 352. The maximum permitted speed is given by the traffic regulation or the order or the traffic sign, advantageously by speed displayed on the traffic sign 155 located on the pole 199 of the traffic sign, advanced of the radar unit 158 and adapted for displaying in sufficient distance, in order for the driver to be able to modify the vehicle speed. This traffic sign is advantageously adapted for change of the maximum permitted speed, which is transmitted by the local connection 154. as described in fig. 83. Between the radar unit 158 adapted for displaying, camera 226 and monitoring centre 352, from where the maximum permitted speed can be adjusted and where the snapshots and vehicle data about the offences are stored, the communication takes place via the wireless connection 157. To make the equipment cheaper, the camera 226 is advantageously sometimes or permanently replaced by the dummy camera. Advantageously, the camera is sometimes placed alternately instead of the dummies, located on various places of the roadway, in order to make driver unsure, where it is actually placed, and therefore where the measurement is taking place and thus make him/her to observe the speed. In cooperation of the units of the crossing route, the traffic sign 155 decreases the speed, the radar unit 741 measures the speed, the camera 226 takes the snapshots of the vehicles exceeding the speed or vehicles not stopping by the crosswalk, and the additional signaling member 5CT notifies the drivers in time, that there is a pedestrian on the crosswalk.

Fig. 85 shows the route of the safe crossing, advantageously by means of emphasized streetlights 160, which contain the equipment and traffic signs to ensure the maximum safety of the pedestrian during crossing, based on principle of vehicle deceleration in front of the crossing 623 by means of the traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed to lower one upon the activation of the signaling equipment 152, when the vehicles, which do not decelerate and are located in time of this sign's activation behind this sign, drive off faster than he vehicles decelerated by this sign, which creates the spacing of these non-decelerated and thus faster vehicles from those decelerated and thus the space for pedestrians to safely cross the roadway is created. The type and number of these equipments and signs can be selected and combined as needed. The route advantageously begins with the traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed and located on the first pole 201 of the streetlights, or other pole, for example on the second pole 202 or the third pole 203, and is characterized by the maximum permitted speed. The vehicles receive the information about the presence of the pedestrian on the crosswalk, advantageously by means of the advance signaling member 5CT activated concurrently with the signaling equipment 152. The traffic sign 155 is advantageously changed manually or automatically, can be preprogramed, advantageously from the control unit 153 of signaling equipment (see Fig. 81) or according to the instruction coming from the monitoring centre 352 and/or this traffic sign 155 is adapted for lowering the maximum permitted speed concurrently with the activation of the signaling equipment 152. This traffic sign 155 is connectable by means of the local connection 154 with optionally selected equipment, for example with radar unit 158 adapted for displaying of the speed, or with radar unit 741 measuring the speed of approaching vehicle 700, which is optionally connected with local connection 154 for example with the signaling equipment 152 and with camera 226 recording the presence of pedestrian. In case the pedestrian 26 activates the activation member 5J_ by means of switch advantageously consisting of button 174 of the signaling equipment 152, or it is detected advantageously by the sensor 221 of pedestrian detection by the crosswalk 623, the signaling equipment 152 signals to the vehicles, that the pedestrian 26 is by the crosswalk and ready to use it. At the same time, advantageously with the local connection 154, it transmits the information optionally to the radar unit 158 advantageously adapted for displaying of speed, traffic sign 155, additional signaling member 5CK for respective signaling, or for respective action, and also to the camera 226, that the signaling equipment 152 is activated. The sensor 860 of vehicle stopping or camera 226 with radar unit 158, 741 , advantageously located on the third pole 203 of the public lighting or on the pole 7 of the signaling equipment, it advantageously detects the stopping and/or the sped of the approaching vehicle. In case the vehicle does not stop at place of crossing or decelerate to maximum permitted speed, advantageously adjustable on the traffic sign 155, after the advantageously time elapses from the activation of the signaling equipment 152 on the crosswalk 623, enabling the vehicles to stop or decelerate, the camera records the snapshot of the approaching vehicle 700 and advantageously it transmits it together with respective information for penalization to the monitoring centre 352, which is executed advantageously by the camera, even if the signaling equipment 152 is not activated, but the vehicle 700 exceeds the maximum speed permitted for example by the traffic sign 155. The radar unit 741 or radar unit 158 communicates with connected units via the local connection 154. The camera 226 recording the presence of pedestrian can be optionally located on the signaling equipment 152 or it is integrated into it. To transmit the data about the vehicle speed and signaling equipment 152 activated by the activation member 5_1, the mentioned equipments communicate via the local connection 154. The instruction to change the maximum permitted speed is transmitted to the traffic sign 155 using the local connection 154, as well as to all other equipments and unit of the route. The communication advantageously takes place also via the wireless connection 157 to the monitoring centre 352, as described in fig. 84, from where the commands are advantageously received about the sped, and where the data about the passing vehicles are stored, particularly about its speed, together with its snapshots, particularly in case the vehicle's maximum permitted speed 700 was exceeded, or the vehicle did not stop by the signaling equipment 152 signaling the pedestrians for the adjustable time. The traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed by changing the displayed adjustable speeds, or by not displaying anything in deactivated state and after the activation it displays the adjustable maximum permitted speed lower than the speed permitted in this section by other sign or regulation. The route is optionally terminated by the traffic sign 162 End of all prohibitions about terminating all the existing limitations to speed or about new limitation of speed located advantageously on pole 200 of speed limit sign.

Advantageously, the signaling equipment 152 is completed by lighting 161 of the crossing, which is advantageously activated from the turned off state, or state of the decreased power output, together with the signaling equipment 152, to the full power output to highlight of the crossing in time it is used by the pedestrian. Advantageously, the activation of the activation member 152 together with the lighting of the crossing, is initialized by the activation member 5_1 and further controlled by the timer 171 , which prolongs this activation by the adjustable time from the end of activation member 5_i by pedestrian, which is needed to cross the crossing. In order to prevent influencing of the driver reaction abilities, advantageously the dimmer 164 is used, which controls the progressive start and run out of the lighting 161 of the crossing. If the dimmer j_64 is used, advantageously LED lights are used for lighting 1_61_ of the crossing. The camera 226 recording the presence of pedestrian and the radar unit 158. 741 can be adapted for change of the analysis of the maximum permitted speed, according to the maximum permitted speed displayed on the traffic sign 155.

Fig. 86 shows the situation view of the route of safe crossing, for transparency only on one traffic lane in the direction of arrow S, the opposite direction can be equipped similarly. Fig. 86 furthermore shows the crossing 623 advantageously implementable by marking the crossing 220, which is mentioned here as example of possible solution, or the crossing is implemented without the marking of the crossing 220, and is advantageously marked by the traffic sign 46 Pedestrian crossing, without marking on the roadway. The crossing 623 with marking of the crossing 220 is advantageously marked by the traffic sign 46 Pedestrian crossing, which is mentioned here as one example. The mentioned example is optionally implementable with any of the combination and amount of the mentioned units. The pedestrian activates the activation member 5J_, and this the signaling equipment 152 with signaling member 50, which activates via the connection 154 advantageously the interconnected units, advantageously the traffic signs 155 changing the maximum permitted speed, which changes the displaying of the maximum permitted speed for example from 50 km/h to 20 km/h, or turns on the extinguished display and displays for example 20 km/h, when previous was the higher limitation of speed e.g. 50 km/h by means of the traffic sign or regulation, thus decreasing the maximum permitted speed from this traffic sign 155 for example from 50 km/h to 20 km/h. At the same time, the first advance signaling member 50b is activated, advantageously with symbols of pedestrians or inscription for example "ATTENTION - PEDESTRIANS" . or their combination, advantageously advanced for example by 150 m, and advantageously located on the traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed. At the same time, advantageously for displaying of symbols ort inscription, the second advance (for example 100 meters) signaling member 50c is activated, for example the third advance (for example 50 meters) signaling member 50d, advantageously located on the radar unit 1_58 adapted for displaying of the speed, to which the signaling equipment 152 advantageously transmits the data information about the activated state. During this activation of the signaling equipment 152, the radar unit 158 adapted for displaying of the speed advantageously decreases the analysis of the original maximum permitted speed, for example from 50 km h to 20 km/h, and in case the vehicle exceeds such speed, it advantageously changes the display color, for example from green to red, and/or starts to flash and advantageously activates the display 861 , for example with inscription "SLOWLY" to notify the drivers they exceed the speed. In case the signaling equipment 152 is not activated, this notification is advantageously initiated upon exceeding the undowered maximum permitted speed, for example 50 km/h. The route of the crossing can be optionally assembled with respect to number or type of mentioned units, for example number of advance signaling members 50b - 50d, or the route can be made without them. The camera 226 recording the presence of pedestrian records advantageously the vehicles exceeding the permitted speed. I case of signaling equipment 152 activation for minimum adjustable time, necessary to stop or decelerate the vehicles, the camera 226 advantageously records the vehicles, which did not stop or decelerate by the crosswalk, as detected by the radar unit 158, 741 or sensor 860 of vehicle stopping. The camera 226 is advantageously sometimes or fully replaced with dummy to make the equipment cheaper. The camera 226 advantageously transmits the data about the recorder vehicles to monitoring centre 352 with all the information for penalization.

Fig. 86 furthermore shows the example of signaling 840 for pedestrians, advantageously with usage of 230 V power supply, which is advantageously added to the crossing route.

When the signaling equipment 152 is deactivated, the signaling 840 for pedestrians is put in the first signaling state, and commands or recommends not to cross, advantageously with signaling member 50a for pedestrians, implementable advantageously by inscriptions and/or symbols and/or signaling light 849 for pedestrians. These commands are for example implementable by inscription "DO NOT CROSS" or red pedestrian symbol or red light. It is advantageously deactivated and thus does not signal, after the adjustable time from activation of the signaling equipment 1 2 by means of the activation member 5_i, necessary for deceleration or stopping of vehicles, advantageously as based on displaying of lowered speed by the traffic sign 155, or signaling by means of the advance signaling member 50b - 50d, or maximum permitted speed determined for example by traffic sign or regulation. Or, after the adjustable time elapses, instead of deactivation of the signaling 840 for pedestrians, the first state changes to the second state, which advantageously signals the recommendation or command for the pedestrians to wait for vehicles to stop, by means of inscription, for example "DO NOT CROSS, IF VEHICLES ARE TRAVELLING", or prompts to be careful when crossing, for example by means of symbol of pedestrian in orange color, or by means of orange light, advantageously flashing or by the combination thereof.

In the transparent description, the route of the crossing in fig. 86 advantageously begins with the first advance signaling member 50b, advantageously on the pole with traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed of vehicle, which is advantageously activated identically as the first to third advance traffic signs of signaling members 50b - 0d by activation of the signaling equipment 152. Advantageously, the information about the approaching crossing, for example approaching in 150 m, 100 m or 50 m, is located advantageously on the first information sign 863 about the oncoming crosswalk up to the third information sign 865 about oncoming crosswalk. The third advance signaling member 50d is advantageously located on the radar unit 158 adapted for speed displaying and advantageously informs the drivers about the approaching crossing and that the pedestrian activated the signaling equipment 152. The traffic sign 155 changing the speed limit of vehicle to lower one upon the activation of the signaling equipment 152 by pedestrian lowers the maximum permitted speed of vehicle at the same time with radar unit 158 adapted to display the speed, which shows to drivers that such lowered speed was exceeded for example by changing from green to flashing red, and advantageously by inscription on the additional display 861 , for example "SLOWLY". The radar camera advantageously makes the snapshot of the vehicle exceeding the speed, or which did not stop by the crosswalk after adjustable time and after the activation of the signaling equipment 152, advantageously for penalization. To make the route cheaper, the dummy camera is used and the camera is advantageously used only sometimes. Fig. 87 shows the simplified version of deceleration of vehicles in front of the signaling equipment 152 by the crosswalk, in case its activation by pedestrian, where the traffic sign 155, advance of the signaling equipment 152, is also activated together with it and thus lowers the speed to adjustable value. The signaling equipment 152 is activated by the activation member 5_i using the sensor, for example sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, or using the button 174. The decreased speed is advantageously terminated by the traffic sign 162, on which advantageously the dummy camera 327 is located, advantageously with signal light 328 of camera, advantageously replaceable with the camera recording the presence of the pedestrian to psychologically motivate the drivers to observe the lowered speed. Advantageously, the traffic sign 871 No overtaking is located on pole 7 of the traffic sign 155.

Fig. 88 shows the economic version of the crossing route described in fig. 87 with the following safety elements, where, to save the costs, the signaling equipment 152 is without the signaling member 50, or it is designed cheaply using the LED strips 872 turned on or flashing upon activation of signaling equipment 152, attached for example by sides to the traffic sign 46 Pedestrian crossing, and/or traffic sign 60 Attention pedestrian crossing, located in front of the traffic sign 46. Advantageously, the signaling member 50 consisting of lighting strips 331 attached above the traffic sign 46 Pedestrian crossing, and/or traffic sign 60, and flashing upon the activation of the activation member 5_i by pedestrian, and advantageously turned on progressively from right to left after termination of this activation of the activation member 5L to show the movement of pedestrian for adjustable time, or for the time of pedestrian detection on the roadway by means of the sensor 222.

The route is advantageously completed by traffic sign 60 Attention pedestrian crossing and sign, for example "Crossing in 50 m", advantageously with strips 872 and/or lighting strips. To increase the motivation of drivers to observe the traffic regulation, the speed measurement sign 3 is added, for example with inscription "Speed measurement" and/or "Red light camera", and the dummy camera 327 has flash 873 of dummy camera, flashing in time intervals or this flash is adapted to flash upon the passing of vehicles, advantageously travelling by speed exceeding the maximum permitted speed given by the traffic sign 155 or regulation.

To increase the safety of crossing, traffic sign 155 is located in front of signaling equipment 152, which lowers the maximum permitted speed by displaying the lower speed upon activation of signaling equipment 152.

From the mentioned safety elements those are selected, which ensure reaching the safety level corresponding to the invested costs. For saving, alternatively the mechanical traffic sign 155m with slats controlled by the electromotor or solenoid, which show two speed by means of rotation.

Fig. 89 shows in part A the situation upon the activation of the traffic sign 155 with the convoy of vehicles 15 behind the traffic sign 155, and the convoy of vehicles 16 in front of the traffic sign 155, creating the continuous convoy.

The situation B shows the vacant space 17, which can be used by pedestrians for crossing. The vacant space 17 is created by convoy J_5 not being influenced by the decrease of speed and goes faster, for example by 50 km/h, than the convoy 16, travelling by decreased speed, for example by 20 km h. The length of vacant space Γ7 can be set by the distance of the traffic sign 155 from crossing 623, advantageously consisting of marked crossing 220 for pedestrians or without the marking of crossing for pedestrians.

The situation C shows that if the mechanical traffic sign 773 is used, which is not variable, instead of the light traffic sign, no vacant space is created in the convoy, which would allow the pedestrian to cross, because the vehicle travel the same speed.

Fig. 90 shows the lighting of the crossing, where each of both lighting fixtures 182 of the crossing on the pole of public lighting 189 with fastening mechanism 188 of the fixture illuminates with limited cone of light 471 the illuminated part 197 of the sidewalk 2 by the crosswalk to highlight the pedestrian, and from both sides advantageously the part of the illuminated section 1_98 of the roadway by means of one light, approximately three quarters of roadway 1, which enables to fasten these lighting fixtures 182 lower than standard lights, advantageously in height of approximately of 4 m on the lighting pole 266 of the crossing, or advantageously on extended pole 7, where the traffic sign is advantageously located and/or signaling equipment 152, because thus it does not dazzle the pedestrian, whereas for standard lighting, each lighting fixture illuminates more than entire crossing. The limited cone of light is achieved advantageously by means of lenses 193 and/or to limit the diffusion, advantageously the lighting fixture 182 is equipped with the shading plates 462. The lighting fixtures are advantageously directionally adjustable on the fastening mechanism 188 on the pole.

To emphasize the pedestrian 26 by the crosswalk, advantageously on the pole 266 of lighting of the crossing, there is the lighting fixture 191 for pedestrian on the crosswalk in lower height than the standard lighting fixture 182 of the crossing, with cone of light 204 of pedestrian illumination limited to the area of pedestrians waiting on the sidewalk to cross, advantageously by the button 174, which illuminates the pedestrian to make him/her more visible before entering the crossing. The lighting fixture 191 for pedestrian by the crosswalk, advantageously activated only for the duration of the activation of the activation member 51, pressing of button or activation of the sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk 623.

Fig. 91 shows, how, for the alternative combined variant with signaling, advantageously concurrently for the duration of pressing of button, also the signaling member 50^" to the opposite direction is activated, advantageously orange light and signaling member 50 for approaching vehicles 700, which is advantageously activated for adjustable time necessary to cross the crossing. The pedestrian is advantageously prompted by the instruction sign 629 to keep the button pressed, until the vehicles are fully stopped.

The pedestrian is motivated to keep the button pressed by the lighting fixture 191 of pedestrian and the signaling by the signaling member 50^" to the opposite direction, which he/she sees, and which lasts advantageously only during the pressing of button 74. The illumination of the crossing with the lighting fixture 182 of the crossing is advantageously activated also by the button 174 and lasts for the adjustable time necessary to cross the crossing, at the same time with the activation of the signaling member 50.

Alternatively, the activation member 5J_ is used advantageously to activate the lighting of the crossing and/or pedestrian, advantageously consisting of sensor 22Λ for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk instead of the button 74, advantageously consisting of crossing 220. and the cone of light 204 of lighting of pedestrians can be extended over the entire length of the crossing limited to the sidewalk lane 280 related to the crossing 220, see fig. 90. Fig. 92 shows the screens 362 of the lighting fixture 191 advantageously consisting of fixed shading plates 462.

Fig. 93 shows the screens 362 with two fixed shading plates 462 and two adjustable shading plates 462 on the joint 265.

Fig. 94 shows the screens 362 with adjustable shading plates 462' with covering corners 823 fastened in corners to the adjustable shading plates 462^' .

Fig. 95 shows the lighting fixture 191 for pedestrian by the crosswalk with continuous light, advantageously white, for the pedestrians by the crosswalk, which is turned on advantageously for the duration of the activation by the activation member 51 , advantageously consisting of button 174, to advantageously highlight the pedestrian, or it is advantageously flashing, or it is advantageously switched in adjustable intervals to various colors, advantageously from white to red, or it is a colored. It is advantageously powered from the solar power source 808 and therefore has relatively small power input, lower than the lighting fixture 182 of the crossing, and it is advantageously consisting of high performance LED. It is located close to the pedestrian 26, substantially lower than the lighting fixture 182, with narrow cone of light focused by the lens and/or fixed shading plates 462 to the pedestrian 26 by the crosswalk, in front of the activation member 5J_, advantageously consisting of button 174. The control unit 806 of solar power source controlling the charging module 836 detects, whether the included accumulator 807 is discharged under the adjustable value. In such case the control unit 806 of solar power source 808 disconnects the lighting fixture 191 for pedestrian by the crosswalk in order to prevent complete discharge of the accumulator 807 and to ensure power for the signaling equipment 152, also in case that the lighting fixture 191 for pedestrian by the crosswalk does not have its own independent power source. Alternatively, the control unit 806 of solar power source switches over the mode of lighting fixture 191 of the pedestrian by the crosswalk to flashing, which will have longer intervals as the accumulator 807 is progressively discharged, up until it is completely turned off, or the unit decreases the power output advantageously using the dimmer 164. The sound module 809 advantageously notifies the pedestrian 26, in case he/she prematurely releases the button Γ74 before the adjustable interval elapses, for example until three seconds, that he/she has to keep the button pressed, which is advantageously announced by the instruction sign 629, advantageously backlighted or flashing and/or by button premature release warning light 810. The pedestrian is encouraged with instruction sign 629 to activate the activation member 51 , advantageously by keeping the button 74 pressed until the vehicles stop. This ensures safe crossing, because if for example the pedestrian keeps the button pressed, he/she cannot be at the same time present on the crosswalk. To motivate the pedestrian to press the button, minimum one of the following units visible to the pedestrian is turned on upon its activation, namely lighting fixture 191 for pedestrian, signaling member 50, to the opposite direction, additional signaling member 50, , , for driver, and lighting fixture 182 of the crossing. To motivate the pedestrian to keep the button pressed, these units are turned off by deactivating the activation member 5_i, advantageously consisting of button 174. Such motivation of the pedestrian to keep the button pressed until the vehicles come to a complete stop, is based on the fact the pedestrian sees the activation of these units as a consequence of him activating the activation member. Independently on deactivation of the activation member 5_i, the lighting fixture 182 of the crossing advantageously stays turned on and the signaling member 50 stays activated during the adjustable time of presumed presence of the pedestrian in the marked crossing 220, or during the time of detection of the pedestrian on the marked crossing 220 by the sensor 222 for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk. The activation of this lighting fixture 182 and activation member 5_i is also advantageously initiated by the activation of the activation member 5_I .

Fig. 96 and 97 show the signaling equipment 152 adapted for activation by detection of the pedestrian by the crosswalk 623, advantageously consisting of marked crossing 220, where the sensor 1007 of direction of crossing detects only the pedestrians walking towards the crossing. It is advantageously consisting of the camera sensor or combination of sensors 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, and the sensor 825 of the gate activates the signaling equipment 152 only for pedestrian approaching towards the crossing in direction of arrow 827 of direction of pedestrians movement. The detection zone 824 of gate is limited to the narrow strip or it consists of the laths 828 of gate, and in it are detected the pedestrians approaching in direction of arrow 827 in direction of pedestrian movement and advantageously activates the sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk with detection zone 829 by crossing for the adjustable time interval. In case that during this time interval the pedestrian enters the detection zone 829 by the crosswalk, the sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk is further activated for the during of pedestrian detection in this detection zone 829 by the crosswalk, prolonged by the adjustable interval of time presumably necessary to cross the crossing. Alternatively, instead of this adjustable time interval to cross the crossing, the sensor 222 for detection of pedestrian in the area for crossing is used, which detects the pedestrians on the crosswalk, namely in detection zone 830 on the crosswalk. This sensor 222 is activated by pedestrian leaving the activated detection zone 829 by the crosswalk, as detected by the sensor 22J_ for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, which in this instant activates the sensor 222, using the control unit 153 of signaling equipment, controlling the signaling equipment 152 particularly according to the state of sensors and buttons For the adjustable time interval necessary to move from detection zone 829 by the crosswalk to detection zone 830 on the crosswalk, the sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk advantageously stays activated and for the duration of such activation, it further keeps the signaling equipment 152 activated. After this time interval for crossing elapses, the sensor 221 is deactivated and the activation function of signaling equipment 152 is taken over by the sensor 222 of pedestrian on the crosswalk, if activated, and this is for the time of pedestrian detection on the crosswalk, for which this sensor 222 is kept activated. If the sensors 221 , 222 for the detection zone 829 by the crosswalk and detection zone 830 on the crosswalk are not activated as described above, they do not detect the presence of the pedestrian in these zones. This means the pedestrian passing from the roadway to detection zone 829 by the crosswalk is not detected by non-activated sensor 221 , because he/she did not pass through the detection zone 824 of the gate and the signaling equipment 152 is not activated. Upon detection of the pedestrian in the detection zone 829 by the crosswalk, the activated sensor 221 activates the signaling equipment 152, advantageously to signal the drivers the information "Pedestrians by the crosswalk", and when the pedestrian leaves this zone, such signaling equipment signals the state "Pedestrians on the crosswalk", advantageously for the adjustable time. In alternative embodiment, the signaling equipment 152 to signal the state "Pedestrians on the crosswalk", is activated by the sensor 222 for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk, for the duration of pedestrian presence detected on the crosswalk, if it is activated by the sensor 221. In another alternative, instead of sensor 825 of gate the activation member 5_1 is used, activated by the pedestrian, advantageously the button 174, which activates the sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk. Furthermore, the process is the same as when the sensor 825 of gate is used. The sensor 825 of gate is advantageously consisting of motion sensor 842 of gate with lens, and advantageously with limitation by the screens to ensure narrow strip 826 of the detection zone, or by the laths 828 of gate. The sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk is advantageously the ultrasonic sensor, advantageously consisting of several ultrasonic sensors 845 with 1 -4 zones, i.e. the first detection zone 841 , the second detection zone 842, the third detection zone 843 and the fourth detection zone 844, whereas these zones are adjusted with various range to achieve the required shape of the detection zone 829 by the crosswalk, or the sensors are motion or combined sensors. Advantageously, the sensor 221 is completed with the motion sensors, advantageously with dual combined radar sensor detecting the moving pedestrian, while the ultrasonic sensors 845 detect the pedestrian standing by the crosswalk. Another alternative uses advantageously the motion sensor 221. The sensor 222 for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk is advantageously a motion sensor with broad detection angle to cover the detection zone 830 on the crosswalk, whereas the zone 830 is advantageously detected by the sensors 222 from both sides of the roadway. The mentioned example of the combination of the sensors 221 , 842 or button 74 minimizes the false activation of the signaling equipment 152, created particularly when the pedestrian passes through the activation zone 829 by the crosswalk, coming from the other side of the crossing, or by pedestrians passing along the crossing, or by the passing vehicles.

Advantageously, the sensor 221 and button 174 are connected, whereas the pedestrian is advantageously encouraged by the instruction sign to use the button 174, which increases the safety, since he/she is advantageously encourage to keep it pressed, until the vehicles come to a stop. In case the pedestrian does not use the button 174, he/she is secured by the signaling equipment 152 activated by the sensor 221 , advantageously by the sensor combined with sensor 825 of gate, to eliminate the false signaling. The sensor 221 also secures the signaling in case that the pedestrian pressed the button, but did not keep it pressed, and such securing is maintained during the time the pedestrian is detected in detection zone 829 by the crosswalk, prolonged by the adjustable interval of time or by the sensor 222 detection. Alternatively, the sensor 221 and/or sensor 222 are completed or replaced by cameras 846 adapted for detection of the pedestrian by or on the crosswalk 623.

Fig. 98 and 99 show the signaling equipment 152 adapted for signaling for the pedestrians so that the vehicles approaching the crossing are detected by the radar unit 741 and/or sensors 838 detecting vehicles in motion. If these vehicles are in motion, the signaling equipment 152 signals using the instruction sign 629 with inscription 847 for example "Moving vehicles, do not cross!", advantageously backlighted or emphasized by the warning light 848 of highlighting and/or signaling light 837 for pedestrians above the sign, advantageously above the inscription sign 629 and/or signaling member 50a for the pedestrians, advantageously located on the opposite signaling equipment, advantageously consisting of signaling 840 for pedestrians, in the form of inscription for example "Moving vehicles, do not cross!" or symbols, for example of red pedestrian, advantageously crossed, or in the form of warning signaling light 849 for pedestrians, which is advantageously orange, or forbidding the crossing, advantageously red. When the activation member 5_I is activated by the button 174, and the pedestrian keeps this button pressed according to the instructions, until the vehicles come to a stop, in case the pedestrian releases this button prematurely, while the vehicles are still moving, the instruction sign 629 advantageously shows the inscription 839 calling to hold button pressed until the vehicles come to a stop. As soon as the moving vehicles are not detected any more, all mentioned signaling related to moving vehicles is terminated. In another alternative the display detecting camera 846 takes the snapshot in case the button 174 was pressed by the pedestrian, or the pedestrian detection sensor 221 by the crosswalk detected the pedestrian by the crosswalk for the time longer than is the adjustable time enabling the vehicles to stop, which means the signaling equipment 152 was activated for such period of time and at the same time, the radar unit 158 adapted to display the speed or the sensor 838 detecting the vehicles detected the vehicle in area of crossing either in movement or travelling above the adjustable speed limit. The camera 846 advantageously detects the display of radar unit 158 adapted to display the vehicle speed, pedestrians by the crosswalk, where the vehicle speed is measured by the external or internal radar unit 741 , furthermore it detects the activated signaling member 50 of the signaling equipment 152 and register the time of its activation, this is transmitted as data to this camera, advantageously together with vehicle speed, and furthermore it records the vehicle with license plate. The camera takes advantageously the snapshot with mentioned data also when the permitted vehicle speed is exceeded, even if the signaling equipment 152 was not activated. The data and information are advantageously processed in camera and/or in the control unit 153 of signaling equipment, to gather the documentation data necessary to issue a penalty to the driver, in the form of digital data, or the partially visually based on snapshot taken by the camera 846, and/or as data transmitted to and save in the camera 846 and/or control unit 153 of signaling equipment 152.

Fig. 100 shows the radar unit 158 adapted to display the vehicle speed and connected to the external or internal radar unit 741 , so the vehicle speed measured by it is advantageously displayed on this radar unit 158 adapted to display the speed. Advantageously the camera 226 recording the presence of pedestrian, external or internal, integrated in radar unit 158 adaptable to display the speed, detects the vehicles exceeding the permitted speed. The control unit 856 of display equipment processes the data about the vehicle exceeding the speed, which is the vehicle speed in the time the snapshot was taken, vehicle license plate on the snapshot, time of snapshot and other, and send such data wirelessly to the monitoring centre 352 or saves them advantageously on the removable memory media. The data is then processed in the alarm receiving centre, advantageously to have the documentation enabling to issue a penalty to the driver. In order to make it cheaper, the vehicle license plate is alternatively not processed in the form of data in the control unit 153, but visually at the monitoring centre 352.

Fig. 101 shows the signaling member 50 for the driver consisting of the inscription 87 of signaling member and symbols 853 adaptable for independent activation. While the inscription 87 is comprehensible only to the driver speaking the respective language, the symbols 853 are international. The symbols are advantageously adapted to display the pedestrians by the crosswalk, when they are displayed in statically, for example as the pedestrians standing on the crosswalk, or dynamically, for example as simulation of walk. The combination of symbols 853 and inscription 87 emphasizes for the drivers the pedestrians intending to use the crossing, or pedestrians already crossing, thus increasing the safety of the crossing. Making the symbols 853 comprehensible internationally, the inscriptions 87 are adaptable for alternating display in various languages, whereas the symbols display the actual condition of the crossing.

The inscriptions 87 are adaptable for the dual-state signaling, advantageously the first state can be displayed for example with the inscription: "BE CAREFUL - CROSSING", and the second state of the occupied crossing with the inscription: "ATTENTION -

Fig. 102 shows the example of embodiment of the signaling equipment 152 with the signaling 840 for pedestrians powered by the network voltage, advantageously by 230 V, for simplicit only in direction of one lane, and can consists advantageously of the signaling member 50a for pedestrians, which in deactivated state of the signaling equipment 152 in the first state signals to pedestrians that it is forbidden to cross or recommended not to cross.

When the activation member 5J_ is not excited anymore by the pedestrian button 174 or after beginning of its excitation by the sensor 221 , the signaling member 50a for pedestrians, after the time necessary for the vehicles 700 to stop, advantageously goes to the second state, which signals the command or recommendation to wait until the vehicles are stopped before the crossing, which advantageously lasts until the deactivation of the signaling equipment 152. Such deactivation advantageously occurs after adjustable time from the beginning or the end of activation of the activation member 5_1_, or after the detection by the sensor 222 for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk is terminated. Then the signaling member 50a goes back to the first state.

Furthermore, fig. 102 shows he same example of the signaling equipment 152 with signaling 840 for pedestrians, but with the solar power source or the voltage for the streetlights used for powering. In order to save the power, the signaling 840 for pedestrians is also deactivated upon deactivation of the signaling equipment 152, and advantageously it does not signal. It is activated advantageously upon detection of the pedestrians by the sensor 221 or pedestrian detection sensor 1008 with wider zone coverage, and signals the first state commanding or recommending not to cross. Advantageously, the sensor 825 of gate is placed in front of the pedestrian detection sensor 221 by the place for crossing and the activation of the signaling 840 for pedestrians is executed both after the pedestrian passes the detection zone 824 of sensor of gate, which activates the sensor 221 , and after the pedestrian enters the detection zone 829 by the crosswalk of sensor 221 during the adjustable time. Such setup ensures the elimination of the sensor 221 activation by the pedestrians coming from the other side of the crossing. After the signaling equipment 152 is activated by the activation member 5 _ by the pedestrians, or after its excitation by the button 174 is terminated, after the adjustable waiting time elapses necessary for vehicles 700 to stop, the first state of the signaling 840 changes to the second state commanding or recommending to wait until the vehicles stop in front of the crossing, which lasts until the deactivation of the signaling equipment 152, when the signaling member 50a is deactivated together with the signaling 152 equipment, and it does not signal.

Fig. 102a shows the display 1000 of time of waiting, on which the time remaining to wait for the change from the first state to the second state is displayed on the display 1000. The waiting time begins with the maximum time and the remaining waiting time is advantageously displayed in seconds up until 0. When using the activation member 51 consisting of the switch 1 14 of the first variant, advantageously, when the switch 1 14 is not activated by the pedestrian, and in case the pedestrian is detected by the sensor 221 within the zone 829, the waiting time starts to count down for the change from the first to the second state, such time being advantageously displayed on the display 1000. Such substitute mode of waiting time countdown, when the switch 1 14 is not activated, can be implemented also with powering from the network or when switch 1 14 and sensor 825 of gate are used, completed by sensor 221.. In the second variant, the waiting time starts to count down also with the activated switch 1 14, and when the switch is deactivate, the countdown stops.

To eliminate the pedestrian approach to the detection zone 829 without passing the detection zone 824 of gate in direction of arrow, advantageously the barriers 1001 are installed, advantageously consisting of the hand rails.

Fig. 102b shows the active part 1002 of gate, which is in certain height H above the ground, so it does not detects the animals 1003.

Fig. 103 and its details show the examples of displaying the states of the signaling member 50a for pedestrians, described in fig. 102, and advantageously consisting of inscription 1004 and/or recommending symbol 1005 and/or light 849.

Detail 1 Fig. 103 shows the example of the first state signal of the recommending type of the signaling member 50a for pedestrians, with the recommending inscription 1004 not to cross, for example "USE SIGNALING BEFORE CROSSING", and/or symbol 1005 of pedestrian and/or light 849, both in orange color meaning recommendation and/or caution.

Detail 2 Fig. 103 shows the example of the first state signal DO NOT CROSS of the commanding type of signaling member 50a for pedestrians, for example the inscription 1004 "DO NOT CROSS", or the symbol 1005 of pedestrian or commanding light 849, both in red color.

Detail 3 Fig. 103 shows the example of the second state signal of CONDITIONAL CROSSING of the recommending type of the signaling member 50a for pedestrians, with inscription 1004 for example: "DO NOT CROSS, IF VEHICLES ARE MOVING", and/or symbol 2005 and/or light 849, both in continuous or flashing orange color, or in red flashing color demanding the caution. The inscription 1004 with text "Do not cross, if vehicles are travelling fast" or "Wait until the vehicles slow down" is used, if the traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed is used.

Detail 4 Fig. 103 shows the example of the second state of the commanding type of the signaling member 50a, namely the inscription 1004 "Cross now" and/or the symbol 1005 of walking pedestrian in green color and/or green light 849. Fig. 104 shows the location of the inscriptions 1004 and/or symbols 1005 and/or lights 849 of the signaling member 50a on the pole 7, which is intended for pedestrians from the other side of the crossing 623 and/or advantageously located on the panel of instructions 8 above the activating panel 9 visible to the pedestrians upon the activation of the switch 1 14.

The panel 8 of instructions may visualize, upon the first state signal of the signaling member 50a, in preferred example by illumination, the symbol 1005, which is advantageously consisting of the standing pedestrian on red light background, advantageously beside the first inscription! 004', advantageously "DO NOT CROSS". Upon the change to the second state, the inscription 1004' is appended by the second inscription 1004" "IF VEHICLES ARE MOVING", so the entire inscription 1004 is "DO NOT CROSS, IF VEHICLES ARE MOVING", and the symbol 1005 advantageously starts to flash, advantageously in red color. The signaling member 50a is placed on the pole 7 and is in the variant 1 advantageously provided with the same inscriptions 1004 and symbols 1005 for the 1 st and 2nd state, as on the panel 8 of instructions. In the preferred variant 2, the signaling member 50a consists of the same symbol 1005 of pedestrian on the red background, as on the panel 8 of instructions, flashing., in the 2nd state. The inscription 1004 is not applied, because the explanation of the symbol is seen by the pedestrian by the same symbol on the panel 8 of instructions.

Fig. 105 shows the visualization of parts of inscriptions 10 of activation before and after the activation of switch 1 14 on the activating panel 9, located on pole 7, advantageously under the panel 8 of instructions.

The inscription 10 illuminates continuously, or it is turned off to save the power, particularly when powered by the solar source of energy. It turns on advantageously upon the detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk 623 by means of sensor, advantageously sensor 221 or 1008. The inscription 10 is advantageously consisting of the upper inscription Κ , "PRESS THE BUTTON", in the backlighted section 1_3, and of the lower inscription 10", located under the first, "KEEP THE BUTTON PRESSED, IF VEHICLES ARE MOVING", in the second backlighted section 14. After turning on, or continuously in the first state, the inscription J_0 is illuminated. After the switch 1 14 is activated, the second state begins and the inscription 10 turns off, and only the inscription 10" is illuminated. The inscription 10" turns off after the switch 114 is released, if not released prematurely.

When the switch 1 14 is released prematurely during the adjustable time from its activation, advantageously the inscription K) is turned on again, until the switch 1 14 is again activated, or until the signaling equipment 152 is deactivated. The inscription J_0 is emphasized advantageously by backlighting or by activation of LED. Advantageously, on the activating panel 9, there is a display ϋ of time of waiting located, advantageously in seconds, advantageously with inscription "PRESS AND HOLD THE BUTTON FOR 10 SECONDS, IF THE VEHICLES ARE MOVING" .

The first state of the signaling member 50a changes to second state, after the switch 1 14 is pressed after the adjustable time from the activation of the switch 1 14, advantageously displayed on the time display Π_., which starts to count down the time from the maximum value to zero, when the second state ends. When the switch is released prematurely, the time being counted down is advantageously stopped and the inscription 10\ "PRESS BUTTON", is displayed until the repeated activation of the switch 1 14, when the time starts to be counted down again.

If the countdown at the display Π_. of time of waiting runs up to zero, the inscription 10 turns off and after adjustable time elapses, it is reset to initial state, i.e. the inscription 10, "PRESS AND HOLD THE BUTTON, IF THE VEHICLES ARE MOVING", turns on, or in case of power saving mode, the inscription 10 displays only when further detection of pedestrian is made.

Fig. 106 shows the signaling equipment 152 with commanding signaling 323, advantageously consisting of three-color traffic light 54. In the first state, when the pedestrian did not activate the activation member 5J_, the commanding signaling 323 signals the vehicles the green light and the signaling member 50p for pedestrians signals the red light. After the activation of the activation member 51 is done, the commanding signaling 323 changes the green light to orange light and after the adjustable time to the red light, while after the adjustable time, the signaling member 5 Op changes the red light to green light. The pedestrian crosses the roadway i, whereas he/she is detected by the sensors 222, which pass the information to the signaling equipment 152 that the pedestrian left the roadway. The signaling equipment 152 processes such information. The signaling member 5 Op signals against the red light and the commanding signaling 323 advantageously, after the orange light, signals the green light. The detection of the pedestrian on the crosswalk with the sensors 222, shortens the time of red light for vehicles, when compared to the crossing during the firmly adjusted time interval.

Advantageously, when the activation member 5J_ is activated for the second time during the adjustable time, the control unit prolongs the waiting time of the pedestrian for green light, advantageously, by the longer time, if there are vehicles 700 in front of the crossing, detected by the sensors 838 of moving vehicles, and/or sensors 838s of standing vehicles, which are advantageously integrated in the combined sensors 838k, Advantageously, the waiting time is increased with increasing number of vehicles in front of the crossing, as detected by the sensors 828k, in order to prevent the creation of convoy of cars.

In order to speed up the traffic, either with high number of pedestrians or small number of vehicles or both, in deactivated state, the signaling equipment 152 is set to green light for pedestrians and to red light for vehicles. The state is changed by the detection of vehicle by sensor 838 detecting vehicles in motion to the green light, advantageously after orange light signalled to vehicles, and red light to pedestrians, after adjustable waiting time, advantageously according to the number of the detected vehicles.

For the usage of the signaling equipment 152 with commanding signaling 323 and signaling member 50p for pedestrians powered by the solar power, the signaling panel 50s and Op is deactivated to save the power. It is activated upon the activation of the activation member 5_i by the pedestrian, or upon the detection of the pedestrian by the sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, advantageously completed by the sensor 825 of gate to eliminate the pedestrians approaching from the other side of the roadway i. Advantageously, the activation begins with the initial state by signaling the red light for pedestrians, and the red light after orange light for vehicles, to stabilize the state on the crosswalk after the signaling was initiated. Then the panel 50s signals the red light to the vehicles and green light to the pedestrians. In order to prevent creation of convoys of vehicles, the red light is signaled on 5 Op to the pedestrian upon the activation of the signaling equipment 152, while green light is signaled to the vehicles on 50s, which is changed after adjustable time to red light to vehicles, which is an initial state described above. This adjustable time is controlled by the number of passing or waiting vehicles detected by the sensors 838, which are advantageously activated upon the activation of the signaling panel 50s, so that the time is longer with higher number of the vehicles. After the adjustable time elapses, which is necessary to cross the roadway, or detected by the pedestrian detection sensors 222 in place of crossing, the signaling panel changes to red light for pedestrians and after the adjustable time elapses, the three-color signaling panel 50s changes to green light for vehicles. In case no other pedestrian is detected, the signaling equipment 152 by the place for crossing is deactivated. Advantageously, the refuge 1006 described in fig. 107 is used. Fig. 107 shows the refuge 1006 enabling the independent signaling for the vehicles in both directions of travel, and their approach independently on pedestrians in opposite direction, to speed up the traffic. To change the red light to green light on the signaling member 50p_ for pedestrians on the refuge 1006, the pedestrian activates the activation member 5 on the sidewalk 2, at one side of the roadway L After signaling and crossing in the traffic lane in direction S similar, as described in fig. 106 for entire roadway, he/she reaches the refuge 1006. There, the pedestrian signals with the activation member 5 to the signaling equipment 1 2 on the other side of the roadway to change the red light to green light, for the traffic in the opposite direction in direction of arrow P, and the signaling is executed the same as it was in the traffic lane in direction S. The pedestrian detection sensors 222 on the place for crossing and the sensors 838 detecting vehicles in motion are advantageously used also for refuge, in order to speed up the traffic.

Fig. 108 shows the access route to the municipality or other place with limited speed of vehicles, which can be secured with the system of signaling equipments in section A to D. In point A, the radar unit 158 adaptable for displaying the measured speed is placed, advantageously containing two sections of the light signalization. The measured speed section 316 displays the actual speed of the approaching vehicle. If the speed exceeds the adjustable permitted sped, as given by the speed limit traffic sign 773, for example 50 km h, the illuminated inscription 315 turns on in the upper section of the radar unit 158, advantageously the illuminated inscription "SLOW DOWN" is illuminated, and advantageously the lower measured speed section 316 changes the color of the digits from green to red. When the adjustable speed limit is exceeded, for example at 70 km/h, the limiting mode is triggered, which activates the traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed in place B by changing the regularly displayed permitted speed, for example "50" to lowered speed limit, for example "40". Advantageously, the traffic sign 155 changing the speed limit can be implemented as deactivated, while the activation is executed only in limiting mode, where the traffic sign displays the lowered speed. In such case, the vehicle driving at speed of 70 km/h would exceed the speed limit by 70-40 = 30 km h in order to issue a stricter penalty, when compared to speed limit exceeded by 20 km/h, when the speed was not lowered. This motivates the driver to decreases the speed. The travel of vehicle from place A to place C is recorded by the camera 226 detecting the presence of the pedestrian, J ocated on the pole at place A or C, which advantageously also recognizes the vehicle license plates and takes the snapshot of driver for his/her penalization. At the end of access route, another speed limit traffic sign 773 is placed, which in case of limiting mode in the preceding route sections means the end of such limitation, and the transition to the normal mode for the traffic within the municipality.

Fig. 109 shows the thoroughfare route within section between place C and D, which can be advantageously completed by inserted section E, F. The radar unit 158 adapted for speed measurement consist of two sections. The traffic sign 155 changing the speed limit at place F, is advantageously activated to change the speed limit in case the vehicle exceeded the permitted speed given by the speed limit traffic sign 773, or traffic sign 155 changing the speed limit. In case of non-observance of the reduced speed given by previous traffic sign 155 of already reduced speed, for example to 40 km/h, the reduced speed, for example 40 km/h, is activated also at this traffic sign 155, or it is advantageously further decreased for example to 30 km/h. The inserted section E-F is advantageously repeated several times, and if the vehicle does not exceed the permitted speed in preceding section, the traffic sign 155 changes to non- decreased speed in the section that follows.

The speed of vehicles in limiting mode, in section between the places A to D, is controlled in relation to decreasing the speed under the limit of regular speed, for example to 40 km h. The return of the traffic sign 155 changing with the speed to the regular state is advantageously controlled by the additional function of the radar unit 158, which would control this change depending on the traffic density, advantageously based on sufficient distance of vehicles travelling at decreased speed, for example 40 km/h, and behind them at non-decreased speed, for example 50 km h, so that the faster vehicles would arrive at lower speed only when they drive again at normal speed, for example at 50 km h, entering the area of an access route at unchanged speed from vehicles with decreased speed.

Fig. 110 shows the cascade 366 of the equipment sets to limit the speed of vehicles, which exceed the permitted speed. Before entering the cascade 366 of the equipment sets, there is a speed limit traffic sign 773 adapting the permitted speed, or the permitted speed is given by the law or regulation. When the vehicle exceeds the permitted speed by the adjustable value, for example 20 km/h, the radar unit 158 transmits the signal to traffic sign 155 via the connection 154, which turns on and displays the lower speed than the one displayed on speed limit traffic sign 773, for example by 10 km h, i.e. 40 km h. This decreases the vehicle exceeding the speed. In order to increase the effect, the set 366 of equipments includes the dummy 367 radar camera recording the vehicle for the penalization purposes. Such camera is interchangeable by the real camera, in order to prevent drivers to be sure whether they are recorded or not to ensure they decrease the speed. When the vehicles arrive to the following set 366 of equipments, the vehicles are measured by another radar unit 158, which received the information over the connection 154 from the preceding radar unit 158, related to whether the speed was decreased. In case the vehicle does not exceed such speed, the traffic sign 155 is deactivated and does not display any sped, or it displays the permitted speed given by the speed limit traffic sign 773 placed before entrance to the cascade, or given by the regulation in municipality, for example 50 km/h. In case the vehicle exceeds such permitted speed given by the preceding traffic sign, it displays again the decreased speed, the same as the previous traffic sign 155, i.e. for example 40 km/h, or to issue the emphasized instruction to slow down, even lower speed limit, for example 30 km/h.

The thoroughfare via another systems is similar, whose number is selectable as necessary so that the entire route is advantageously covered to efficiently decrease the speed.

In order to prevent the vehicle to continue at increased speed, when the driver notoriously did not react to traffic sign 155, advantageously the commanding signaling 323 is alternatively placed in the sets 366 of equipments, advantageously consisting of three-color traffic light 54, which advantageously switches from green light via orange to red light, for the adjustable time, in case of passing of vehicle exceeding the maximum permitted speed, determined advantageously by the traffic sign 155 by the adjustable value.

Fig. I ll shows the set 366 of equipment for lowering the speed, combined with the signaling equipment 152. The traffic sign 155 is activated to decrease the displayed speed by turning on the illumination or by changing to the lower speed, upon the activation of the signaling equipment 152 by the pedestrian. The traffic sign 155 is advantageously activated also by the radar unit 158 adapted to display the speed in case the permitted speed is exceeded by the vehicle. Further passing of vehicle is the similar as described in figures 85, 86, 102, 109 or 110. The traffic sign 155 turns off or changes to the originally permitted speed upon the deactivation of the signaling equipment 152, or after the adjustable time elapses, when activated by the radar unit 158.

The radar unit 741 with camera 226 recording the presence of pedestrian, is adapted to record the vehicles exceeding the changing permitted speed given by the traffic sign 155, according to which speed was set in the instant the recorded vehicle passed by, and at the same time also to record the vehicles, which did not stop by the crosswalk 623 when the signaling equipment 152 was activated for the adjustable time necessary for stopping. Fig. 112 shows the cascade of the measured sections, which advantageously begins at place A with the warning sign 364, explaining the drivers that if they will not observe the permitted speed, it will be lowered, for example with inscription "OBSERVE THE SPEED, OTHERWISE LOWERING". Behind it, at place B, a radar unit 158 is advantageously located, adaptable for displaying the measured speed, advantageously with inscription "SLOW DOWN, OTHERWISE LOWERING", to the vehicles exceeding the permitted speed. Furthermore, between the places C-F, there are traffic signs 155 placed, changing the speed limit to speed lower than for example 50 km/h, which was permitted by the speed limit traffic 773 sign in front of the cascade entry, in case the preceding radar unit 3 14 located in the traffic sign or radar unit 158 recorded the speed limit exceeded, eventually lowering by the adjustable value.

Consequently, when the lowered permitted speed is observed, for example 40 km/h, the permitted speed is displayed again, originally set in front of the cascade entry, for example 50 km/h. Upon repeated non-observance of the speed, the speed is advantageously lowered by larger value, for example to 30 km/h. The traffic signs 155 have advantageously integrated the radar unit 158, which replaces the advance radar unit 158, which controls them by means of the control unit 156 of the traffic sign and sw itches according to the measured speed of the vehicles passing by.

Fig. 113 shows the improved powering of the signaling equipments in the road traffics, for example by creating the commanding signaling 323 on the pedestrian crossings, which enables cheaper installation. The solution according to fig. 113 it enables to simplify the construction preparations for powering of the commanding signaling 323 by implementing the low-voltage cable 321 powering, for example 24 V, which does not require the demanding excavation works, as for example the 230 V AC line. The power source is the feeder line from lamp 320 of public lighting, to which the low voltage power source 68 is connected, for example 24 V DC.

Fig. 114 shows the functions of the voltage source 68 of 24 V DC. 230 V AC voltage from the distribution line from lamp of public lighting is converted by the transformer 324 to lower voltage, which is then rectified by the rectifier 325 with the output voltage for example 24 V DC. The current for the public lighting is turned off during the daylight. Due to this fact, advantageously the backup battery 326 is the part of 24 V DC voltage source 68, which is recharged during night, whereas during.day, it powers the operation of the traffic light. The low DC voltage, advantageously 24 V or other suitable voltage is intended for equipment 365 of the route, for which it is adapted, for example signaling equipment 152 or commanding signaling 323.

Fig. 115 shows the equipment 365 of route, advantageously the lighting of the crossing 220 or commanding signaling 323 for traffic control, which is adapted for 230 V AC voltage. To use the advantage of the low voltage distribution, the transformer 324 is used to decrease the voltage from 230 V to low voltage for example 36 V, and the second transformer 324 is used to transform the voltage back to original value, for example 230 V AC, to power the equipment 365 of the route, to which such equipment is adapted, for example the lighting fixture 182.

Alternatively, the low-voltage distribution over the low-voltage cable 321 is used, with the rectifier 325 at the side of the equipment 365 of the route, which is advantageously completed by the backup battery 326 for powering during the time, when the public lighting is turned off, for example by 36 V, and which is advantageously connected directly to the electronics of the lighting fixture 182.

Fig. 116 shows the dummy camera 327 with simple control including the sensor 746 detecting a passing vehicle, which activates the signal light 328 of dummy camera so that it is turned on for each passing vehicle. This plausibly imitates the dummy camera real function. The dummy camera 327 is advantageously placed on the pole of lamp 320 of public lighting. The dummy camera 327 can advantageously contain the accumulator battery recharged from the public lighting, or from the solar panel in order to ensure function of the equipment during daylight. The dummy camera can be advantageously completed by the advance pole with radar unit 158 adaptable for displaying the measured speed for the display of the section, advantageously the section display with displayed inscription "SLOW DOWN" upon the exceeding of the set speed, for example 50 km/h. The sensor 746 detecting passing vehicles advantageously replaces the radar unit 158. and transmits the information about the passing vehicle 700 to the dummy camera 327.

Fig. 117 shows the lighting of the crossing 220 for pedestrians in area of the roadway by means of the lighting fixture 182 of the crossing, as was described in fig. 90, but here from top view. The lighting fixture 182 and 182' of the crossing are provided by segments and/or lenses so that the lit part 317 of the crossing is bordered by the crosswalk 220 and so to ensure the illumination also of the parts of sidewalk 363, whereas always approximately three- fourths of the crossing are covered from each side of marked part A and B. The screens protect the pedestrians and drivers against the dazzling, and they do not see the source of lighting up to certain angle of view.

Fig. 118 shows the example of embodiment of the lighting fixture 182 of the crossing, which except for the illumination of the crossing is advantageously equipped on the side of the cover with the signaling member 50, advantageously in the form of the pedestrian symbols or vertical light strips, signaling to vehicle drivers approaching the crossing that there is a pedestrians by or on the crosswalk. The signaling member 50 is controlled by the control unit 319 of the signaling member, located externally on the lighting fixture 182.

Fig. 118a shows the vertical cross section of the lighting fixture of the crossing, in which the LED system 361 is used. In this example, the control unit 319 of the signaling member 50 is placed in the lighting fixture 182 of the crossing.

Fig. 118b shows the vertical cross section of the LED system 361 , which shows, how the light is advantageously limited by the screen 362. advantageously in the form of strip or honeycomb. The strips or honeycombs have the necessary shape to focus the light of individual LEDs 163 around the button to the necessary narrow direction, limited only to the area of the pedestrian crossing and preventing the dazzling of the pedestrians and/or driver.

Fig. 118c shows the view of the screens 362 in direction S for lines of LED 163 around the button, shown in fig. 188e.

Fig. 118d shows the screens 362 for individual LED 163 around the button, instead of the lines. Fig. 118e shows the screens 362 for individual LED in line and lighting strips 331.

Fig. 118f shows the signaling member 50, namely symbols 313 of walking pedestrians 66 or lighting strips 331. consisting of LEDs 163 around the button, which signal by illumination or

flashing, advantageously for the signaling for pedestrians by the crosswalk, or by progressively illuminating from the individual symbols or strips simulating the movement signaling the pedestrian on the crosswalk.

Fig. 119 shows the route for stopping of driver exceeding the maximum permitted speed, with commanding signaling 323. The speed limit traffic sign 773 is at the beginning of the route, which defines the maximum permitted speed, or such speed is defined by other means, for example by the regulation, in this example 50 km/h. The radar unit 158 measures and advantageously displays the speed at the beginning of route, advantageously in green color, and when exceeded, advantageously in different color, advantageously red color. In case the permitted speed is exceeded by the adjustable speed, the command "Stop" is activated to stop vehicle stops on the commanding signaling 323. advantageously consisting of two- color traffic light 53. That traffic light turns on orange light for short time, then the red light. After the adjustable time elapses, such commanding signaling 323 is deactivated and the two- color traffic light 53 changes back to orange color and then it is turned off or the orange light starts to flash. Alternatively, the three-color traffic light 54 is advantageously used, which turns on the continuous green light after the orange light, or the green light is turned off, or the orange light starts to flash. The commanding signaling 323 is alternatively advantageously consisting of alternately flashing traffic light 55, to save the power when powered from accumulator, because this traffic light is turned on only, and flashes red upon activation, compared to two- or three-color traffic light 53, 54, which flashes orange even when deactivates, and the three-color traffic light 54 alternatively in deactivated state rums on the green light, if required by the regulation.

The route is recorded by the camera 226, advantageously provided by recording function of the time, vehicle speed, and signaling state at the commanding signaling 323, to issue a penalty for exceeding the maximum permitted speed or passing on the red light. This camera 226 is advantageously interchangeable with a dummy camera. The commanding signaling 323 consisting of the three-color traffic light 54 or two-color traffic light 53 advantageously flashes the orange light, when not activated.

Fig. 120 shows the route for deceleration of vehicles, where the vehicle is not stopped, but if the vehicle starts to decelerate upon "Stop" signal, advantageously upon displaying the red light on commanding signaling 323,, for stopping. In the instant, when this vehicle decreases the speed to the maximum permitted speed, this commanding signaling changes the signal to "Go", advantageously by turning off the red light or by changing it to green light, so the vehicle may continue without stopping. The radar unit 158 measuring the speed of approaching vehicle is advantageously located on the pole 7 of the commanding signaling 323, or on or in the commanding signaling, or it is located on the advance pole 7. Advantageously, before the red light is activated at the commanding signaling 323, the alternately flashing orange light is activated, when the alternately flashing traffic light 55 is used, for the adjustable time or distance from such traffic light, which enables the vehicle to lower the speed to permitted value, thus preventing the illumination of the red light. For this purpose, the alternately flashing traffic light 55 is adapted to change the color of the light from orange to red and vice versa, using the LED lights.

Advantageously, to implement the commanding signaling 323, the alternately flashing traffic light 55 is used, because such traffic light when not activated, is turned off and have zero power consumption, and is suitable for powering by the solar power, whereas two- or three- color traffic lights are legally regulated to flash orange light upon their deactivation, or to turn on green light continuously, therefore they have certain permanent power consumption, which is a drawback for powering by solar power. Alternatively, if there is no lack of power, the two- 53 or three-color traffic light 54 is advantageously used.

Advantageously, the traffic sign 155 is placed advanced of the commanding signaling 323, which lowers the maximum permitted speed for example to 40 km/h, when the maximum permitted speed is exceeded by the adjustable value, for example 50 km/h given by preceding traffic sign 773 or regulation. Advantageously, the commanding signaling is not activated until 50 km h, which is the target maximum permitted speed.

Because it is presumed that most drivers decrease the speed under 50 km/h, albeit not exactly to 40 km h, the commanding signaling will be activated less frequently than if the traffic sign 1 55 would not be used, which is psychologically beneficial, because it is presumed that it will not become a commonplace and will be better observed.

Fig. 121 shows the economical variant of the route 42 for observance of the speed within the municipality. In order to implement the commanding signaling 323, the alternately flashing traffic light 55 is advantageously used, which, when not activated by the radar unit 158 adaptable for displaying the measured speed when the vehicle exceeds the maximum permitted speed, is turned off and have zero power consumption. This enables to implement the powering by solar power source 808 and the commanding signaling 323 is therefore cheaper and have small dimensions. To further decrease the power consumption, the commanding signaling 323 is optionally activated only when the vehicle exceeds the increased value of the maximum permitted speed, which is increased for example by 10 km/h, i.e. 60 km/h, and the commanding signaling 323 will be therefore activated less frequently than if set to maximum permitted speed for example 50 km/h.

The radar unit 158 adaptable for displaying the measured speed is either located independently, or optionally together with other units included into the compact unit 30 of speed control. To ensure that maximum number of vehicles do not exceed this speed, the pole 7 is provided with speed measurement sign 3, emphasized by the LED stripes 872 and/or inscription for example "Slow down", in case of speeding vehicle. This sign of speed measurement advantageously notifies "Beginning of speed measurement, ' and "Red light camera, , . To emphasize this sign, in economic embodiment, the pole 7 is also provided with dummy camera 327, advantageously interchangeable with camera 226 recording the presence of pedestrian to record the recordings for penalization, for the drivers not to be sure when the recording equipment is operating. For further emphasizing, the dummy 327 is advantageously provided with flash 873 of dummy, which advantageously fires, when the vehicle exceeds the maximum permitted speed. At the end of route, the sign 3 "End of speed measurement" is advantageously placed on the pole 7, with the dummy camera 327 and flash 873 firing upon passing of vehicle detected by the sensor 4 of passing vehicle, which is an economical solution, because it is cheaper than radar unit 158, which can be alternatively used to activate the flash fire when the maximum permitted speed is exceed, or the flash fires regularly.

The activation of the commanding signaling 323 takes place upon exceeding of the maximum permitted speed by the vehicle and lasts for the adjustable time duration, when the vehicle is stopped or until the instant, when the vehicle lowers the speed to maximum permitted speed, i.e. it is only decelerated. The maximum permitted speed is advantageously determined by the advance speed limit traffic sign 773, or this speed is, in location of commanding signaling 323, lowered by the traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed, advantageously to 30 km/h, or such speed is defined by the regulation. Optionally, the signaling is activated upon the extreme exceeding of the maximum permitted speed in location of the commanding signaling 323, which is determined by traffic sign 1_55 changing the maximum permitted speed, i.e. upon the exceeding of this speed more than by adjustable value, for example by more than 20 km h, i.e. upon speed more than 70 km/h, as emphasizing of the extreme exceeding of the speed. The lowering of the speed by the traffic sign 1_55 changing the maximum permitted speed is valid over the entire length of the section 45 of route with reduced speed, relatively short in length of 30 to 50 meters, and terminated by the traffic sign 162 End of all prohibitions. At the beginning of end of route 42, optionally the dummy camera 327 replaces the camera 226 recording the presence of pedestrian for recording of the speeding offences, as needed to increase the psychological effect of the dummy camera 327, which is also increased by placement of the flash 873 of dummy camera, firing periodically or upon the passing of the vehicle. The route 42 can be terminated by the end of the route unit 97^ optionally consisting of the sign 3 and/or camera 226 at the end of relatively long section of route 44, having 100 m to 10 km, in order to cover the entire section of the passage through the municipality or the main overland route. Over the section of route 44 length, there are optionally placeable the continuous units of the route 98 with dummy camera 327 and with optionally placeable flash 873. If these continuous units of the route 98 or end of the route units 97 are not used, the compact unit 30 or optional units integrate within it serve to control the traffic in the place if their location.

On the route, any number of continuous units 98 of the economical variant of route can be placed, advantageously consisting of the optionally determined components located on the pole 7, which the economical route is consisting of, these are advantageously: commanding signaling 323, traffic sign 155 changing the speed limit, dummy camera 327, flash 873, solar power source 808.

These units and components create a set, which is advantageously supplied with the instructions, advantageously directly from the stock, in unified design, to make it even cheaper. The set advantageously includes the initial unit 6 of route and terminal unit 19 of route, and advantageously also the continuous unit 98 of the route.

Fig. 122 shows the signaling equipment 152, whose units and elements are located on or in the compact lighting fixture 182, as for example the control unit 153 of signaling equipment, which among others controls also the signaling member 50 placed on the lighting fixture 182. Optionally, it controls also the dimmer 164 of the lighting fixture and other optional units of the signaling equipment. The compact lighting fixture 182 is advantageously mechanically connected with the pole 7 by means of fastening mechanism 188 of the fixture. The control unit 153 of signaling equipment is interconnected with the pedestrian detecting sensors by the connection cable 23, advantageously with sensors 221 , 222, which are advantageously located on the lighting fixture 182, and/or on activation member 5_1_, advantageously provided with the control button 174. The control unit 153 of signaling equipment controls advantageously the entire signaling equipment 152.

The dimmer 164 controls the start and gradual diming of the lighting fixture 182 in case it is not turned on permanently and in case it is switched on concurrently with activation of the signaling member 50 upon activation of the signaling equipment by the pedestrian with activation member 5_1 , advantageously with the sensor 221 or with the button 174. The dimming is used to prevent affection of driver by sudden turning on of the lighting fixture 182. Due to this reason, instead for turning off the lighting fixture 182 in time, when the signaling equipment 152 is not activated, this lighting fixture 182 is turned on only at the partial power output to notify the driver about the presence of the crossing. The full power output is turned on upon the activation of the signaling equipment 152 by the activation member 5_i, to notify the drive about the pedestrian by or on the crosswalk. Alternatively, the control unit 153 of signaling equipment is located on the pole 7 or on the pole of illumination, from where it controls also the units located on the lighting fixture 182, and advantageously it controls the signaling member 50.

The units located on or in the lighting fixture 182 are advantageously controlled by the control unit 153 of signaling equipment and/or control unit 3 19 of the signaling member for mutual control.

LED signaling member 50, which is advantageously consisting of lighting strips 331 or symbols 313 of walking pedestrians 66, upon detection of the pedestrian by the crosswalk with activation member 5_i, advantageously consisting of sensor 221 or button 174, advantageously flashes as the unit for signaling of the pedestrian by the crosswalk. For the signaling of pedestrian on the crosswalk, progressively one strip or symbol after another are turned on to simulate the movement.

In case the activation member 5J_. does not differentiate the pedestrians by or on the crosswalk, the method of signaling by the signaling panel is selectable, advantageously for the mentioned examples.

In case the matrix is used for the signaling member 50, the signaling member is advantageously provided with its own control unit 3 19 of the signaling member. The inscription "ATTENTION - PEDESTRIANS" is for example advantageously used as an alternative signaling member 50. Fig. 123 shows the lighting fixture 182. where the shading plate 462 has cut out symbols 853, for example symbols of pedestrians, which are synoptical and advantageously provided with the color transparent material, advantageously with glass or plastic or for example red color, so that these symbols are visible to the approaching drivers in case the lighting fixture 182 is turned on to inform about the crossing. In case the lighting fixture is turned on only upon detection of pedestrian in the area of crossing, the information for drivers means the presence of the pedestrians in the area of crossing. In case of the. illumination with lower intensity, it notifies about the crossing, while illumination with full intensity means the notification about the pedestrians.

Fig. 124 shows the crossing 623, advantageously consisting of marking 220 with signaling equipment 152 with signaling member 50 located on pole 7 by this crossing 623, and/or optionally in front of it, and/or on the pole 7 of the traffic sign 155, and furthermore of commanding signaling 323 for drivers, commanding to stop with "Stop" signal, advantageously by means of the red light, in case of its activation. Advantageously, it is located on the pole 7 by the crosswalk 623, or on the advance pole 7 in front of it, or on pole 7 of the traffic sign 155. In sleep state, this commanding signaling 323 is deactivated and it is activated only when the vehicle exceeds the maximum permitted speed by the adjustable value, advantageously only when the signaling equipment 152 is activated. It is deactivated upon deactivation of the signaling equipment 152. This means the vehicle is stopped for the duration of this time.

Alternatively, the commanding signaling 323 is activated, in case of vehicle exceeding the maximum permitted speed, even if the signaling equipment 152 is not activated. The activation lasts for adjustable time, from the beginning of the activation, and in case that during this adjustable activation time the signaling equipment 152 was also activated, the activation lasts until the deactivation of this signaling equipment 152, This means the vehicle stops until this time.

Or, optionally, upon activated or deactivated signaling equipment 152, the activation of commanding signaling 323 still lasts, as long as the vehicle exceeding the permitted speed, which is stopping at the red light, does not decrease its speed so that it corresponds to the maximum permitted speed, when the commanding signaling 323 is deactivated. This means the vehicle does not stop but only slows down. Optionally, upon vehicle exceeding the permitted speed by the commanding signaling 323, firstly the orange light is activated, while the red light is activated only in case the vehicle in adjustable time or distance from the signaling equipment 152 does not decelerate to the permitted speed. Advantageously the orange light receives priority before the red light upon activation of the commanding signaling 323 by the activation member 5J_ by the handicapped person, to notify the drivers about the oncoming red light.

The speed is advantageously measured by the radar unit 158, located on or in the signaling equipment 152, or on advance pole 7, advantageously provided with the display of the measured speed. Such radar unit 158 transmits the information about the exceeding such speed, advantageously over the connection 154. The commanding signaling 323 is advantageously consisting of two-color traffic light 53, which does not signal at all in deactivated state, or signals with flashing orange light. Upon activation, it turns on the red light to stop the vehicles, for example those exceeding the maximum permitted speed, which is advantageously preceded by short illumination of the orange light. Upon deactivation, the red light turns off, advantageously followed by short illumination of the orange light, optionally after which the orange light again starts to flash.

The commanding signaling 323 is alternatively consisting of three-color traffic light 54, which is turned off upon the deactivation, or is turned on advantageously in green light, which upon activation changes first to continuous orange light and then to red light. During the deactivation, after the orange light, the green light is turned on or the orange light starts to flash. Alternatively, the commanding signaling 323 is advantageously consisting of the one- color traffic light 56, or by alternately flashing traffic light 55, which are turned off in deactivated state. They are turned on by the activation, during which they signal the command to stop, by means of the continuous red light, or for the alternately flashing traffic light 55, consisting of two red lights placed side by side, by means of alternating illumination of these lights. Advantageously, the alternately flashing traffic light 55 is adapted for signaling also by orange lights, and the change to red lights and vice versa is executed in the similar manner as for three-color traffic light 54, for example when the vehicles exceed the permitted speed, or when the signaling is switched to the controlled one. The change of colors is advantageously enabled by usage of two-color LED or 2 sets of LED, orange or red ones. Advantageously, it is used also for vehicles travelling faster than permitted speed, when the orange light is turned on first, and then the red light only when the vehicle slows down correspondingly. Advantageously, the traffic sign 155 is located in front of signaling equipment 152 ^" which lowers the maximum permitted speed to selectable value upon the activation of signaling equipment 152.

In deactivated state, the commanding signaling 323 does not influence the operation of the crossing 623, which uses only the signaling equipment 152. The commanding signaling 323 is used only when activated, advantageously when the maximum permitted speed is exceeded by the vehicle approaching the crossing, such speed being lower upon traffic sign 155 being activated by the signaling equipment 152 detecting the pedestrian by the crosswalk 623. In case of activation of the commanding signaling 323, upon detection of the vehicle exceeding the maximum permitted speed by the radar unit 158 with deactivated signaling equipment 152, the speed is higher, at which the commanding signaling gets activated, because the traffic sign 155 is not activated.

Fig. 125 shows the signaling equipment 152 provided by the signaling member 50a for pedestrians, described in fig. 103. The maximum permitted speed is determined for example be the speed limit traffic sign 773 or regulation about the maximum permitted speed in municipality. The radar unit 158 advantageously placed in front of the signaling equipment 152, or integrated on or in it, sends the information about the vehicle exceeding the maximum permitted speed over the connection 1_54 to the signaling equipment 152, which, if activated by the pedestrian using the activation member 5J_, activates the commanding signaling 323 for drivers and turns on the red light, advantageously after the red light, to stop such vehicle in front of the crossing. The commanding signaling 323 is deactivated upon deactivation of the signaling equipment 152, i.e. when there are no pedestrians detected on the crosswalk, advantageously by the sensor 222 for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk, or after elapsing of the adjustable time interval since the deactivation of the activation member 5_1 by pedestrian, or optionally, when the vehicle decreased it speed accordingly. Optionally, the commanding signaling 323 is activated when the permitted speed is exceeded, even if the signaling equipment 152 is not activated, and in such case, it is deactivated after the adjustable time interval elapses. Advantageously, the traffic sign 155 is located in front of the radar unit 158, such that it gets activated, upon activation of the signaling equipment 152, by the connection 154 and its display, which did not display any information or displayed the maximum permitted speed in given location, for example 50 km/h, starts to display the adjustable maximum permitted speed, for example 20 km h, lower than displayed in deactivated stat, or than defined by the traffic sign 773 or traffic regulation, for example 50 km h. This achieves the deceleration of the vehicle in front of the activated signaling equipment 152, in order to increase the safety of the pedestrians. The radar unit 158. optionally with display, transmits the information via the connection 154 to the signaling equipment 152, informing about the vehicles exceeding such lowered maximum permitted speed, to which the radar unit 158 is switched from the higher speed for the duration of activation of the signaling equipment 152, and which is measured in initial state, when the signaling equipment 1 2 is not activated. Such signaling equipment 152 activates the commanding signaling 323 for the drivers, and then deactivates it, advantageously upon deactivation of the signaling equipment 152, advantageously after the adjustable delay elapses, ensuring the safe clearing of crossing by the pedestrians 623.

Alternatively, the commanding signaling 323 is deactivated upon the vehicle slowing down to the maximum permitted speed, so the vehicle is not stopped but decelerated only. The deceleration process begins, when the vehicle starts to decelerate to stop at the red light of the commanding signaling 323, When it slows down to the maximum permitted speed, the commanding signaling 323 is deactivated and the vehicle may continue to travel. Advantageously, at the same time with the commanding signaling 323 for the driver, also the signaling member 50a for pedestrians is used, as described in fig. 102 and 103, where also its 2 states are described. In the first state, with deactivated signaling equipment 152, the signaling member 50a for pedestrians forbids to cross or does not recommend to cross without usage of the signaling equipment 152. After the signaling equipment 152 is activated by the activation member 5_L by the pedestrian, the signaling state changes to the second state, after the time elapses, which is necessary to stop the vehicles approaching from the traffic sign 155 or from the traffic sign 773, if used. The second state admits the crossing if there are no vehicles or if the vehicles are not travelling fast, advantageously by means of inscription "Do not cross, if vehicles are travelling fast". The crossing is made easier by decreasing the maximum permitted speed by means of the traffic sign 155, for example to 20 km/h. activated for the time the signaling equipment 152 is activated. The vehicle exceeding such speed by the adjustable difference, are stopped or slowed down by activation of the commanding signaling 323. which, together with traffic sign 155 slowing down the vehicles, ensures increased safety of the crossing. In order to prevent creation of convoys of vehicles by commanding signaling due to too long time of activation of the signaling equipment 152 and/or commanding signaling 323. for example by high number of pedestrians, the length of time of permitted crossing is limited by the signaling member 50a for pedestrians, advantageously for adjustable time length after the activation of the activation member 5J_ for crossing, over which the signaling member 50a is in state 1 and forbids the entering to crossing 623 advantageously .by means of red light, and limits the frequency of the activations of the signaling equipment 152 and also the time, over which the signaling equipment is activated after the excitation of the activation member 5 i_. After the activation of the commanding signaling 323, i.e. turning on the red light, after the adjustable time elapses necessary to stop the vehicle, the state of the signaling member 50a is changed to the second state, if it was in the first state. If it is in the second state, this states is preserved for the adjustable time, or for the time of detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk by the sensor 222. as described in detail 3 of fig. 103. When the signaling equipment 152 is deactivated, the signaling member 50a changes its state to the first state, and the commanding signaling 323 is deactivated after the adjustable time elapses.

In another example, the traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed is placed in front of the signaling equipment 152 and advantageously in front of the radar unit 158, which lowers the permitted speed to optional speed, for example 20 km/h, upon the activated signaling equipment 152.

The radar unit activates the commanding signaling 323. when the speed is exceeded by the optional value, advantageously only when the signaling equipment 152 is activated by the pedestrian. The commanding signaling 323 is deactivated advantageously simultaneously with the signaling equipment 152, when the pedestrian is not detected by the sensor 222 on the roadway any more, or after the adjustable time elapses since the activation of the activation member 5 L

In the following example, the coordinated signaling by the signaling member 50a and commanding signaling 323 is shown, when the signaling member 50a is continuously, or after detection by the sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk 623, activated at the first state of the signaling member 50a for pedestrian, forbidding to cross or recommending not to cross. Upon the activation of signaling equipment 152 by the activation member 51 , advantageously the speed at traffic sign 155 is lowered, if applied. After the adjustable time, advantageously necessary to decelerate or stop the vehicles traveling from the traffic sign 155, or when the traffic sign 155 is not used from the traffic sign 155 or 773, the first state on the signaling member 50a is changed to the second state, commanding or recommending not to cross, if the vehicles are travelling fast. If the vehicle exceeds the permitted speed defined by the traffic sign 155 or traffic sign 773 by the adjustable speed, and advantageously only when the signaling equipment 152 is activated, the commanding signaling 323 is activated by turning on the red light. It is deactivated advantageously after the deactivation of the signaling equipment 152 by turning off the red light, if three-color traffic light 54 is used, advantageously with following short turning on the orange light and advantageously and optionally also with short turning on the green light, after which the orange light flashes or turns off. This deactivates the commanding signaling 323 up to the next vehicle exceeding the permitted speed approaches, for example with traffic sign 155 or sign 773 increased by the optional value. If the commanding signaling 323 is activated upon deactivated signaling equipment 152, it is deactivate dafter the adjustable time elapses from its activation. If the commanding signaling 323 is activated during the activation of the signaling equipment 152, advantageously is deactivated after the deactivation of the signaling equipment 152. The signaling equipment 152 is deactivated after the adjustable time from the deactivation of the activation member 5J_ elapses, or from the termination of detection of the pedestrian by the sensor 222, when the signaling member 50a changes it state from the 2nd state to the 1 st state, or it is deactivated and does not signal at all.

Fig. 126 and fig. 127 show the crossing with the marking of the crossing 220 or without it, and with commanding signaling 323 placed by it, advantageously consisting of the three- color traffic light 54 or two-color traffic light 53 or alternately flashing traffic light 55, which slows down or stops the vehicles when they exceed the maximum permitted speed, and furthermore, the commanding signaling 323 is advantageously consisting of the traffic light 54p for pedestrians.

Alternatively, the commanding signaling 323 is also or exclusively located on the advance pole 7 or the pole 7 of the traffic light 155. but advantageously without the traffic light 54p. The signaling member 50 is located on the pole 7 by the crosswalk 623, and/or on the pole 7 of the traffic sign 155.

In initial state, when the signaling equipment 152 is not activated by the pedestrian, the commanding signaling 323 is also not activated, no light is illuminated or the orange light flashes, advantageously on the three-color traffic light 54, which is described in this example. When the pedestrian presses the button 174 or is detected by the sensor 221. advantageously the maximum permitted speed is decreased by the activation of the traffic sign 155. and at the same time, the maximum permitted speed displayed by the radar unit 158 is changed, at which the exceeded speed is signalled. If the vehicle exceeds this speed, advantageously measured by the radar unit 158, the commanding signaling 323 is activated and advantageously the three-color traffic light 54 starts to signal the command for vehicles to stop, by illuminating the red light, advantageously after continuously illuminated orange light. After the adjustable time elapses, necessary for vehicles to stop, advantageously the signal "Cross now" is displayed on the traffic light 54p, advantageously in the form of the green light 849 or the symbol 1005 of walking pedestrian or the inscription 1004 "Cross now" for crossing during the adjustable time, or during the time over which the pedestrians are detected by the sensor 222 on the crosswalk. After that, this traffic light 54p signals "Do not cross" by means of the red light 849 or of the symbol 1005 of standing pedestrian or of the inscription 1004 "Do not cross", and after the adjustable time elapses, the three-color traffic light 54 changes advantageously the signaling for the vehicles from the red light to the green light, advantageously after the orange light, and then to the flashing orange light, or the flashing orange light is signaled immediately after the red light, or it is turned off after the orange light. To inform about the deactivated traffic light 54^ the signal "Do not cross" for the pedestrians is turned off after the adjustable delay elapses, or alternatively after the adjustable time of flashing the red light.

The commanding signaling 323 stays deactivated up to the instant, when another vehicle exceeds the maximum permitted speed, advantageously only when the signaling equipment 152 and traffic sign 1 5 are activated.

Alternatively, the commanding signaling 323 is activated to stop the vehicles when the maximum permitted speed is exceeded, for the adjustable time, and also in case that the signaling equipment 152 is not activated. In this case upon the higher speed and upon the traffic sign 155 not deactivated.

Alternatively, after the commanding signaling 323 is activated the vehicles are not stopped, but only slowed down by deactivation, after slowing down the speeding vehicle to the maximum permitted speed, optionally, only when the signaling equipment 152 is not activated. In this case the traffic light 54p is advantageously not activated and it does not signal any command for the pedestrian, i.e. even not the signal "Cross now".

The commanding signaling 323 is located by the crosswalk 623, advantageously on the pole 7 of the signaling equipment 152, or on the advance pole 7, in front of the signaling equipment 152. Optionally, the commanding signaling 323 is switched to the regular, continuous control mode of the traffic on the crosswalk, manually or according the time schedule or automatically, for example upon increased traffic during rush hours, advantageously as analysed by the control unit of signaling equipment 152, advantageously using the sensors 21. of vehicles. In this case, the commanding signaling 323 advantageously signals the green light for vehicles and red light for pedestrians, while the changing to

green light for pedestrians is activated by the active elements 51_, after the respective changing of the signaling to red light for drivers, thru orange light. The reverse changing of the signaling to the red light for pedestrians and after that to green light for drivers, is done after the adjustable time, or when the detection of pedestrians on the roadway is terminated.

Fig. 128 shows another example of the activation member 5_1, where the button 174 on the activating panel 9 is used by pedestrian to activate the signaling equipment 152 and thus the traffic sign 155 to decelerate the vehicles.

The button Γ74 is in initial state advantageously highlighted by backlighting and/or by LED 868 around the button 174. Advantageously the first inscription 1004 ^', for example "Do not cross without pressing the button" illuminates continuously, or to save the power, the highlight with the backlighting or illumination is activated only after the pedestrian is detected by the sensor 221.

When the adjustable time after the pressing of button 174 elapses, this inscription 1004' is turned off and the second inscription 1004^· ' is backlighted or illuminated, for example "Wait until the vehicles slow down", or alternatively, the inscription "Do not cross, until the vehicles safely slow down". This inscription is turned off after deactivation of the signaling equipment 152 and the cycle returns to the initial state of the inscription illumination 1004.

Fig. 129 shows the signaling equipment 152, with the function of slowing down the vehicles for the pedestrians, activated advantageously by the button 174 intended for the pedestrians and/or by the sensor 221 , and with stopping of vehicles for handicapped persons or slow persons, activated by another button 174 intended for the handicapped persons, or by the remote control. At the activation panel 9 of the activation member 51., there is a button 174 for the pedestrians marked advantageously with the backlighted inscription 1004', for example '"Slow down the vehicles for pedestrians!", and after this button 174 is pressed, it activates the signaling equipment 152 and thus the traffic sign 155, turns off the inscription 1004^' and turns on another inscription 1004", for example "Wait until the vehicles slow down".

In case the vehicle exceeds the maximum permitted speed measured by the radar unit 158, the commanding signaling 323 is activated for the adjustable time or for the time of signaling equipment 152 activation, which stops the vehicles. Or the commanding signaling 323 is activated only until the time the vehicle is slowed down to the maximum permitted speed, which only decelerates the vehicle, advantageously even when the signaling equipment 152 or the traffic sign 155 are not activated, i.e. also at the maximum permitted speed. By only slowing down the vehicles and not stopping them the traffic jams are prevented.

By this button 174 for pedestrians, on the activation member 51 h for handicapped, there is another button 174 for handicapped, marked with inscription 1004' for example "Stop the vehicles for handicapped".

After its pressing, the crossing so far uncontrolled, which did not command vehicles to stop by means of the activating panel, changes to controlled one, and "Do not cross" inscription is activated on the traffic light 54p for pedestrians, advantageously in red light, the inscription 1004' turns off and another inscription 1004" is tuned on, for example "Wait for green light", and advantageously the time display ϋ is activated, showing the remaining time until the green light for pedestrians will be turned on. The commanding signaling 323, deactivated until that time, activates the command "Stop" after the button 174 for handicapped persons is pressed, advantageously with red light on three-color traffic light 54, and advantageously the time display Π_. shows the value of time remaining until the red light for the vehicles will be turned off.

The traffic light 54p changes the signaling of "Do not cross" command, after the adjustable time, necessary to stop the vehicles, to "Cross now" command, advantageously with green light for pedestrians and the inscription 1004" is turning off. After the adjustable time necessary to cross elapses, or over the time of pedestrian detection on the crosswalk by means of the sensor 221 , this traffic light 54p changes the signaling again to "Do not cross", advantageously with red light, and the inscription 1004' is turned on again.

After the adjustable time of commanding signaling 323 elapses, advantageously the three- color traffic light 54 changes its color from red to orange and then to green light for the adjustable duration time, and then to flashing orange light, or directly from the red light to flashing orange light, which again deactivates the traffic light 54. The traffic light 54p for pedestrians is turned off. The crossing is uncontrolled again. Except with the button 174 for handicapped, it is changed to the controlled crossing advantageously also when the vehicle exceds the permitted speed, or manually, or automatically, or with the timer by means of the control unit 153. In case of controlled crossing , the commanding signaling is activated to ensure the usual sequence of the alteration of the light of the controlled crossing, as described above.

Alternatively, the two-color traffic light 53 is used, which advantageously flashes in orange light in deactivated state, while in activated state the orange light changes to continuous orange light, and then to red light, and then the continuous orange light follows after the deactivation, which after the adjustable time elapses, starts to flash or turns off.

Advantageously, the signaling equipment 152 is activated by the activation member 5J_ adapted for activation by handicapped persons in place of button 174, by keypad 869, advantageously with code and/or by remote control, and/or by mobile phone with Bluetooth connection with uploaded code to prevent misuse of the button 174 to stop the vehicles by pedestrians.

The risk of misuse is advantageously decreased by prolongation of the time of the red light activation after the button 174 is pressed and of waiting for green light for pedestrians, because when the button 174 for pedestrians is used to slow down the vehicles by pedestrians, "Do not cross" is not signaled by the traffic light 54p and thus the crossing is not prevented, because the traffic light 53/54 is not activated.

For blind persons, the signaling equipment 152 with traffic light 54 is advantageously completed with respective acoustic signals for orientation about the state of the traffic light 54 and its position. The commanding signaling 323 is not activated in its initial state, while when activated by the button 174 for slowing down the vehicles, only the traffic sign 155 is activated, which does not stop the traffic and thus does not create the convoys, and only when the maximum permitted speed is exceeded, or the button 174 for handicapped persons is activated to stop the vehicles, the commanding signaling 323 is activated and controls the crossing only for adjustable time necessary to cross or to terminate the detection of the pedestrian on the roadway with sensor 222. The time of stopping the vehicles is therefore minimum one, which speeds up the traffic compared the circulating crossing 623, when the vehicles stop for pedestrians or they are always stopped by the traffic light controlling the crossing.

Fig. 130 shows the sign 870 of the place for crossing 623, where there is no marking of the crossing 220, and such place is equipped with the signaling equipment 152, advantageously with traffic sign 155 and/or commanding signaling 323. At the pole 7 of this signaling equipment 152, advantageously there is a sign 870, advantageously backlighted, which marks the place for crossing with notifying text, for example "No priority of way for pedestrian to vehicles, risk of accident." "Do not cross without pressing the button and waiting for vehicles to slow down". On the crosswalk 623 with marked crossing 220 place, such text of sign 870 is supplemented, in terms of "Pedestrian does not have the absolute priority to vehicles". Fig. 131 shows the economic version of crossing route with commanding signaling 323 and traffic sign 155, but advantageously without the signaling member 50, or only with simplified one, advantageously consisting of LED strips 872 on "Pedestrian crossing" traffic sign 46, which are advantageously also on traffic sign 60 "Attention, pedestrian crossing". They are advantageously activated at the same time with the traffic sign 155 changing the speed limit to the lower one, by pedestrian using the activation member 51.. The commanding signaling 323 is advantageously consisting of alternately flashing traffic light 55 to save the power, advantageously to use the smaller solar power source 808. The saving is achieved, when compared to three-color traffic light 54, by turning off the alternately flashing traffic light 55 when not activated, while according to traffic regulations, the three-color traffic light 54 has to signal when not activated.

The route advantageously begins and ends with the dummy 327 and sign 3, which advantageously announces the "Beginning and end of radar measurement" and the "Red light camera" to motivate the drivers to stop at red light and observe the maximum permitted speed. Alternatively, the commanding signaling 323 and/or dummy 327 is placed on the pole 7 between the crossing 623 and light traffic sign.

Fig. 132 shows the compact unit 30 of traffic speed control, which can be used for route of crossing, which does not block the intersection. When used for route to ensure the observance of the maximum permitted speed in the municipality, the traffic sign 60 with the supplementary information plate 25 and signaling member 50 are not used. The compact unit 30 is placed in optional distance in front of the crossing, for example 50 m, in order for the pedestrian to have the time to cross the crossing before the decelerated vehicles.

It is advantageously consisting of the following components - traffic sign 155 changing the maximum speed limit, radar unit 158 advantageously with display on which the commanding signaling 323 is advantageously mounted, advantageously consisting of alternately flashing traffic light 55 and advantageously with signaling member 50, advantageously consisting of symbols of pedestrians.

Advantageously, the alternately flashing traffic light 55 is adapted for change of couple of alternately flashing traffic lights from orange to red light and vice versa, using the switchable LED, of which the traffic lights are consisting of, or fitted with red and orange LEDs, which are alternately switched. This enables to set the orange light prior the red light to inform the drivers about incoming red light. This also enables, when the maximum permitted speed is exceeded by the vehicle, to activate the warning orange light, and in case the driver of vehicle slows down to permitted speed in time, not to activate the red light to stop the vehicle. Advantageously, the alternatively commanding signaling 323 consists of the three-color traffic light 54.

Advantageously, in the compact embodiment, all these components are placed in one box, completely connected without the usage of other installation, and/or are created as the modules, which are attached to each other as a kit, advantageously connected by the connectors, which interconnect the individual modules.

Because the non-activated compact unit advantageously does not display or signal anything, it has the minimum power consumption and thus it is suitable for the solar power source 808. Optionally, the traffic pole 7, to which the compact unit 30 is mounted, has also attached the traffic sign 60 "Attention pedestrian crossing, , , completed with LED strips 872 and supplementary information plate 25 "Distance" to crossing, for example "50 m".

The traffic compact unit 30 can be optionally fitted with the selected components as required. The commanding signaling 323 slows down the vehicles exceeding the maximum permitted speed given by the traffic sign 155 by adjustable value, for example 20 km, or when it is not activated or used, given by the previous traffic sign or by the regulation. Advantageously, when the maximum permitted speed is exceeded by more than such adjustable value, for example 20 km h, advantageously the radar unit 158 activates the traffic sign 155 for the adjustable time to ensure higher decrease of the speed, as a penalty for speeding, or "Slow down and continue". Advantageously, the sign 3J_ of radar unit shows inscription for example "70 km/h + - 3 points", notifying the driver about the offence and advantageously about the possible loss of points of the driving license. If the speed is exceed even more, the commanding signaling 323 stops the vehicle to the adjustable time, or activates the traffic sign 155 and decelerates the vehicle to lower speed given by this sign. Advantageously, the radar unit 158 is provided with signaling member 50, which advantageously consisting of symbols of pedestrians simulating the walking, and which is activated by the pedestrian with the activation member 51_, notifying about the pedestrians presence on the approaching crossing. The radar unit is advantageously switchable upon activation of the signaling equipment 152 to lower optional speed, upon which the display displays the exceeding the maximum permitted speed and activates the commanding signaling 323 to slow down the vehicles. The traffic sign 155 is activated by the activation member 51. by pedestrian using the signaling equipment 152 for the adjustable time, or for the time of detection of pedestrian on the roadway, advantageously by the sensor 221. When using the compact unit 30 in combination with, the signaling equipment 152 for the crossing 623, the advance compact unit 30 is optionally completed by the signaling member 50 and cooperates with the signaling equipment 152 located by the crosswalk 623, advantageously consisting of the speed measurement sign 3, activation member 5J_ and "Pedestrian crossing" traffic sign 46, advantageously with the highlighting LED strips 872. signaling member 50, "End of all prohibitions" traffic sign 162, dummy camera 327 with flash 873 and solar power source 808,

The signaling member 50 is used optionally and is advantageously consisting of the symbols of pedestrians. In the economical embodiment, it is advantageously consisting of LED strips 872. or the signaling member 50 is not used. Advantageously, the dummy 327 with flash 873 is used, as well as the sign 3 to motivate the driver to observe the maximum permitted speed.

Fig. 133 shows the compact embodiment of the signaling equipment 152. consisting minimum of one of the following components, namely commanding signaling 323, advantageously consisting of three-color traffic light 54 or alternately flashing lights of the three-color traffic light 55 of the signaling member 50, radar unit 158. and traffic sign 46 Pedestrian crossing, and these components are advantageously located in one assembly block, whereas the activating panel 9 and solar power source 808 are located on the same pole 7, and these components are completely interconnected for installation by mere insertion of the pole 7 into the tube in the soil, advantageously without further installation. Advantageously the components are created as the modules, which can be attached to each other as a kit, advantageously connected by the connectors for easy assembly. This compact embodiment is intended for occasionally controlled crossing 623 or intersection, which are advantageously changed from uncontrolled to controlled one, by activation by handicapped person, using the button 174, or by vehicle exceeding the permitted speed, by activation of the commanding signaling 323, advantageously including the traffic light 54p for pedestrians, as described in text of fig.129 or fig.140. The switching of the uncontrolled crossing to the controlled one, s advantageously executed also manually or automatically by means of the timer, or by means of the traffic situation analysis by control unit, to alter the signaling lights regular to the controlled crossing.

When such compact embodiment is used to stop or slow down the vehicles, such commanding signaling 323 activates advantageously the orange lights before advantageously activating the red lights. For this purpose, advantageously three-color traffic light 55 is advantageously adapted for change of two light color, advantageously consisting of LED, from orange to red light and vice versa, or these two lights have installed two LED sets, one set 35 for orange light, the other one 336 for red light, as described in fig. 134 and these are alternating as needed, whereas upon the activation by the pedestrians the orange lights are flashing to notify the vehicle drivers about presence of pedestrian in the area of crossing, while when activated by handicapped person, the red lights are flashing to stop the vehicles. If the vehicle is exceeding the speed, advantageously the orange light is turned on, and if the vehicles do not slow down in adjustable time or over the optional distance, the red light is turned on to stop or slow down the vehicles. The alternately flashing orange traffic lights 55 are activated advantageously by the activation member 5_j_ upon pressing the 174 button by the pedestrian to emphasize the pedestrian signaling by the crosswalk, advantageously at the same time as the lights in the opposite direction, to motivate the pedestrian to use the button, which when deactivated, it advantageously deactivates these lights. The signaling member 50 is activated over the entire activation time of the signaling equipment 152. When the button 174 is pressed by the handicapped person, advantageously the commanding signaling 323 orange lights are activated first, in order to provide time for drivers to react to this distant signal by slowing the vehicles down in front of the crossing and following red lights. When the red lights are activated upon exceeding the speed, the vehicles optionally only slow down or stop, whereas when the vehicle is stopped, the red light is advantageously activated together with the signaling 54p for pedestrians for controlled crossing. Optionally, the compact signaling equipment 152 includes also the lighting of the crossing, located on the same pole 7 directly above the signaling equipment 152 connected to it. The low placement of this lighting is enabled by the special screens 362, preventing the dazzling of pedestrians and drivers. The compact signaling equipment 152 includes also the sensor module 33, detecting the pedestrians in the area of crossing, advantageously consisting of sensors 221. 222 and others.

The preferred embodiment, the pedestrian is prompted by the inscriptions on the activation panel 9 of the activation member 51 to hold the button 174, until the vehicles are stopped, or if the advance traffic sign 155 is used, for example by notification 30 km, until the vehicles are slowed down. In case the pedestrian would not use the button 174, he/she is safeguarded by the pedestrian detection module 33, which activates the signaling member 50 upon detection of pedestrian in the area of crossing, for the adjustable time, or for the time of pedestrian detection in area of crossing. For the time the button 174 is kept pressed, and advantageously orange lights 559 for opposite direction are activated, the commanding signaling 323 advantageously the alternately flashing orange traffic light 55 and the pedestrian lighting reflector 233. advantageously only after darkness, which is advantageously deactivated upon deactivation of this button to motivate the pedestrian to keep this button pressed until the vehicles slow down or stop. The compact signaling equipment 152 changes from uncontrolled to controlled also by manual or automatic switching as per need, particularly according to traffic conditions. The lighting fixtures 362 of the crossing are advantageously turned on only upon detection of the pedestrian in the area of crossing, advantageously only after darkness, or the luminous intensity of the lighting fixture is increased upon such detection 362. When the button 174 is activated by the handicapped person, the signaling member 50 and mainly commanding signaling 323 are activated, the latter changes the light from orange to red and furthermore, the signaling continues according to the principle of controlled crossing together with signaling 54p for pedestrians.

Fig. 135 shows the economic version of the compact embodiment of the signaling equipment 152, where the signaling member 50 is advantageously consisting of alternately flashing traffic lights 55. Upon activation by pedestrian they signalize with orange light, which upon activation by the handicapped person changes to red light and the signaling 54 is activated for pedestrians, by means of the three-color traffic light, which means that this signaling equipment 152 is changed to controlled one and the signaling takes place according to the principles of controlled crossing.

Fig. 136 shows the lighting fixture J_82 of the crossing can be fully or partially integrated into the signaling equipment 152, which is configurably adapted so that on the extended pole of the signaling equipment is advantageously with deflection 1009 shaped so that the lighting fixture 182 of the crossing is in the optimum position above the sidewalk and roadway, so notwithstanding that it is placed lower than the standard lighting of the crossing, it does not protrudes above the roadway, nevertheless the existing mounting mechanism 188 is used, which was designed for location above the roadway, and at the same time other equipments are located on the lighting fixture 1_82 of the crossing, as for example signaling member 50 for drivers, sensor for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, sensor 222 for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk on the place intended for crossing, sensor 825 of gate and radar unit 741 . The signaling member 50 is advantageously completed with the commanding signaling 323, advantageously with alternately flashing traffic light 55, which is activated for slowing down or stopping, in case the radar unit 741 determines higher speed of approaching vehicle than is the actually set maximum permitted speed on traffic sign 155 at the approach to the crossing 623, or by the regulation.

The activity of the lighting fixture 182, signaling member 50, sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, sensor 222 for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk, radar unit 741 and sensor 825 of gate are advantageously controlled by the control unit 3 19 of the signaling member 152. The lighting fixture 182 of the crossing is completed by the accumulator 807, which powers the system in case the power from the lighting fixture of the crossing is disconnected. The lighting is switchable between the full lighting and disconnected lighting, or between full lighting and lighting with decreased luminous intensity. The power supply is advantageously low voltage power supply, as described above in fig. 113.

Fig. 137 shows the lighting of the crossing with lamp 231 of the crossing from one side, where for the power supply, advantageously of low voltage connection 232, lighting of the crossing and signaling equipment the poles 189 of the public lighting are used, which are located on one side of the street, without the cabling being routed over the roadway (i.e. routing the connection over and above the roadway when installing).

The lamp 231 illuminates the roadway in a cone of delimited beam 235, limited by means of the lens 193 and/or shading plates 462, so the lamp does not dazzle the pedestrian approaching from the other side of the roadway, when he/she walks on substantial part of the roadway, by being adjusted so that it does not light behind the roadway to sidewalk, despite the lamp 231 being advantageously located in lower height, and advantageously it is possible to mount it on the pole of traffic sign of the crossing. The shading plates also prevent dazzling of the drivers. The pedestrian lighting reflector 233 on the other side advantageously illuminates the pedestrians on the other side of the roadway than the lamp 231 is located. The second pedestrian lighting reflector 234, advantageously illuminates the pedestrian on the side of the roadway, where the lamp 231 is located, and advantageously on the side, where the public lighting is. The reflectors 233 are activated advantageously by means of buttons of the signaling equipment so that the reflector 233 illuminates the pedestrian upon the pressing of button and during the time the button on the other side of the crossing is kept pressed, and similarly, the reflector 234 illuminates the pedestrians upon the pressing of button and during the time the button is kept pressed on that side of the crossing, where the second reflector 234 is located. The wireless connection 473 ensures the connection between the control units of signaling equipment of both sides. In case the power supply is available at both sides of the roadway, advantageously the reflector 233. is replaced with the reflector 234, located on the other side.

Fig. 138 shows the alternative solution of the lighting of the crossing from one side of the roadway, is advantageously from the side of the public lighting, which uses also the second lamp 231 of the crossing lighting on the pole 880 of lighting of the crossing, in order to prevent the dazzling of pedestrians more effectively, which further advantageously uses the overhanging girder 881 in higher height so as to ensure the illumination of the far side of the roadway, but at such angle, which prevents dazzling the pedestrians with light. Under this lamp, the lamp 231 located in lower height illuminates the near side of the roadway. The light cones of both lamps 231 are fitted with lens and/or have adjusted shading plates 462.

Fig. 139 shows the backup power source 238 of crossing lamp lighting 231 for pedestrians, as described for example in fig. 137, which enables its lighting even when the power supply of the public lighting is turned off. The power source 238 automatically powers the lamp in case the public lighting is not turned on yet, or it is turned off already due to saving purposes, for example after midnight, and/or the daylight intensity is not sufficient. The voltage converter 8J_2 powered from the public lighting grid 236 continuously charges the backup battery 326, from which the power is used by the second voltage converter 813 to convert the voltage of the backup battery 326 to 230 V to power the lamp 231 of the lighting, which can be connected with the switch 239 to output 237 of power supply for lighting lamps.

Depending on actual lighting of the crossing analyzed by the sensor 185 of the luminous intensity of the roadway and control module 814 of backup lighting its output is used to control the switch 239.

The control module 814 of backup lighting contains the radio module, which enables the communication with control module 814 of backup lighting of the backup power supply 238, being located on the other side of the crossing. Then the control module 814 on one side of the crossing is set as MASTER, with active sensor 185 of the road lighting intensity, which controls the control module 814 of backup lighting on the other side of the roadway via the antenna 815, which is set as SLAVE, and has a sensor 185, which is in this case deactivated.

Fig. 140 shows the intersection 43 temporarily controlled with the crossing route, where the direction D is the main one, defined by the Main road traffic sign 20 with the priority of way, and by the Give way traffic sign 24, located on the secondary road. Furthermore, for simplicity, the signaling with signaling equipment 152 is depicted only for two crossings 623 over the main road with the signaling equipment, which can be analogically applied also to the secondary road of the intersection, so the system is functional with the crossing with signaling equipments 152 also in secondary directions. In initial state, the intersection 43 is uncontrolled, all signaling, i.e. the signaling equipment 152 with signaling member 50 and signaling 50" to the opposite direction, and commanding signaling 323 are deactivated and the traffic of the vehicles is controlled as per priority of the main road, and the pedestrians are crossing according to rules valid for pedestrian crossings. The commanding signaling 323, advantageously consisting of three-color traffic light 54, is located on the intersection. Advantageously, it flashes in orange light to notify that it is functional, but deactivated, or it does not signal at all, when deactivated. Upon activation of the activation member 5J_ by pedestrian, advantageously consisting of button 174 or sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, the signaling equipment 152 is activated with signaling member 50, which starts to signal, and advantageously the traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed, which decelerates the vehicles and enable the pedestrian to cross. The vehicles, which do exceed the maximum permitted speed, given by traffic sign 155, are decelerated by the commanding signaling 323 on advance traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed, if used, to that speed, which does not stop the traffic of vehicles, and enables the pedestrian to cross safely. Instead of the slowing down, the vehicles are stopped for adjustable time. The signaling equipment 152 is deactivated together with the traffic sign 155 after the adjustable time, or after termination of the pedestrian detection on the crosswalk by means of the sensor 222. Optionally, the vehicles are slowed down or stopped by such commanding signaling 323, when they exceed the maximum permitted speed, even when the signaling equipment 152 and thus the traffic sign 155 are not activated, and the maximum permitted speed is defined by the preceding speed limit traffic sign 773, or by the regulation.

The vehicles approaching from the secondary road are detected by the detection unit 28 of vehicles, advantageously consisting of the sensor 2 _ of vehicles or camera, which sends such information to the control unit 153. After the adjustable time elapses, when the vehicle waiting at the intersection was unable to cross it without the activation of the traffic sign 155 and thus slowing down the vehicles, the control unit 153 advantageously activates the traffic sign 155 to slow down the vehicles in the main direction, to enable the waiting vehicle to cross the intersection. In case that this does not help the vehicle to cross the intersection, after the adjustable time the operation of the uncontrolled intersection is changed to one-time controlled by the activation of the commanding signaling 323 located on the intersection, advantageously consisting of three-color traffic light 54 and traffic light 54p for pedestrians signaling to all directions of the intersection, which changes the signaling to "Free" for secondary direction and to "Stop" for main direction for adjustable time, or for the time of detection of vehicles on secondary direction of the detection unit 28 advantageously consisting of the sensor 2J_. The intersection also become the one-time controlled for adjustable time, or for the time of detection of pedestrians on the crosswalk, after action by the activation member 51 h for handicapped, advantageously by the button Γ74 or code or remote control used by the handicapped person, or optionally by slow pedestrian or child or pupil, selected pedestrians or optionally all pedestrians. The intersection become the controlled one by activation of the commanding signaling 323, which signals the green light for handicapped persons, and to the secondary direction of the intersection, upon red light for main direction. After the adjustable time or after the time of pedestrian detection on the crosswalk elapses, advantageously by means of sensor 222, the intersection becomes again the uncontrolled one. The intersection is advantageously switched to temporarily controlled one for the adjustable time, advantageously manually for the adjustable time, or according to the time plan, or by analyzing the imminent traffic situation with control unit 153 using the detection units 28 of vehicles, advantageously consisting of sensors 21., when the increased traffic or other adjustable factor requires so. The commanding signaling 323 alternately signals "Free" for main and for secondary road in adjustable time sequence, or the switching is controlled by the control unit according to density of the traffic in individual directions. Due to fact the intersection is controlled only when needed, for example during increased traffic, the traffic is speeded up, because the vehicles, when the intersection is uncontrolled, have free road and the pedestrians activating the signaling equipment 152 are only slowed down and therefore do not have to wait upon long signal "Stop" for signal "Free" from the commanding signaling 323, as usual for controlled intersection.

Advantageously, the crossing 623 is not equipped with the marking of crossing 220, which speeds up the traffic even more, because the vehicle do not have to stop for pedestrians waiting by the crosswalk 623, as they have to if the crossing 220 is marked. To activate the vehicles deceleration at main road and/or switching to controlled intersection, advantageously the driver on the secondary road can reach by signaling, advantageously by flashing the vehicle main beams, which is registered by the sensor 29 of lights, which transmits this information to the control unit 153, which executes the switching to the mode of the controlled intersection. The signaling member 50 is located by the crosswalk 623 and/or in front of this crossing, advantageously on the traffic sign 155 measuring the maximum permitted speed, or for simplicity and price reduction, the signaling member 50 is not used. The traffic sign 50 and supplementary information plate 25 "Distance" with inscription for example "Crossing after 50 m" advantageously informs the driver about the signification of the speed decreasing requirement, particularly when placed on the variable light traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed, advantageously together with the signaling member 50, advantageously consisting of the moving symbols of pedestrians.

The speed of vehicles is advantageously measured by the radar unit 158 adaptable for displaying the measured speed, advantageously located on the light traffic sign 1 5 changing the maximum permitted speed and/or commanding signaling 323 or it is integrated within it. In the controlled intersection mode, the control unit advantageously uses the sensors 2J_ to analyze the number of vehicles from individual directions and determines the time of "Free^" signal, advantageously with green light for individual directions, to achieve the maximum possible capacity of the intersection.

The vehicles are decelerated by activation of the commanding signaling 323, advantageously upon exceeding the maximum permitted speed, which is measured by the radar unit 158 adaptable for displaying the measured speed. The commanding signaling 323 activates the "Stop" signal, advantageously in the form of red light. Such commanding signaling 323 is deactivated, when the vehicle lowers its speed at least to maximum permitted speed, or optionally to even lower speed, to ensure increased safety of the crossing.

The vehicles are optionally stopped by activation of the commanding signaling 323, advantageously located on the traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed upon exceeding the maximum permitted speed, namely for the time, which is adjustable, or for the time of activation of the signaling equipment 152, whatever lasts longer, i.e. regardless if the vehicle speed was lowered. To speed up the traffic, the short time is selected. Advantageously, the commanding signaling 323 is located in front of the intersection, advantageously consisting of the alternately flashing traffic light 55, advantageously located on pole 7 of traffic sign 155, having the function of deceleration of vehicles exceeding the maximum permitted speed given by the variable traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed or the speed valid in that place due to other regulation. In such case, there is a better guarantee that the vehicles will slow down already at place of traffic sign 155, and the increased spacing from undecelerated vehicles is thus created in front of the intersection. Advantageously those vehicles, which did not decelerate sufficiently, are decelerated again, or preferably stopped for adjustable time by means of another commanding signaling 323, located on the intersection, activated by means of the radar unit 158 adaptable for displaying the measured speed.

The one-time switching of the intersection to one controlled by the handicapped pedestrian or vehicle waiting on secondary road, is activated on the main road with commanding signaling 323, advantageously by means of three-color traffic light 54, which turns on the red light for vehicles in all directions, and at the same time the signaling to pedestrians 54p turns on the red light to all directions. After the adjustable time, necessary for vehicles to stop, the signaling 54p to pedestrians on main road turns on the green light and at the same time the three-color traffic light turns on the green light for vehicles on secondary road. After the adjustable time, at least necessary for pedestrians to cross the crossing over the main road, and for vehicles on secondary road, the red light is signaled, followed by green light for vehicles on main road, followed by flashing orange light in adjustable time, or directly by flashing orange light in all directions, and the signaling to pedestrians is deactivated, which makes the intersection uncontrolled one again. When the intersection is temporarily switched over to the controlled one, manually or automatically, or by control unit 153, the initial process is the same, but after the green light is signaled to pedestrians and vehicles from the secondary road, the intersection is not switched over back to the uncontrolled, but it stays for required time in controlled state, where it signals alternately to vehicles and pedestrians the red light and green light as per alteration of colors usual for the regular controlled intersection.

The change of intersection to uncontrolled one, is advantageously made after the signaling of green light to pedestrians, which intent to cross the main road, and to vehicles on secondary road, in the same way as for above mentioned example of the intersection one-time switched to the controlled intersection.

The temporarily controlled intersection 43 is optionally assembled of any units as required, i.e. for example without using the crossing 623 for pedestrians and/or without signaling equipment 152 and/or without commanding signaling 323 and/or without the traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed.

Fig. 140a shows the temporarily controlled intersection 43 with crossing route, for better transparency shown in oblique projection. Advantageously consisting of, the necessary components can be used, for example the traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed, commanding signaling 323, detection unit 28 of vehicles advantageously consisting of sensor 2Λ of vehicles, activation member 51_, signaling equipment 152, signaling member 50^ and/or compact unit 30 of traffic speed control.

Advantageously, the temporarily controlled intersection 43 can be used without the traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed, and/or without commanding signaling 323 located on it, and/or without compact unit 30 of traffic speed control.

Fig. 140b shows another advantageous embodiment according to the invention, the temporarily controlled intersection 43, where no crossing 623 for pedestrians is used, or signaling equipment 152, and also no three-color traffic light 54 are installed. The vehicles travelling over the main road have priority given by traffic sign 20 Main road. The vehicles approaching from secondary road are detected by the detection unit 28 of vehicles, advantageously consisting of sensor 2 of vehicles.

The vehicles are decelerated using the traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed, which is advantageously completed by the commanding signaling 323 activated by the vehicles exceeding this speed. The traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed is advantageously contained within the compact unit 30 of traffic speed control. Advantageously, several traffic signs 155 are installed one after another, changing the maximum permitted speed progressively, for example by values of maximum permitted speed 60 km/h, 40 km/h and 20 km/h, in case the regulations require so.

In initial state, the traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed is advantageously deactivated and the vehicles are travelling with priority of main road. The vehicles approaching from the secondary road are detected by the detection unit 28 of vehicles, advantageously consisting of the sensor 2 of vehicles or camera, which sends such information to the control unit 153. After the adjustable time elapses, when the vehicle waiting at the intersection was unable to cross it without the activation of the traffic sign 155 and thus slowing down the vehicles, the control unit 153 advantageously activates the traffic sign 155 to slow down the vehicles in the main direction for adjustable tome, or for the time of detection of vehicles on the secondary road, to enable the waiting vehicle to cross the intersection.

Fig. 141 shows the compact signaling equipment 152, advantageously of modular design, whose assembly of modules is optional, optimally according to the needs and requirements of the specific crossing. The signaling equipment 152 in compact design consists of the compact 89 of modules of the signaling equipment and external components. The compact block 89 consists of at least one of the following modules: module of the commanding signaling 323, advantageously consisting of three-color traffic light 54 or alternately flashing traffic light 55^ and furthermore the lights 559 to the opposite direction, traffic sign 46 Pedestrian crossing, module of the signaling member 50 advantageously consisting of symbols 853 and/or inscription 87 of signaling member.

The compact block 89 can optionally include the externally placed components, namely: control unit 153, sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, sensor 222 for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk, sensor 825 of gate, traffic light 54p_ for pedestrians, control unit 806 of solar power source, accumulator 807.

The external parts are pole 7, lighting fixture of the crossing 182, control unit 153, traffic light 54p for pedestrians, pedestrian lighting reflector 233, activation member 51 and/or activation member 51h for handicapped persons, sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, sensor 222 for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk, solar power source 808, control unit 806 of solar power source, and accumulator 807.

The individual modules of compact block 89 can be assembled in one assembly, are provided with the connection elements for mechanical and electrical connections, advantageously using the connectors, so that these can be easily assembled to assemblies according to the specific requirements into the compact block 89.

The figure shows the individual module and external components, as furthermore two examples of assembly of the signaling equipment for implementation of the compact signaling equipment 152, namely with alternately flashing traffic light 55 and with three-color traffic light 54. The example A shows the view of driver, whereas example B shows the view of pedestrian standing against the direction of the approaching vehicles. The compact signaling equipment can be assembled as for informing signaling for drivers, with signaling member 50, or for commanding with commanding signaling 323, and it is functionally connectable with other units of crossing route, and/or traffic speed control, which is described in fig. 142.

Fig. 142 shows the compact unit 30 of traffic speed control, which is advantageously modular, whose assembly is selectable as per requirements imposed on the traffic in the place of installation. The unit assembly consists of the compact block 90 of modules of the speed control unit and external components, and it is located on the pole 7. The compact block 90 consists at least of one of the following modules, namely: radar unit 158 adaptable for displaying the measured speed, control unit 153, commanding signaling 323 advantageously consisting of three- color traffic light 54 or alternately flashing traffic light 55, and furthermore the traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed, signaling member 50, advantageously consisting of pedestrian symbols 853, and inscription 87.

The compact block 90 of modules of the speed control unit also optionally includes externally located components: control unit J_53, control unit 806 of solar power source, and accumulator 807.

The external components are for example: pole 7, solar power source 808.

The individual modules are provided with the connecting elements for mechanical and electrical connection, advantageously by means of the connectors, so that these can be assembled according to the specific requirements of the traffic situation in place of installation. The unit 30 communicates with other units, advantageously with signaling equipment 152, and detects the speed of approaching vehicle and advantageously displays it. It controls the modules, as for example the traffic sign 155. commanding signaling 323, inscription 87 of signaling member, which signal to the drivers, as based on analysis of the traffic situation by the control unit 153. The traffic speed control unit 30 can be connected with other cooperating traffic speed control units and/or crossing route and/or municipality route. The figure shows two examples of the assemblies A and B, seen from the driver view.

Fig. 143 shows the streetlights 160 advantageously highlighted against the standard lighting, which makes the crossing route safer, with alternative usage for regular streetlights. It is advantageously consisting of lighting fixture 182 with LED 163 around the button located on poles 166 of streetlights, mutually connected with cables 167 to supply the electric power, advantageously located underground, to which the lighting fixtures 165 are connected with other cables 179 via the dimmer 164. This dimmer controls the luminous intensity of the streetlights 160 by adjusting the power output of the LED lighting fixtures 163. Advantageously, this is adjusted for specific day time, for example for peak hours traffic in the streets, when the higher intensity is advantageously set. In specific time, for example a midnight, when the traffic is lighter, the intensity is decreased, which lowers the power consumption even at full or even more intense illumination, compared to standard one for the time of the peak traffic. Another saving can be achieved advantageously with progressive increase of the intensity of the streetlights 160 in the time of its turning on during daily dark fall, thus by decreasing the intensity of the daylight so that the required intensity of the sidewalk and roadway illumination was constant with progressive dark fall. This means that after the lighting fixtures 182 are turned on with minimum intensity, their intensity is increased with decreasing intensity of the daylight by dark fall, so the resulting intensity of the sidewalk and, roadway illumination stays advantageously constant. The streetlights 160 are turned on and off advantageously using the sensor 180 of the daylight intensity, when the intensity of the lighting fixtures 182 is proportionally decreases during daybreak. It is located advantageously above the lighting fixture 165, in order to prevent its influence by its light.

The roadway and sidewalk illumination with streetlights 160 and natural daylight is measured jointly with sensor 181 of the roadway lighting intensity. Using this sensor, the control unit

170 of the dimmer controls the intensity of the lighting fixtures 182 for selectable constant roadway illumination.

Fig. 143a shows the dimmer 164 with power part 169 and control unit 170 of the dimmer with timer 1 71. The time of tuning on the streetlights and the speed of a dimming is controlled from the programmed timer 171 , which is adjustable remotely with data transmitted over the communication module je 229, which feeds from monitoring centre 352 via the wireless connection 157 and/or via the data transmitted over the connecting cable 167. The data is analysed in dimmer control unit 170 together with timer 171 , Or controls the time of turning on and the turning off is controlled from monitoring centre 352. The programming of timer

1 71 can be done via the connector 172 by means of operating control unit 183, by connecting the cable 22 or remote control 190 via the communication module 229. Alternatively, the dimmer control unit 170 is advantageously used to turn on and off the lights, according to the intensity of the daylight, as measured by sensor 180 of the daylight intensity, located out of direct light of streetlights 160, advantageously on lighting fixture 182 or behind the pole 166 of light, in the shade of this streetlight. The sensor 181 of the roadway and sidewalk lighting intensity controls the intensity of lighting fixture 182 using the dimmer control unit 170 so that together with the daylight, the selected intensity of the roadway and sidewalk is reached, and it is located so that at the same time it measures the intensity of the daylight and streetlights 160. The timer 171 , which switches over the light in specific time from evening illumination to lower intensity of the night illumination, upon the decreased traffic, is advantageously combined with sensor 180 of the daylight intensity to turn on and off the light upon the specific intensity of the day illumination. For progressive increase of the intensity upon dark fall and decrease of intensity upon daybreak to keep the constant total selectable intensity of the light, the dimmer 164 is advantageously used for regulation of the lighting fixtures 182 of the streetlights, controlled by the sensor 181 of the road lighting intensity, or preprogramed one. Fig. 143b shows the adaptor 195 on retaining arm 186 of the lighting fixtures, which enable the usage of the existing pole, originally intended for one lighting fixture 194 of the streetlights, for 2 lighting fixtures to increase the intensity of illumination. This is the alternative solution for change of the intensity of the illumination by means of the dimmer and/or by turning on one or two lighting fixtures 194. The retaining arm 186 is installed on the existing arm 267 of pole. Fig. 1 3c shows the pole 166 of the streetlights 160. On it, there is a light source 263 consisting of the auxiliary lighting fixture 194, advantageously with LED 163 source of lighting around the button, in combination with existing lighting fixture 262, for example of discharge type.

In this combination, the source of lighting 263. advantageously enabling the dimming, advantageously consisting of auxiliary lighting fixture 194 with LED source of lighting 163. increases the intensity of the existing lighting fixture 262. Using the dimmer 164 to dim the light sets the power saving value. Advantageously, in time outside of peak traffic, and/or during night, the existing lighting fixture 262 is turned off to lower the power input, thus achieving the savings. The dimming of the auxiliary lighting fixture 194, done by the dimmer 164, enables further optional lowering of the power drain and/or constant illumination of the roadway and sidewalk, during dark fall and daybreak. Turning off the lighting fixtures is made possible by the dimmer control unit 170, as described in fig. 143.

In this example, the existing pole 166 of the streetlights is advantageously used, where the auxiliary lighting fixture 194 is added to the existing lighting fixture 262, advantageously enabling the dimming and mounted to the fastening collar 264 located on existing arm 261 or on pole of streetlights 166. The advantage of this combination, compared to replacement of the existing lighting fixture 262 with light source 263 of higher intensity, is in that by turning off one of the lights, the intensity of the illumination can be lowered to save the power for example during night, and also such combination is cheaper than the replacement with more powerful light source 263, which would be necessary in case or removal of existing lighting fixture 262, to achieve the increase of intensity of illumination, in order for it to be the same as when both lights are used.

The advantageous embodiment according to the invention is based on that the light source 263 is powered from the solar source 808 of energy. Such structure enables to use the economically advantageous solar powered light source 263, where the existing lighting fixture 262 powered from the grid severs advantageously as a backup in case the solar power source 808 is depleted. Furthermore, its simultaneous usage with existing lighting fixture 262 enables to strengthen the light by solar powered light source 263, thus saving the power. In night usage of only the solar powered light source 263, 100% of electric power is saved, during the day then proportional part replaced by the solar power upon usage of both, auxiliary and existing one, to strengthen the intensity of illumination.

In case the existing lighting fixture 262 is not used and only the light source 263 is used for solar powering, advantageously consisting of auxiliary lighting fixture 194 or lighting fixture 182 from fig. 143, the function of the luminous intensity control is ensured by the dimmer 164, which advantageously ensures also the connection to the solar power or grid power supply, as well as switching over from solar power to grid power supply, in case the accumulator of solar power source is depleted.

Another advantageous structure of the invention according to this example enables to use the lighting fixture 182 or lighting fixture 262 of the streetlights, which use the power from solar source 808 of energy, whereas the light source 263 is not used. This embodiment is with electric power saving. IN this structure, the solar panels are installed on the existing pole 166 of streetlights, and are part of the solar source 808 of energy, which also contains the control unit 806 of solar power source. Furthermore, the dimmer 164 is part of connections, whereas the intensity of illumination of the existing lighting fixture 262 is advantageously controlled by the dimmer control unit 170. In case the accumulator of solar power source is depleted, the dimmer 164 switches over from solar power source to grid power supply.

Fig. 143d shows the dimmer 164 connecting the existing lighting fixture 262 and/or auxiliary lighting fixture 194 by means of power part 169 with the switch 56a of power part. In case the solar power source is used, it is connected by means of switch 56a, which in case the accumulators of solar power source are depleted, advantageously switches the auxiliary light 194 and/or existing lighting fixture 262 to grid power supply , advantageously 230 V, which backs up the solar power.

The dimmer control unit 170 is advantageously adapted for dimming of both lighting fixtures and to switch from the grid power supply to solar power source 808 of LED 868 around button and vice versa as per requirements to both fixtures.

The dimmer control unit 170 is furthermore adaptable also for connection and interconnection only of one fixture from both, or more fixtures, and for control of their dimming or for change of intensity of illumination by switching the LED sections.

It is also adaptable for control of power and luminous intensity of lighting fixture 182 of the crossing from the grid power supply or solar power source 808 and their switching. Advantageously, the lighting fixture 182 of the crossing in deactivated state is turned of, or turned on to only partial power output, for example 50% to save the power, particularly the solar power. The pedestrian activates the activation member 5_i using the signaling equipment 152 and thus advantageously switches the lighting fixture 182 of the crossing, when the pedestrian is present by/on the crosswalk 623 and thus turns on the full power output to notify the driver that the pedestrians are present by or on the crosswalk 623.

Optionally, the grid power supply and/or solar power source are used for the streetlights and/or lighting of the crossing, and any function of the dimmer 164 is used, for example the switching and/or dimming.

The dimmer J_64 is also adaptable for change of luminous intensity of the lighting fixtures by switching the LED sections 832, 833.

Fig. 144 shows the dimmer 164, advantageously located on the lighting fixture 182, advantageously with the first section of LED 832 and the second section of LED 833, which are switched in parallel to increase the power output as necessary, using the switch 834 of LED section, within the dimmer 164. Advantageously, more sections are used to provide more levels of luminous intensity. The dimmer 164 is advantageously connected with cable connection 831 of dimmer to connector 172 located on the pole 166 of streetlight for connection of the control unit 183. The power part 169 Of the dimmer controls the luminous intensity by regulating the voltage for LED or by impulses. Fig. 144a shows the dimmer 164 with switch 835 of lighting fixtures, placed in power part 169, which advantageously switches the lighting fixture 182 advantageously the original one and the second lighting fixture 182', advantageously added to the pole 166 of the streetlight. Within this switch, advantageously there is a switch of LED sections 834. To strengthen the original lighting fixture 182 by means of the second lighting fixture 182', both lighting fixtures are advantageously turned on with the switch 835, to increase the intensity of the original illumination. For saving, for example outside of the peak traffic hours, advantageously the original lighting fixture 182 is turned off. For further saving, one of the LED sections is turned off within the second auxiliary lighting fixture 182', if equipped, or the LEDs are dimmed. Optionally, only one lighting fixture 182 is used, advantageously equipped with LED sections or dimmer.

Fig. 145 shows the flow chart of the dimmer 164 for one or more lighting fixtures 182, advantageously located on various poles 166 of the streetlights, connected with another cable 179 leading from power part 169 to at least one lighting fixture 182. The electric power is fed via the connecting cable 167 to power part 169, and it is advantageously turned by the switching module 800. The control of the fed power is executed by means of the dimmer module 801 , advantageously consisting of voltage or power converter 815, advantageously working on impulse principle. The modules are controlled by means of the dimmer control unit 170, over which the turning off and on is executed, of the lighting fixtures 182 by means of the sensor 180 of daylight, or by means of timer 171, and the dimming is executed by means of sensor 181 of the roadway and sidewalk lighting intensity, as well as the switching to lower intensity of the illumination using the programmable timer 171 , for example during lower traffic in night. The dimmer control unit 170 is programmable and/or controllable from the control unit 183 connectable to the connector 172 via the cable 22. It is also programmable and controllable from the remote control adapted for data transmission and via the coding module 814 in remote control unit, advantageously placed in monitoring centre 352, using the wireless media broadcast over the connecting cable 167 linked with media connection 803 to the communication module 229. The dimmer 164 can be integrated into the lighting fixtures 182 or can be mounted externally. In one alternative, the wireless media for controlling of the dimmer 164 is advantageously fed via connecting cable 167 and implemented using the sonic or supersonic or high-frequency signal, generated in the signal transmitter 816, coded advantageously in the coding module. The signal transmitter 816 is connected advantageously to power connecting cable 167 via signal connection 818, and this is then connected with signal connection 818 to communication module with signal transmitter 819 and decoder 820 in communication module connected to the dimmer control unit 170, Fig. 146 shows the control of traffic using the control units 1013 of intersection. It is controlling the individual signaling equipments 152, signaling members 50, commanding signaling 323 advantageously consisting of traffic lights 53 or 54 or 55 and'or 55p_, detection unit 28 of vehicles, sensor 29 of lights and other units, either directly or by means of the control unit of the respective equipment. The signaling members 50 with control unit 319 of the signaling member can be controlled either from the signaling equipment 152 and/or directly via the control unit

1013 of intersection. The commanding signaling 323 has the control unit of the commanding signaling 1020, which cooperates with the control unit 1013 of intersection, and it is controlled by means of the control unit 153 of the signaling equipment.

The control units of intersection are advantageously interconnected between each other and controlled from the central traffic control unit 1016 by means of these control units, or directly in star structures, whereas this traffic control unit 1016 advantageously controls and optimizes the behaviour of all intersections for instant conditions, particularly using the control unit 28 of vehicle detection.

Fig. 147 shows the connection of the technical solution of temporary controlled intersection to the existing intersection. The control unit 1013 of intersection is connected with the control unit

1014 of the existing intersection, and they cooperate so that the extension of the existing intersection with respective units, advantageously signaling members 50, commanding signaling 323, detection units 28 of vehicles, sensors 29 of light enable the selectable function of the controlled intersection, temporarily controlled intersection, one-time controlled intersection and uncontrolled intersection.

Fig. 148 shows the activation member 5J_ advantageously consisting of activating panel 9 adapted for activation by the pedestrian to for signaling to distant vehicles and/or for deceleration of near vehicles and/or fore stopping of vehicles for handicapped and/or slow pedestrians, and/or for children or pupils.

The activation member 5J_ on the activating panel 9 is optionally provided with three buttons 174. button for distant vehicles, advantageously located in the left, button for near vehicles advantageously located in the middle and button for handicapped advantageously located on the right, which the pedestrian uses to activate signaling equipment 1_52 with signaling member 50 and/or traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed and/or commanding signaling 323 by the crosswalk 623 for pedestrians. The buttons 174 are advantageously highlighted by backlighting and/or by LED 868 around the buttons 174. In initial state, all signaling are turned off, or they signal the deactivated state, thus the crossing 623 is uncontrolled one. The button 174 for signaling to the distant vehicles is advantageously on the activating panel 9 provided with the first inscription 1004^', for example "Signal to distant vehicles", which illuminates in the initial state. If the pedestrian presses this button 174, the activation is executed and the signaling member 50 signals to the vehicles, advantageously by means of symbols 853 of pedestrian by/on the crosswalk, advantageously on the activating panel 9 this state is signalled for example by turning off the first inscription 1004' and the backlighted symbol 61 located under the button 174 is turned on, advantageously simulating the moving pedestrian. The traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed is not activated by the pressing of this button 174 and therefore the distant vehicles, which do not prevent the pedestrian to cross, are not decelerated unnecessarily, but only notified about the pedestrian by/on the crosswalk. The button 174 for deceleration of near vehicles is advantageously on the activating panel 9 provided with the first inscription 1004', for example "Slow down near vehicles", which illuminates in the initial state. If the pedestrian presses this button 174, the first inscription 1004' turns off, advantageously the backlighted symbol 6J_ is turned on under the button 174 for distant vehicles, advantageously simulating the moving pedestrian, and turns on the backlighted symbol 6J. placed under the button 174 for near vehicles showing the traffic sign of maximum permitted speed, and under these, the second inscription 1004" turns on, for example "Wait until the vehicles slow down", and the signaling member 50 is activated, which signals to the vehicles, advantageously by means of symbols 853, and furthermore the traffic sign 155 changing the maximum permitted speed decelerates the vehicles by displaying the maximum permitted speed lowered to set speed, for example to 30 km/h.

The button 174 for handicapped is advantageously on the activating panel 9 provided with the first inscription 1004', for example "Stop all vehicles", which illuminates in the initial state. If the pedestrian presses this button 174, the first inscription 1004' turns off and advantageously the backlighted symbol 6J. is turned on under the button 174, advantageously showing the three-color traffic light, activation is executed, the crossing becomes one-time controlled crossing and the commanding signaling 323. advantageously in the form of three-color traffic light 54, located on the crosswalk 623, stops the vehicles by means of red light signal "Stop" for adjustable time duration, or for the duration of the pedestrian detection on the crosswalk by means of sensor 222 of pedestrian detection on the crosswalk.

Another advantageous embodiment of the invention according to this example is based on structure, where pedestrian activates with button 174 located on the activating panel 9, which is furthermore secured by the sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, for signaling to the distant vehicles. To signal to the distant vehicles, the signaling member 50 signals, advantageously by means of symbols 853, the pedestrian by/on the crosswalk, even in case the pedestrian does not use the button 174. After the detection with sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, the signaling takes place to the distant vehicles and to pedestrians on the activating panel 9 in the same way as in case of activation with button 174. In case if signaling for slowing down the near vehicles and to stop the vehicles for handicapped, the sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk is not applied and the signaling takes place in the same ways as described above.

Fig. 149 shows another advantageous embodiment of the invention, where the button 174 is not installed at all, for activation of the signaling to the distant vehicles on the activation member 5_L The sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk detects the pedestrian automatically, the pedestrian does not have to activate the signaling to distant vehicles. The first inscription 1004' informs the pedestrian, for example by displaying the information: "Automatic signaling to distant vehicles". After the detection of the pedestrian by the crosswalk by means of sensor 221 for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, the backlighted symbol 6! turns on, located on the activating panel 9, which advantageously simulate the moving pedestrian and inform him/her about the activated signaling to distant vehicles. The signaling member 50 at the same time signals for the duration of adjustable time to distant vehicles, advantageously by means of symbols 853 of pedestrian by/on the crosswalk. The signaling to decelerate the near vehicles and to stop the vehicle for handicapped, takes place the same way in this case, as described in example for fig. 148, for activation with button 174.

Fig. 150 shows another advantageous embodiment of the invention of the intersection, where the signaling member 50 is adapted to signal to the vehicles about the presence of the pedestrian, or to stop the vehicles upon the request for handicapped, and/or slow pedestrians, and/or for children and/or pupils. The signaling equipment J_52 is provided by the signaling member 50 and the commanding signaling 323, advantageously consisting of alternately flashing traffic light 55, which is turned off if not activated, and therefore does not signal, and after the activation by the pedestrian flashes alternately the orange light for informative signaling to the vehicles about the pedestrians on the crosswalk, and red light for activation by handicapped to stop the vehicles. The inscription 87, advantageously located underneath, signals the symbols of exclamation marks, for activation by the pedestrian, and the inscription "STOP" to stop the vehicles after the activation by handicapped. The signaling member 50 advantageously consisting of symbols 853, advantageously located under the inscription 87, which advantageously display the symbols of pedestrians and after the activation by handicapped, they display the symbols of handicapped and/or symbol of parent with child. After the activation, the Pedestrian crossing traffic sign 46, located advantageously under the symbols 853, informs the vehicle drivers about the pedestrians on the crosswalk 623.

Another advantageous embodiment uses the three-color traffic light 54, as the commanding signaling 323, which, if not activated, does not signal or signals with flashing orange light that it is not activated. Upon the activation by handicapped, the signal "Stop" on the symbols 54p for pedestrians is activated, advantageously in the form of red signaling light with symbol of standing pedestrian, and on the three-color traffic light, the red light turns on after short flash of orange light. After the adjustable time elapses, necessary for vehicles to stop, the signaling 54p for pedestrians changes to "Go now" signal, advantageously in the form of green light, for the adjustable time duration necessary for crossing by slowly moving pedestrian, or for the time of pedestrian detection on the crosswalk. Then again, the red light is signaled to the pedestrian and the three-color traffic light 54 is again deactivated, advantageously after short activation of the green light. The three-color traffic light is not activated by the button for pedestrians. The alternately flashing traffic light 55 and inscription 87 are not used. The signaling member 50 advantageously consisting of symbols 853 and the traffic sign 46 Pedestrian crossing are in this case used in the same way as described above.

The activation member 5_i consists of the activating panel 9, which is advantageously provided with two buttons 174, button for pedestrians advantageously located on the left, and button for handicapped advantageously located on the right. The buttons 174 are advantageously highlighted by backlighting and/or by LED 868 around the buttons 174. In the upper part of the activating panel 9, there is an inscription "PEDESTRIANS" for pedestrians, and the inscription "HANDICAPPED" for handicapped. Above the button 174 for pedestrians, there is the first inscription 1004' which displays the symbols of pedestrians and which is advantageously turned on in the initial state. After the button 174 is pressed by the pedestrian, the first inscription 1004' turns off and advantageously the flashing backlighted symbols 61 located under the button 174 are turned on, which display the symbols of pedestrians to show the activated informative signaling.

Above the button 74 for handicapped, there is the first inscription 1004\ which displays the symbol of handicapped and/or symbol of parent with child, which is advantageously turned on in the initial state. After the button Γ74 is pressed by the handicapped, the first inscription 1004' turns off and the backlighted symbols 6J_ located under the button 174 are turned on, which display the symbol of three-color traffic light to show the commanding signaling.

Industrial applicability

The subject of this invention provides the increased level of safety and protection of the health for pedestrians, as participants of the traffic. To install the temporarily controlled crossing or intersection on all existing and in future constructed intersections and crossings, or any of the simplified version of it, it would be necessary to use large amount of the individual components, which have to be manufactured industrially. There is a real presumption of great interest of municipalities and cities in such equipment.

Claims

1. The signaling equipment characterized in that the side of signaling equipment ( 152) near to the direction of approaching vehicles, is provided by the signaling member (50) for signaling to the approaching vehicles, and the far side directed to the pedestrian is provided with the signaling member (50) to the opposite direction, whereas these elements or orange color signal the presence of the pedestrian by/on the pedestrian crossing (623) activating the activation member (51 ), which activates these elements, and/or the activation member (51 ) consists of the button (174) for pedestrian and/or sensor (221 ,222) for activation of the signaling member (50) by the pedestrian, and consists of another button ( 174) for handicapped, and if the activation member (51 ) is activated by means of button ( 174) of sensor (221 ,222), the activation of signaling member (50) is executed, consisting of alternately flashing orange lights for information to vehicles, that there is a pedestrian by/on the crosswalk, and if it is activated by the button (174) or by the remote control for handicapped person, in adjustable time the alternately flashing orange lights in signaling member (50) change to red, or directly the red light starts to flash, this means that the signaling member (50) is adapted for the change from other informative signaling to commanding signaling (323), and/or the signaling equipment (152) is provided by the signaling member (50) and commanding signaling (323) consisting of the three-color traffic light (54) and traffic light (54p) for pedestrians, whereas the activation member (51 ) consists of buttons (174) for pedestrians and (174) for handicapped persons, and the crossing, which the signaling equipment ( 152) is installed close to, is uncontrolled in the initial state, whereas upon the deactivated state of the signaling equipment (152) the three-color traffic light flashes the orange color or it is turned off, and upon the activation by means of button ( 174) the signaling member (50) is activated, which informs the drivers about the pedestrian by/on the crosswalk, or upon the activation by button ( 174) for handicapped, the state of signaling changes one-time into the controlled crossing upon the change of deactivated traffic light (54p) for pedestrian to the active one, by means of the usual sequence of the colors for crossing control, whereas the green light for pedestrians is activated for the duration of time necessary for crossing or for time of detection by the sensor (222) of pedestrian on the crosswalk, and after the cycle of color changes is completed, as terminated by the red light for pedestrians and vehicles, the three-color traffic light (54) is deactivated and it returns back to flashing the orange light or it is turned off and the traffic light (54p) for pedestrians is deactivated at the same time, which makes the crossing the uncontrolled one once again.

2. The signaling equipment according to claim 1 characterized in that the light (34) to the opposite direction of signaling member (50) to the opposite direction are activated only for the time the (174) button is pressed, whereas the pedestrian is prompted by the text on the activating panel or on instruction sign (629) to keep the button pressed, until the vehicle is stopped or slowed down, whereas the signaling member (50) for vehicles is activated for the entire time of pedestrian presence by/on the crosswalk, whereas the pedestrian sees that after the button (174) is released, the lights of signaling member (50) to the opposite direction (34) are deactivated and the pedestrian is motivated to keep the button (174) pressed, until the vehicles are stopped or slowed down, or if the button ( 174) is not used, the signaling member (50) or the lights (34) into the opposite direction are activated for the entire duration of time the activation member (51 ) is excited, or it detects by means of the sensor (221 , 222) the pedestrian by/on the crosswalk, at the same time by means of the signaling member (50) for vehicles.

3. The signaling equipment characterized in that it contains the light traffic sign ( 155) changing the speed limit to slow down the vehicles approaching to the crossing (623) for pedestrians, which the pedestrian intents to cross, located in front of this crossing (623) for pedestrians, whereas the traffic sign (155) changing the speed limit is activated by the pedestrian by means of activation member (51 ) of the signaling equipment ( 152), which is connected to the advance traffic sign ( 155) changing the speed limit by means of the control unit (153) of the signaling equipment over the local connection (154).

4. The signaling equipment according to the claim 3 characterized in that the light traffic sign ( 155) changing the speed limit is completed by the commanding signaling (323), which, in case the vehicle exceeds the speed limit, signals the "Stop" command to the vehicles, which stops the vehicle for adjustable time, or if the speed is decreased to the permitted speed, it changes the "Stop" command to "Free'^* command and thus it does not stop the vehicle but only slows it down, where the vehicle speed is measured by means of the radar unit (1 8) adaptable for displaying the measured speed, whereas the commanding signaling (323) is in the form of the two-color traffic light (53) or three-color traffic light (54) or alternately flashing traffic light (55).

5. The signaling equipment according to the claim 4 characterized in that the alternately flashing traffic light (55) is adapted for informative signaling and its change to commanding signaling, where ir it is not activated, then it does not signal, whereas in the first activated state it signals with orange light, which informs the vehicle driver about the exceeding of speed limit and in second activated state, which is activated after the adjustable time elapses in case the vehicle does not slow down to such permitted speed, it signals "Stop" command with red light for the adjustable duration of time, or until the vehicle slows down to such speed.

6. The signaling equipment according to claim 4 characterized in that the alternately flashing traffic light (55) is provided with dual-color LEDs or with two sets of single- color LED to ensure the possibility to change the signaling from informative one to commanding one.

7. The signaling equipment according to claim 4 characterized in that the after the activation by the pedestrian, who intends to cross the crossing (623) for pedestrians, the light traffic sign ( 155) changing the speed limit lowers the displayed value of the speed limit, the radar unit ( 158) adaptable for displaying the measured speed measures the speed of approaching vehicles and displays its actual value on the display, in case the adjusted speed limit is exceeded it displays such actual speed in red color and in case it is not exceeded it displays it in green color, the vehicles travelling at speed higher than the value of speed limit are slowed down by means of the commanding signaling (323) in the form of alternately flashing traffic light (55) by signaling the command "'Stop" with red light, and as soon as the vehicle lowers its speed under the set limit, the commanding signaling (323) terminates the signal "Stop", whereas the vehicle was not stopped but only slowed down, and after the activation by pedestrian is terminated, only such vehicles are slowed down, which travel at speed higher than speed limit increased by the set limit.

8. The signaling equipment according to claims 4, 5, 6, and 7 characterized in that it uses the compact unit (30) of traffic speed control located in front of the crossing (623) for pedestrians, which includes at least one of the following elements: control unit (153) of the signaling equipment, light traffic sign (155) changing the speed limit, radar unit ( 158) adaptable for displaying the measured speed, and commanding signaling (323), whereas such compact unit (30) of traffic speed control is of variable type, so it enables to assemble individual elements optionally as required, where the individual modules are adapted for their mechanical and electrical connection.

9. The signaling equipment according to the claim 1 characterized in that it uses the compact unit (88) of crossing control located in front of the crossing (623) for pedestrians, which includes minimum one of the following elements: lighting fixture of the crossing ( 182), solar power source (808), control unit ( 1 3) of the signaling equipment, commanding signaling (323), three-color traffic light (54), alternately flashing traffic light (55), lights (34) to the opposite direction, traffic light (54p) for pedestrians, traffic sign (46) Pedestrian crossing, pedestrian lighting reflector (233), activation member (51 ) and/or activation member (51 h) for handicapped, symbols (853), inscription (87), sensor (221 ) for detection of pedestrian by the crosswalk, sensor (222) for detection of pedestrian on the crosswalk, whereas such compact unit (88) of crossing control is of modular type, and therefore enables to assemble the individual internal modules optionally as required and to form the compact assembly of one component completed with external modules located separately on the common pole ( 7), where the individual modules are adapted for their mechanical and electrical, connection.